The Centennial of The University of California, 1868-1968

Berkeley

[Photo] The Berkeley campus, oldest and largest in the University, extends from the center of the city eastward into steep hills.

SUMMARY: Established March 23, 1868. Opened in Oakland, California, September 24, 1869. Opened at Berkeley, September 25, 1873. Enrollment: fall semester, 1965, 16,610 undergraduates, 10,224 graduate students. Divisions: 15 colleges and schools, 72 departments of instruction and research. Faculty: 611 professors, 254 associate professors, 315 assistant professors, 410 other faculty. 150,000 living alumni. Chief Campus Officer: Roger Heyns.

The Berkeley campus of the University of California stretches from the center of the city eastward into a range of steep hills and commands a magnificent view of San Francisco and the Golden Gate. Overall area of the campus is 1,232 acres, though the main campus, with its park-like atmosphere and many academic buildings, is on the lower 178 acres. Overlooking the main campus are several research units, most notably the Lawrence Radiation Laboratory. Much of the rugged upper hill area is still undeveloped.

This campus, the oldest and largest of the University, began operations in 1869 in the buildings formerly owned by the College of California in Oakland. Classes began at Berkeley in 1873 upon completion of North and South Halls (South Hall still stands). When the doors opened, 167 men and 222 women students enrolled.

From that beginning has evolved one of the world's major centers of learning and research. At the beginning of the 1965-66 academic year, 26,834 students were registered. They came from throughout the state and from every state in the nation. Included were 2,599 foreign students representing over 90 countries.

The campus was under the direct supervision of the President and other University-wide officers until 1952. After that time, direction of the campus has been the responsibility of its chancellor. He is Roger W. Heyns, formerly vice-president for academic affairs at the University of Michigan. The three previous chancellors at Berkeley were Clark Kerr, now President; Glenn T. Seaborg, now chairman of the U.S. Atomic Energy Commission; and Edward W. Strong, now Mills Professor of Intellectual and Moral Philosophy and Civil Polity. Martin Meyerson, dean of the College of Environmental Design at Berkeley, served as acting chancellor during the spring semester of 1965.

The faculty is one of the most distinguished in America. Nine are Nobel Prize winners: Melvin Calvin, Owen Chamberlain, William F. Giauque, Donald A. Glaser, Edwin M. McMillan, John H. Northrop, Seaborg, Emilio Segré and Wendell M. Stanley. Forty-eight are members of the National Academy of Sciences. One, Louis A. M. Simpson, holds the Pulitzer Prize for poetry.

There are 15 schools and colleges, plus 72 departments of instruction teaching almost every conceivable academic subject. Berkeley also has 58 research organizations contributing new knowledge in most of these areas. Perhaps the most vital single tool for aiding this intellectual activity is the University Library. It contains more than three million volumes, making it sixth in size among American university libraries and one of the best in the breadth and depth of its collections.

It was on this campus in 1930 that the late Ernest O. Lawrence, then professor of physics and the University's first Nobel Prize recipient, invented the cyclotron, first of a succession of "atom-smashers." Since then, the laboratory that bears his name has maintained world leadership in fundamental nuclear physics research, while huge and complex instruments and associated buildings have blossomed on its hilltop site. Discoveries there have included hundreds of new isotopes, many with importance in biological, medical, and physical research; the man-made trans-uranium elements; and the anti-proton, anti-neutron, and other atomic particles, as well as the early work which played a key part in opening the atomic age.

Many other individuals and groups at Berkeley have distinguished themselves in research in various fields. Among these achievements have been the first isolation of a virus, including the one causing human polio; discovery of a number of pituitary hormones, among them the human growth hormone and ACTH; the first "taking apart" and reconstruction of a virus, with the accompanying discovery that nucleic acid carries the viral infectious properties; and the first demonstration of permanent chemical changes in the brain as a result of learning.

Professional schools have made important contributions in legal research, optometry, criminology, and engineering, the latter field including such work as testing materials for structures such as the San Francisco-Oakland Bay and Golden Gate Bridges, Shasta Dam, and others.

In the social sciences and humanities, unique research has been accomplished with languages. The world's first Mongolian-English and Thai-English dictionaries were compiled on the Berkeley campus in recent years. California Indian languages are being reconstructed following recorded interviews with surviving Indians. Important work is also being done with translation of languages by computers.

Case studies begun by the Institute of HUMAN DEVELOPMENT more than 30 years ago, relating to physical development,

---

behavior, and aging of the subjects, as well as the physiological, psychological, and interpersonal consequences of changes in the social environment, are continuing. The Institute of PERSONALITY ASSESSMENT AND RESEARCH is devoted to the study of adult human behavior and personality, particularly of the well-adjusted, highly effective, creative individual. Studies conducted by the Institute of SOCIAL SCIENCES, Institute of INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS, Institute of GOVERNMENTAL STUDIES, Institute of BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC RESEARCH, and Institute of INTERNATIONAL STUDIES have led to a better understanding of man and his complex relationships to society and his environment. The Berkeley campus is also the base for considerable overseas research, especially in economics and political science. In addition to pioneering research and creative scholarship, faculty members have won acclaim for accomplishments in art, architecture, music, drama, and literature.

The campus has had several plans to guide its physical development over its nearly 100 years of existence. After two such plans, an international competition was underwritten by Mrs. Phoebe Apperson Hearst. It was won by Paris architect, Emile Bénard, who devised a monumental scheme reflecting the grand, formal scale and architectural classicism of the Beaux Arts School. This was adopted by the Regents in 1900.

John Galen Howard was chosen supervising architect to modify the Bénard plan to fit the precise needs of the campus. From 1903 to 1924, Howard designed 20 buildings that survive as the core of the present campus. Among these are the Doe Library, California Hall, Durant Hall, and Wheeler Hall in the center of the campus, plus the Hearst Memorial Mining Building, Agriculture Hall, Gilman Hall, Hilgard Hall, Stephens Hall, Haviland Hall, Hesse Hall, and LeConte Hall.

The campus' two best-known landmarks, Sather Tower (popularly known as the Campanile) and Sather Gate, were designed by Howard. Modeled after the famous tower of Venice, the Campanile is 307 feet tall and is visible over much of the Bay Area. It contains chimes on which regular concerts are played, an observation platform, and four large clock faces. Both monuments were gifts of Mrs. Jane K. Sather.

The architect also designed the Greek Theatre, built in 1903, with a seating capacity of 7,200, and the California Memorial Stadium, built in 1923, with a capacity of 76,780.

Since Howard's era, some of the most notable buildings to be constructed at Berkeley have been the Hearst Gymnasium for Women, designed by Maybeck and Julia Morgan; International House; Life Sciences Building, constructed in 1930 and still the largest classroom building on the campus; Sproul Hall; Dwinelle Hall; Hertz Hall; University Hall; Student Union complex; Tolman Hall; Latimer Hall; Etcheverry Hall; Wurster Hall; Barrows Hall; and the Physical Sciences Lecture Hall.

Some of the major buildings under construction in November, 1965 are the SPACE SCIENCES Laboratory, law school dormitory and research center, and LAWRENCE HALL OF SCIENCE. Plans are also being made for a new auditorium-theatre, UNIVERSITY ART MUSEUM, mathematical sciences building, and undergraduate library.

One feature of the physical planning for the campus has been the grouping of related teaching departments and research units in clusters of buildings, mainly for the convenience of academic personnel. Thus, at the center of the campus are the libraries, humanities, and the social sciences. From the Telegraph Avenue entrance down to Oxford Street are administration and student activities, including athletics. Following clockwise around the campus map are agriculture and the life sciences, engineering and earth sciences, mathematical and physical sciences, and design, music, and the arts.

University policy has specified that eventually 25 per cent of the students will live in University-owned and -operated facilities. Prior to the mid-1950's, these consisted of Bowles Hall, a men's residence; Stern Hall for women; and four Smyth-Fernwald Halls on a hill just southeast of the main campus. These could accommodate only a fraction of the determined percentage. During the following eight years, three blocks of high-rise dormitories, with four dormitories per block, were constructed just south of the campus. Total dormitory space now can accommodate 3,333 students and more dormitories are being planned.

In addition, the University has maintained a married student apartment complex in Albany. This now has 920 apartments.

Adjacent to the apartments is land which contains an agricultural research complex. Together, both of these areas comprise the Gill Tract, one of five outlying properties acquired by the campus. Others are the Richmond Field Station for engineering and forest products laboratories; the Richmond Services Center, a former Ford Motor Company plant used for research laboratories, supplementary library facilities, and a supply center; the Blake Estate, a residential property specified by the donor for use of its highly developed garden plantings by the Department of Landscape Architecture; and the Russell Tree Farm, a tract near Lafayette to be used for ecology studies and a small astronomical observatory.

Several research stations are maintained by the Berkeley campus in remote locations in northern California. These include the BODEGA MARINE LABORATORY for biological research, near Bodega Bay; Hastings Natural History Reservation, a preserve for study of wildlife and plants in the upper Carmel Valley; Hat Creek Radio Astronomy Observatory, north of Lassen National Park; Meadow Valley Slimmer Camp for forestry students in Plumas County; Sagehen Creek Wildlife and Fisheries Station, north of Truckee; and the WHITE MOUNTAIN RESEARCH Station for high altitude research, near Bishop.--PAUL S. THAYER

Administrative Officers

Chief Campus Officers: The President of the University was the chief administrative officer at Berkeley until July, 1952. Between 1945 and 1947, however, delegation of "full authority, under the president, to administer the (academic) departments on the campus" was granted to a provost--at that time Monroe E. Deutsch. Following the retirement of Deutsch in 1947, the President again assumed direct administrative control of the campus until July, 1952, when the first chancellor was appointed and directed to assume operating jurisdiction over the colleges, schools, and other organizational units on the Berkeley campus in accordance with the policies of the Regents and of the President of the University.

CLARK KERR was the first officer of the Berkeley campus to be designated chancellor. Born at Stony Creek, Pennsylvania, May 17, 1911, he was educated at Swarthmore College (A.B. 1932), Stanford University (M.A. 1933), and the Berkeley campus (Ph.D. in economics, 1939). He taught at Antioch College, Stanford University, and the University of Washington before joining the Berkeley faculty in 1945 as associate professor and later full professor of industrial relations and director of the Institute of Industrial Relations. In 1952, he was named chancellor of the Berkeley campus, a post he occupied until 1958, when he became President of the University. As the

---

first chancellor, he determined the organization and scope of the office; long-range academic and physical development plans (including development of the Student Center complex) were formulated during his administration. He also worked to improve communication between the University and the city of Berkeley.

GLENN THEODORE SEABORG, the second chancellor at Berkeley, was born at Ishpeming, Michigan, April 19, 1912, and attended the Los Angeles campus (A.B. 1934) and Berkeley (Ph.D. in chemistry, 1937). From 1937, he was engaged in teaching and research at Berkeley; in 1941, he was an assistant professor and later full professor of chemistry. On leave to the Metallurgical Laboratory at the University of Chicago from 1942 to 1946, he was connected with the Manhattan Project, returning to Berkeley to direct nuclear chemical research (1946-54). He became associate director of the Lawrence Radiation Laboratory in 1954 and also served as Berkeley chancellor from 1958 to 1961, when he was appointed to the chairmanship of the United States Atomic Energy Commission. He was co-discoverer of nine transuranium elements, including plutonium, and two fissionable isotopes and was awarded the Nobel Prize in chemistry in 1951. The campus academic plan was first put into effect under his administration; the physical plan was carried forward with the construction of a number of buildings, including Kroeber Hall, the Student Union, and the Dining Commons.

EDWARD WILLIAM STRONG, the third Berkeley chancellor, was born at Dallas, Oregon, October 16, 1901, and was educated at Stanford University (A.B. 1925) and Columbia University (M.A. 1929; Ph.D. in philosophy, 1937). He lectured at City College of New York before coming to the Berkeley campus as a lecturer in 1932; in 1936 he was appointed an assistant professor and in 1947 a full professor of philosophy. From 1942-45, he was the laboratory manager of the Lawrence Radiation Laboratory. He served as chairman of the department of sociology and social institutions as well as chairman of the department of philosophy; he also served as associate dean of the College of Letters and Science, vice-chairman of the Berkeley division of the Academic Senate, and consultant to the United States Department of Health, Education, and Welfare. Named chancellor of the Berkeley campus in 1961, he held that post until 1965, having previously been vice-chancellor in charge of academic affairs and acting chancellor. As chancellor, he was involved in planning for the change from a campus of extensive growth to one of intensive growth. Buildings constructed during his administration include Latimer, Barrows, Wurster, and Etcheverry Halls. In 1965, he was named Mills Professor of Intellectual and Moral Philosophy and Civil Polity.

MARTIN MEYERSON was acting chancellor at the Berkeley campus from January to July, 1965. Born in New York City, November 14, 1922, he attended Columbia University (A.B. 1942) and Harvard University (M.C.P.--master of city planning--1949). He taught at the Universities of Chicago, Yale, and Pennsylvania and was director of the Joint Center for Urban Studies at Harvard and Massachusetts Institute of Technology before coming to the Berkeley campus in 1963 as professor of urban development and dean of the College of Environmental Design. In addition to his academic experience, he has been a member of the Philadelphia City Planning Commission, executive director of the American Council to Improve Our Neighborhoods, and a member of the Committee for Economic Development. Taking office at the height of a campus controversy concerning student rights and privileges, he advanced efforts to develop new teaching methods and to improve relationships among students, administration and faculty members.

ROGER WILLIAM HEYNS was born in Grand Rapids, Michigan, January 27, 1918. He studied at Calvin College (A.B. 1940) and at the University of Michigan (M.A. 1942; Ph.D. in psychology, 1949). He joined the University of Michigan faculty in 1947, receiving the Outstanding Teacher Award in 1952 and the Faculty Distinguished Service Award in 1958. He was appointed dean of the College of Literature, Science, and Arts in 1958 and vice-president for academic affairs in 1962. He came to Berkeley as chancellor in 1965.--HN

[Photo] Clark Kerr 1952-1958

[Photo] Glenn Seaborg 1958-1961

[Photo] Edward Strong 1961-1965

[Photo] Martin Meyerson 1965

[Photo] Roger Heyns 1965-

                 

Vice-Chancellor  

ALVA R. DAVIS	1955-Dec. 1956
JAMES D. HART	1958-1960
EDWARD W. STRONG	1958-1961
ADRIAN A. KRAGEN	1960-1963
ALDEN H. MILLER	1961-1962
LINCOLN CONSTANCE	1962-1965
RAYMOND G. BRESSLER, JR. Acting for incumbent on leave.	1962-1964
ALAN W. SEARCY	1964-

   

Executive Vice-Chancellor  

EARL F. CHEIT

1965-

     

Vice-Chancellor-Academic Affairs  

JAMES D. HART	1957-1958
ROBERT E. CONNICK	1965-

   

Vice-Chancellor-Administration  

DONALD CONEY With additional title of University librarian.

1955-1956

   

Vice-Chancellor-Business and Finance  

ORVIN C. CAMPBELL

1963-

     

Vice-Chancellor-Student Affairs  

ALEX C. SHERRIFFS	1958-1965
WILLIAM B. BOYD	1966-

   

Assistant Chancellor for Educational Development  

NEIL J. SMELSER

1966-

     

Dean of the College of Agriculture Until 1952, the College of Agriculture was University-wide. See ADMINISTRATION, administrative officers, for deans before 1952.  

KNOWLES A. RYERSON	1952-1960
E. GORTON LINSLEY	1960-

                               

Dean of the College of Chemistry  

WILLARD B. RISING	1896-1901
EDMOND O'NEILL	1901-1912
GILBERT N. LEWIS	1912-1918
EDMOND O'NEILL Acting for incumbent on leave.	1918-1919
GILBERT N. LEWIS	1919-1923
CHARLES W. PORTER Acting for incumbent on leave.	July-Dec. 1923
GILBERT N. LEWIS	Jan. 1924-1941
WENDELL M. LATIMER	1941-1949
JOEL H. HILDEBRAND	1949-1951
KENNETH S. PITZER	1951-1955
JAMES CASON Acting for incumbent on leave.	1955-1956
KENNETH S. PITZER	1956-1960
ROBERT E. CONNICK	1960-1965
RICHARD E. POWELL (acting)	1965-1966
HAROLD S. JOHNSTON	1966-

       

Dean of the College of Civil Engineering  

FRANK SOULE	1896-1908
CHARLES DERLETH, JR.	1908-Dec. 1930
In January, 1931, the curriculum was reorganized as the Department of Civil Engineering in the College of Engineering.

         

Dean of the College of Mechanics  

FREDERICK G. HESSE	1896-1901
CLARENCE L. CORY	1901-Dec. 1929
CHARLES DERLETH, JR. Acting for incumbent on leave.	Jan. 1930-Dec. 1930
In January, 1931, the curriculum was organized as the Department of Mechanical Engineering in the College of Engineering.

             

Dean of the College of Mining  

SAMUEL B. CHRISTY	1896-Nov. 1914
ANDREW C. LAWSON (acting)	Dec. 1914-1918
FRANK H. PROBERT	1918-May 1940
LESTER C. UREN (acting)	1940-1941
DONALD H. MCLAUGHLIN	1941-1942
In 1942, the curriculum was reorganized as the Department of Mining and Metallurgy in the College of Engineering.

               

Dean of the College of Engineering  

CHARLES DERLETH, JR.	1931-1942
DONALD H. MCLAUGHLIN	1942-1944
MORROUGH P. O'BRIEN	1944-1947
EVERETT D. HOWE Acting for incumbent on leave.	1947-1948
MORROUGH P. O'BRIEN	1948-1959
JOHN R. WHINNERY	1959-1963
GEORGE J. MASLACH	1963-

             

Dean of the College of Commerce  

CARL C. PLEHN	1898-1901
THOMAS W. PAGE Acting for incumbent on leave.	1901-1902
CARL C. PLEHN	1902-1909
In 1909, the duties of the dean of College of Commerce were incorporated in the newly established office of dean of the faculties. (See ADMINISTRATION, Administrative Officers.)
In July, 1916, the deanship of the College of Commerce was re-established.
In July, 1916, the deanship of the College of Commerce was re-established.

                       

HENRY R. HATFIELD	1916-1918
STUART DAGGETT Acting for incumbent on leave.	July-Dec. 1918
HENRY R. HATFIELD	Jan. 1919-1920
STUART DAGGETT	1920-1927
HENRY R. HATFIELD Acting for incumbent on leave.	1927-1928
HENRY F. GRADY	1928-1935
EWALD T. GRETHER Acting for incumbent on leave.	1935-1936
HENRY F. GRADY	1936-1937
ROBERT D. CALKINS	1937-Dec. 1940
EWALD T. GRETHER	1941-1943
In 1943, the College of Commerce was reorganized as the School of Business Administration.

             

Dean of the School of Business Administration  

EWALD T. GRETHER	1943-Dec. 1945
PERRY MASON Acting for incumbent on leave.	Jan.-June 1946
EWALD T. GRETHER	1946-1950
PERRY MASON Acting for incumbent on leave.	1950-1951
EWALD T. GRETHER	1951-1961
JOHN W. COWEE	1961-

     

Dean of the Graduate School of Business Administration  

EWALD T. GRETHER	1955-1961
JOHN W. COWEE	1961-

           

Dean of the College of Letters  

ALEXIS F. LANGE	1896-1900
MELLEN W. HASKELL Acting for incumbent on leave.	1900-1901
ALEXIS F. LANGE	1901-1909
In 1909, the duties of the dean of the College of Letters were incorporated into the newly established office of dean of the faculties. (See ADMINISTRATION, Administrative Officers.)
In 1915, the College of Letters absorbed by reorganization into the College of Letters and Science.

       

Dean of the College of Natural Sciences  

FREDERICK SLATE	1896-1909
The position of dean of the faculties created in 1909 incorporated duties of the dean of the College of Natural Sciences. (See ADMINISTRATION, Administrative Officers.)
The College of Natural Sciences was absorbed by reorganization into the College of Letters and Science in 1915.

           

Dean of the College of Social Sciences  

IRVING STRINGHAM	1896-1899
MELLEN W. HASKELL	1899-1900
IRVING STRINGHAM	1900-1909
In 1909, duties of the dean of the College of Social Sciences were incorporated into the newly established office of dean of the faculties. Stringham was the first dean to hold that title.
In 1915, College of Social Sciences was absorbed by reorganization into the College of Letters and Science.

                                 

Dean of the College of Letters and Science  

LINCOLN HUTCHINSON	1916-1917
GEORGE P. ADAMS	1917-1918
HENRY MORSE STEPHENS	1918-1919
THOMAS M. PUTNAM (acting) Putnam simultaneously served as dean of the Undergraduate Division.	1919-1920
GEORGE D. LOUDERBACK	1920-1922
MONROE E. DEUTSCH	1922-1926
RAYMOND G. GETTELL Acting for incumbent on leave.	1926-1927
MONROE E. DEUTSCH	1927-1930
GEORGE D. LOUDERBACK	1930-1937
GUY MONTGOMERY Acting for incumbent on leave.	1937-1938
GEORGE D. LOUDERBACK	1938-1939
JOEL H. HILDEBRAND	1939-1943
GEORGE P. ADAMS	1943-1947
ALVA R. DAVIS	1947-1955
LINCOLN CONSTANCE	1955-1962
WILLIAM B. FRETTER	1962-

               

Director of the School of Architecture  

JOHN GALEN HOWARD	1913-1917
WILLIAM C. HAYS Acting for incumbent on leave.	1917-1919
JOHN GALEN HOWARD	1919-1924
WARREN C. PERRY Acting for incumbent on leave.	1924-1925
JOHN GALEN HOWARD	1925-1927
WARREN C. PERRY	1927-1944
Title changed to dean of the School of Architecture.

       

Dean of the School of Architecture  

WARREN C. PERRY	1944-1950
WILLIAM W. WURSTER	1950-1953
In 1953, the school was reorganized as the College of Architecture.

     

Dean of the College of Architecture  

WILLIAM W. WURSTER	1953-1959
In 1959, the curriculum was reorganized and incorporated as the Department of Architecture in the newly established College of Environmental Design.

     

Dean of the College of Environmental Design  

WILLIAM W. WURSTER	1959-1963
MARTIN MEYERSON	1965-

       

Director of the School of Education  

RICHARD G. BOONE (acting)	1913-1914
ALEXIS F. LANGE	1914-1922
Title changed to dean of the School of Education in 1922.

                     

Dean of the School of Education  

ALEXIS F. LANGE	July-Dec. 1922
ROBERT J. LEONARD (acting)	Jan.-June 1923
WILLIAM W. KEMP	1923-Dec. 1935
GEORGE C. KYTE Acting for incumbent on leave.	Jan.-June 1936
WILLIAM W. KEMP	1936-1939
FRANK N. FREEMAN	1939-1948
LUTHER C. GILBERT (acting)	1948-1950
WILLIAM A. BROWNELL	1950-Dec. 1961
THEODORE L. RELLER (acting)	Jan. 1962-1963
THEODORE L. RELLER	1963-

     

Director of the School of Jurisprudence  

WILLIAM CAREY JONES	1913-1922
Title changed to dean of the School of Jurisprudence.

                         

Dean of the School of Jurisprudence  

WILLIAM CAREY JONES	1922-1923
ORRIN K. MCMURRAY	1923-1934
GEORGE P. COSTIGAN, JR. Acting for incumbent on leave.	July-Dec. 1934
ORRIN K. MCMURRAY	Jan. 1935-Dec. 1935
EDWIN D. DICKINSON	Jan. 1936-1939
ROGER J. TRAYNOR Acting for incumbent on leave.	1939-1940
EDWIN D. DICKINSON	1940-1941
EVAN HAYNES Acting for incumbent on leave.	1941-1942
ALEXANDER M. KIDD Acting for incumbent on leave.	1942-1944
EDWIN D. DICKINSON	1944-Mar. 1948
WILLIAM L. PROSSER	1948-Dec. 1949
Designation of the school was changed in January, 1950.

       

Dean of the School of Law  

WILLIAM L. PROSSER	Jan. 1950-1961
FRANK C. NEWMAN	1961-1966
EDWIN C. HALBACH, JR.	1966-

         

Director of the School of Librarianship  

SYDNEY B. MITCHELL	1926-1935
DELLA J. SISLER Acting for incumbent on leave.	1936-1937
SYDNEY B. MITCHELL	1937-1944
Title changed to dean of the School of Librarianship.

             

Dean of the School of Librarianship  

SYDNEY B. MITCHELL	1944-1946
J. PERIAM DANTON	1946-1953
EDWARD A. WIGHT Acting for incumbent on leave.	July-Dec. 1953
J. PERIAM DANTON	Jan. 1954-1960
LEROY C. MERRITT (acting)	1960-1962
RAYNARD C. SWANK	1962-

     

Director of the School of Optometry  

RALPH S. MINOR	1941-1944
Title changed to dean of the School of Optometry.

       

Dean of the School of Optometry  

RALPH S. MINOR	1944-1946
KENNETH B. STODDARD	1946-1960
MEREDITH W. MORGAN	1960-

     

Dean of the School of Social Welfare  

MISS MAURINE MCKEANY (acting)	1944-1946
MILTON CHERNIN	1946-

         

Dean of the School of Forestry  

WALTER MULFORD	1946-1947
FREDERICK S. BAKER	1948-1955
HENRY J. VAUX	1955-1965
JOHN A. ZIVNUSKA	1965-

         

Dean of the School of Criminology  

ORLANDO W. WILSON	1950-Mar. 1960
AUSTIN H. MACCORMICK	Mar.-June 1960
ARTHUR H. SHERRY (acting)	1960-1961
JOSEPH D. LOHMAN	1961-

   

Dean of the Graduate Division Until 1961, the Graduate Division was a University-wide unit. For deans prior to 1961 see ADMINISTRATION, administrative officers.  

SANFORD S. ELBERG

1961-

                   

Dean of the Summer Sessions  

THOMAS R. BACON	1900-1901
LEON J. RICHARDSON	1902-1904
ERNEST C. MOORE	1905-1906
CHARLES H. RIEBER	1907-1915
WALTER M. HART	1916-1923
JOHN P. BUWALDA	1924-1925
HAROLD L. BRUCE	1926-1934
RAYMOND G. GETTELL	1935-1942
No appointment was made between 1943 and 1951. The office was conducted by Miss Marian M. Stewart, chief administrative assistant, with advice from the Berkeley provost and the dean of the College of Letters and Science.

   

Officer in charge of the Summer Session  

ALVA R. DAVIS

1952-1955

   

Director of the Summer Sessions  

GERALD E. MARSH

1955-

---

[Photo] Lecture demonstrations and exhibits can be made easy to see, even in a large class, using centrally controlled television monitors in Berkeley's Physical Sciences Lecture Hall.

                   

Recorder of the Faculties Between 1904 and 1955 the recorder of the faculties was ex officio secretary of the Academic Senate.  

WILLIAM C. JONES	1875-1883
WILLIAM W. DEAMER	1883-1886
CHARLES A. RAMM	1886-1887
WILLIAM A. DEAMER	1887-1889
FINLAY COOK	1889-1891
JAMES SUTTON	1891-Jan. 1929
THOMAS B. STEEL (acting)	Jan. 1929-June 1929
THOMAS B. STEEL	1929-1933
Office re-titled registrar, 1933.

         

Registrar  

THOMAS B. STEEL	1933-1941
WILLIAM C. POMEROY	1941-1944
THOMAS B. STEEL	1944-1955
CLINTON C. GILLIAM	1955-

       

Advisor  

GEORGE C. EDWARDS	1905-1907
LINCOLN HUTCHINSON	1907-1909
Title changed to dean of the lower division in 1909.

           

Dean of the Lower Division  

LINCOLN HUTCHINSON	1909-1912
OLIVER M. WASHBURN Acting for incumbent on leave.	1912-1914
LINCOLN HUTCHINSON	July-Dec. 1914
THOMAS M. PUTNAM	Dec. 1914-1919
Functions of the office were enlarged and the title was changed to dean of the Undergraduate Division in 1919.

       

Dean of the Undergraduate Division  

THOMAS M. PUTNAM	1919-1928
FRANK M. RUSSELL	1928-1930
Title changed to dean of undergraduates in 1930.

           

Dean of Undergraduates  

THOMAS M. PUTNAM	1930-Dec. 1932
LOUIS O'BRIEN Acting for incumbent on leave.	Jan.-June 1933
THOMAS M. PUTNAM	1933-1940
HURFORD E. STONE (acting)	1940-Nov. 1941
The office was reorganized, incorporating offices of dean of men and dean of women under the title dean of students in November, 1941.

               

Dean of Students  

HURFORD E. STONE Dean Stone was called to military service immediately after his appointment.	Nov. 1941-Mar 1946
EDWIN C. VOORHIES	Nov. 1941-Mar. 1946
HURFORD E. STONE	Mar. 1946-1959
WILLIAM F. SHEPARD	1959-1961
MISS KATHERINE A. TOWLE (acting)	July-Dec. 1961
MISS KATHERINE A. TOWLE	Jan. 1962-1965
ARLEIGH T. WILLIAMS	1965-

           

Dean of Men  

JOEL H. HILDEBRAND	1923-1926
CHARLES G. HYDE	1926-1928
PAUL F. CADMAN Acting for incumbent on leave.	1928-1929
THOMAS M. PUTNAM	1929-1930
The office was incorporated into the office of dean of undergraduates in 1930. Duties of dean of men were assigned to the assistant dean of undergraduates.

       

Assistant Dean of Undergraduates  

LOUIS O'BRIEN	1930-1935
ELMER C. GOLDSWORTHY	1935-Nov. 1941
The office of dean of students was established in Nov., 1941 and functions of the dean of men were assigned to the assistant dean of students (later associate dean of students). However, titles “dean of men” and “advisor for men” were in use during and immediately following World War II.

           

Assistant Dean of Students  

ELMER C. GOLDSWORTHY	Nov. '41-Jan. 1942
BRUTUS K. HAMILTON Acting for incumbent on leave.	Jan.-June 1942
CARROLL M. EBRIGHT Acting for incumbent on leave.	Sept. 1942-June 1943
BRUTUS K. HAMILTON	Oct. 1945-June 1947
CHAFFEE E. HALL, JR.	1947-1952

           

Associate Dean of Students  

CHAFFEE E. HALL, JR.	1952-1953
L. DALE FAUNCE Acting for incumbent on leave.	1953-1954
CHAFFEE E. HALL, JR.	1954-1955
WILLIAM F. SHEPARD (acting)	1955-1956
An auxiliary title of dean of men was authorized in 1956.

     

Associate Dean of Students - Dean of Men  

WILLIAM F. SHEPARD	1956-1959
ARLEIGH T. WILLIAMS	1959-1965

                 

Dean of Women  

MISS LUCY SPRAGUE	1906-1909
MRS. GRACE C. TORREY Acting for incumbent on leave.	1909-1910
MISS LUCY SPRAGUE	1910-1913
MISS LUCY W. STEBBINS	1913-Dec. 1936
MRS. MARY B. DAVIDSON Acting for incumbent on leave.	Jan.-June 1937
MISS LUCY W. STEBBINS	1937-1940
MRS. MARY B. DAVIDSON	1940-1951
The title of associate dean of students and dean of women was authorized in 1953.

     

Associate Dean of Students and Dean of Women  

MISS KATHERINE A. TOWLE	1953-Dec. 1961
MRS. BETTY N. NEELY	Jan. 1962-

             

University Physician  

GEORGE F. REINHARDT, M.D.	1908-1914
ROBERT T. LEGGE, M.D.	1915-1923
WILLIAM G. DONALD, M.D. Acting for incumbent on leave.	1923-1924
ROBERT T. LEGGE, M.D.	1924-1938
WILLIAM G. DONALD, M.D. Dr. Donald received the additional title of director, Health Service in 1952.	1938-Dec. 1957
In 1957, the title was rescinded. Its functions were incorporated duties of the director, Student Health Service.

       

Director, Student Health Service  

WILLIAM G. DONALD, M.D.	1952-Dec. 1957
MARGARET G. ZEFF, M.D. (acting)	Jan. 1958-1959
HENRY B. BRUYN, M.D.	1959-

   

Foreign Service Officer  

ALLEN C. BLAISDELL

1959-1961

       

Foreign Student Adviser  

ALLEN C. BLAISDELL Mr. Blaisdell was also the director of International House from 1930 until his retirement in 1961. The two positions were not, however, officially combined.	1945-1959
W. SHERIDAN WARRICK	1959-1961
Foreign student adviser was given the additional title of director of International House in 1961.

   

Foreign Student Adviser and Director of International House  

W. SHERIDAN WARRICK

1961-

* Acting for incumbent on leave.

1 With additional title of University librarian.

2 Until 1952, the College of Agriculture was University-wide. See ADMINISTRATION, administrative officers, for deans before 1952.

3 Putnam simultaneously served as dean of the Undergraduate Division.

4 Until 1961, the Graduate Division was a University-wide unit. For deans prior to 1961 see ADMINISTRATION, administrative officers.

5 Between 1904 and 1955 the recorder of the faculties was ex officio secretary of the Academic Senate.

6 Dean Stone was called to military service immediately after his appointment.

7 Dr. Donald received the additional title of director, Health Service in 1952.

8 Mr. Blaisdell was also the director of International House from 1930 until his retirement in 1961. The two positions were not, however, officially combined.

---

Berkeley Buildings and Landmarks

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     

STRUCTURE	DATE COMPLETED	SIZE IN OUTSIDE GROSS SQ. FT., MATERIALS	BUILDING COST	FINANCING	ARCHITECT	HISTORY
ADMINISTRATION BUILDING						See SPROUL HALL.
AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY BUILDING						See DECORATIVE ART BUILDING.
AGRICULTURE BUILDING	1888	14,175 wood, brick basement	$10,000	$3,000 federal funds; $7,000 University funds	Clinton Day	Begun as brick “viticulture cellar”; establishment of Agricultural Experiment Stations by “Hatch Act” of Congress (1887) provided funds for addition of two floors and attic of wood; destroyed by fire April 17, 1897; basement served as foundation for Budd Hall.
AGRICULTURE BUILDING						See BUDD HALL.
AGRICULTURE HALL	1912	43,300 steel and granite	$267,000	Permanent Improvement Fund; state bond issue	John Galen Howard	Occupied by Dept. of Entomology and Parasitology and Entomology Library.
ALUMNI HOUSE	1954	15,126 brick and concrete	$375,000	Gift: $200,173 California Alumni Assoc.; University funds	Clarence W. Mayhew	“A home on the campus” for alumni; equipped to accommodate large social gatherings or formal meetings; contains offices of California Alumni Association.
ANATOMY BUILDING (1907-1930); formerly METALLURGICAL LABORATORY (1885-1907)	1885	8,350 wood	$3,500	Gift: Mrs. Phoebe Apperson Hearst	Clinton Day	Originally machine shop for Dept. of Mining; upon completion of Hearst Memorial Mining Building (1907), remodeled for Dept. of Anatomy and University Printing Office; razed (1937) to clear site for Crocker Radiation Laboratory.
ANIMAL BEHAVIOR RESEARCH STATION	1962	12,000 concrete	$367,000	Grant: National Science Foundation	J. Francis Ward	Thirteen small buildings providing quarters for animals and research laboratories for joint studies in animal behavior by Depts. of Anthropology, Psychology, and Zoology.
ANTHROPOLOGICAL MUSEUM (1931-59); formerly MINING AND MECHANIC ARTS BUILDING (1879-1907); CIVIL ENGINEERING BUILDING (1907-31)	1879	18,900 stone and brick	$38,500	State appropriation	Alfred A. Bennett	Razed (1959) to clear site for Campbell Hall.
ANTHROPOLOGY BUILDING	1904	9,600 corrugated iron	$3,500	Gift: Mrs. Phoebe Apperson Hearst	John Galen Howard	Housed anthropological materials in the Hearst collections; razed (1953) to clear site for Hertz Hall.
ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS BUILDING; formerly GROUNDS AND BUILDINGS BUILDING (1929-61)	1929	5,100	$37,000	University funds	W. P. Stephenson	Includes addition, 1948.
ARCHITECTURE BUILDING						See ENGINEERING RESEARCH SERVICES BUILDING.
ART BUILDING						See NAVAL ARCHITECTURE BUILDING.
ART GALLERY						See UNIVERSITY ART GALLERY.
AUDITORIUM THEATER (STUDENT CENTER)	1967 est.	158,000 concrete	$5,300,000	University funds; fund raising campaign	Hardison and DeMars	Auditorium to seat 2,000; theater to seat 600; completes Student Center complex with 2,000-seat auditorium and 600-seat theater; includes space for future TV/FM radio facility.
BACON ART AND LIBRARY BUILDING						See BACON HALL.
BACON HALL (1911-61); formerly BACON ART AND LIBRARY BUILDING (1881-1911)	1881	29,000 brick and stone	$77,000	Gift: $25,000 Henry D. Bacon; state appropriation	John A. Remer	First library building; art gallery occupied third floor; library moved to new building (1911); remodeled, renamed, and occupied by Depts. of Geology and Geography; clock tower removed (1925) as earthquake hazard; included addition, 1902 (John Galen Howard, arch.); razed (1961) to clear site for Birge Hall; named for Henry Douglas Bacon, who donated his library plus half the funds for construction.
2401 BANCROFT WAY; formerly FIRST UNITARIAN CHURCH (1898-1960)	1898	4,094 wood			A. C. Schweinfurth	Acquired in 1960; church building retained; parish house and auxiliary structure razed (1965) to clear portion of site for auditorium theater.
BAND BUILDING	1923	1,200 wood	$2,000	University funds	John Galen Howard	ROTC band room and quartermaster's office during World War I; after the war, used by student bands until 1958, when incorporated into Dwinelle Annex group; included addition, 1949; razed (1964) to improve pedestrian circulation.
2 BARROW LANE (1958-64); formerly PRINTING OFFICE (1917-40); RECEIVING ROOM AND STORE HOUSE (1940-58)	1917	10,000 concrete	$27,500	$26,000 Regent J. K. Moffitt (loan)	John Galen Howard	Razed (1964) to permit widening of entrance a Bancroft Way at Telegraph Avenue.
BARROWS HALL	1964	192,000 concrete	$3,767,500	State appropriation	Aleck L. Wilson & Associates	For Graduate School and School of Business Administration, Depts. of Political Science, Economics, and Sociology; named for General David P. Barrows, prof. of political science (1910-42), ninth President of University (1919-23).
BIOCHEMISTRY BUILDING	1964	85,757 concrete	$3,227,500	State appropriation; National Science Foundation; National Institutes of Health	Wurster, Bernardi & Emmons
BIOCHEMISTRY AND VIRUS LABORATORY						See MOLECULAR BIOLOGY AND VIRUS LABORATORY.
BIRGE HALL	1964	92,400 concrete	$2,964,000	State appropriation	Warnecke & Warnecke	For physics; joined by glass-walled passageways to LeConte Hall; named for Raymond T. Birge, prof. of physics, emeritus, chairman of dept. (1932-54).
BOALT HALL						See LAW BUILDING AND DURANT HALL.
BOTANICAL GARDENS	1927	16,260 wood		State appropriation	Office of Architects and Engineers	Second botanical gardens, eight greenhouses, three field buildings, and office building located in Strawberry Canyon; the first, maintained between 1892 and 1928, located in glade north of Doe library.
BOTANY BUILDING	1898	9,940 wood	$6,000	State appropriation	Clinton Day	First located on site of Stephens Hall; moved (1921) to southeast portion of campus near College Avenue; razed (1930) as fire hazard.
BOWLES HALL	1929	73,700 concrete	$354,000	Gift: $265,000 Mrs. Philip E. Bowles; University funds	George W. Kelham	First University-owned student residence hall (men), named for Philip E. Bowles '82, Regent (1911-22).
BUDD HALL (1908-30); formerly AGRICULTURE BUILDING (1897-1908)	1897	20,737 wood	$11,000	State appropriation	Clinton Day	Second agricultural building replacing one burned April, 1897; named for Governor James H. Budd '73 following his death in July, 1908; razed (1930) to clear site for Moses Hall.
BYERLY SEISMOGRAPHIC STATION	1962	1,000 concrete	$99,000	U. S. Air Force	John A. Blume & Associates	Tunnel, equipped with geophysical instruments, extending 106 feet into side of Strawberry Canyon; named for Perry Byerly, prof. of seismology, emeritus, chairman of Dept. of Geological Sciences (1949-54) and director of Seismological Stations (1950-63).
CALIFORNIA FIELD	1904	231,300 (includes 85,100 sq. ft. in wood bleachers)	$20,000	$18,000 from ASUC; University funds	John Galen Howard	First enclosed football field for University; seating for 17,000 spectators; bleachers razed (1925) to clear site for Hearst Gymnasium for Women and playing fields.
CALIFORNIA HALL	1905	56,400 steel and granite	$269,000	$250,000 state appropriation; University funds	John Galen Howard	Administration building (1905-41); remodeled for Institute of Industrial Relations and classrooms
CALIFORNIA MEMORIAL STADIUM	1923	387,670 concrete; including field 106,000	$1,021,500	Fund raising campaign	John Galen Howard	Dedicated to memory of University students who lost their lives in World War I; seats 77,000.
CALLAGHAN HALL	1947	13,900 wood	$20,000	U. S. Veterans' Educational Facilities Program		Moved from Camp Shoemaker after World War II and occupied by offices of Naval ROTC; named for Admiral Daniel J. Callaghan, U.S.N., killed on bridge of “U.S.S. San Francisco” during battle of Solomon Islands.
CAMPANILE						See SATHER TOWER.
CAMPBELL HALL	1959	61,340 concrete	$1,238,000	State appropriation	Warnecke & Warnecke	Occupied by Depts. of Mathematics, Astronomy, Statistics, and Computer Center; named for William Wallace Campbell, director of Lick Observatory (1891-1930), President of University (1923-30).
CAMPUS CAFETERIA						See INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS OFFICE.
CANYON POOL						See MEN'S SWIMMING POOL.
CHEMICAL BIODYNAMICS LABORATORY	1963	37,392 concrete	$1,253,000	National Science Foundation; C. F. Kettering Foundation; National Institutes of Health; state appropriation	Michael A. Goodman	For scientists applying techniques of physics and chemistry to problems of biological evolution and photosynthesis.
CHEMISTRY ANNEX	1915	5,500 wood	$12,000	University funds	John Galen Howard	Razed (1963) to clear site for Hildebrand Hall.
CHEMISTRY AUDITORIUM	1913	5,000 concrete	$37,000	Permanent Improvement Fund	John Galen Howard	Lecture hall especially equipped for instruction in chemistry; seating capacity of 500; razed (1959) to clear site for Latimer Hall.
CHEMISTRY BUILDING	1891	43,180 brick	$83,500	University funds	Clinton Day	Includes additions (1900, 1902, 1912); razed to clear site for Hildebrand Hall.
CHEMISTRY UNIT 2						See HILDEBRAND HALL
CHRISTIE OVAL						See EDWARDS FIELDS AND STADIUM. Named for Walter Christie, coach of track and field (1901-32).
CINDER TRACK	1886	86,000 (includes 14,000 sq. ft. in wood bleachers)				First formal athletic grounds; located immediately east of Eucalyptus Grove; site now covered by western portion of Life Sciences Building and parking lot; razed (1916) after completion of Running Track east of Barrow Lane.
CITY AND REGIONAL PLANNING BUILDING						See NAVAL ARCHITECTURE BUILDING.
CIVIL ENGINEERING BUILDING						See ANTHROPOLOGICAL MUSEUM.
CIVIL ENGINEERING TESTING LABORATORY						See RADIATION LABORATORY.
CONSERVATORY	1894	6,200 glass and steel	$20,000	University funds	Lord & Burnham, Irving, N. Y.	“Plant house” for agricultural studies on north slope of central glade opposite Doe library; razed (1924) to clear area for Haviland Road.
CORPORATION YARD	1940	37,600 six wooden buildings	$85,000	$35,000, State Fair Fund; $50,000, University Building Program	Arthur Brown, Jr.	Maintenance shops and storehouses located at entrance to Strawberry Canyon, east of stadium; razed (1959) to clear site for Strawberry Canyon Recreation Area.
CORY HALL	1950	137,640 concrete	$2,055,500	State appropriation; University funds	Corlett & Anderson	Occupied by Dept. of Electrical Engineering and Electronics Research Laboratory; named for Clarence L. Cory, prof. of electrical engineering (1892-1931), dean of College of Mechanics (1908-29); includes additions (1959, 1961).
COWELL MEMORIAL HOSPITAL	1930	108,398 concrete	$450,000	Gift: $250,000 Henry Cowell estate; state bond issue	Arthur Brown, Jr.	Administered by Student Health Service.
Donner Pavilion	1954		$193,000	Gift: Donner Foundation	Weihe, Frick & Kruse	Two-story addition to east wing for research in radiobiology under supervision of Donner Laboratory.
Addition	1960		$246,000	Gift: Cowell Foundation	E. Geoffrey Bangs	Four-story wing to north, increasing capacity of hospital to 100 beds.
CROCKER RADIATION LABORATORY	1937	4,200 concrete	$100,000 incl. 60”cyclotron	Gift: $75,000 from Regent William H. Crocker; University funds	George W. Kelham	First laboratory built specifically to house a cyclotron; atomic energy research conducted continuously until July, 1962 when cyclotron transferred to Davis; east portion of building razed (1962) to clear site for Physical Sciences Lecture Hall; west portion razed (1966) to improve campus landscape; named for William H. Crocker, Regent (1908-37).
CYCLOTRON						See separate article on LAWRENCE RADIATION LABORATORY--BERKELEY.
DAVIS HALL formerly ENGINEERING MATERIALS LABORATORY (1931-66)	1931	60,700 concrete	$690,000	State bond issue	George W. Kelham	For Div. of Structural Engineering and Structural Mechanics and several related research laboratories named for Raymond E. Davis, prof. of engineering emeritus.
Addition	1967 est.	173,000 concrete	$3,814,000	State appropriation	Skidmore, Owings & Merrill	Replaces high bay (8,047 square feet) at south end of Engineering Materials Laboratory; under construction (1966).
DECORATIVE ART ANNEX (1930-64); formerly MUSEUM OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY (1909-30)	1909	12,700 corrugated iron	$15,000	Gift: $7,000, Miss Annie Alexander; Permanent Improvement Fund	John Galen Howard	Razed (1964) to improve campus landscaping.
DECORATIVE ART BUILDING (1930-64); formerly FERTILIZER CONTROL BUILDING (1909-20), AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY BUILDING (1920-30)	1909	11,800 wood	$7,500	Fees from fertilizer tests	John Galen Howard	Razed (1964) to improve campus landscaping.
DINING COMMONS (STUDENT CENTER)	1960	48,300 concrete	$1,272,000	See STUDENT UNION	Hardison and DeMars	Includes Golden Bear Restaurant (seats 198 inside, 150 outside), cafeteria (seats 824 inside, 122 outside), and Terrace (seats 216 inside, 449 outside).
DOE MEMORIAL LIBRARY	1917	463,600 with annex; steel and granite	$1,439,000	Gift: $779,000 estate of Charles Franklin Doe; $525,000 state bond issue	John Galen Howard	Main library of Berkeley campus; partly completed 1911; for Charles Franklin Doe, who gave major portion of construction funds.
Annex	1949		$1,956,000		Arthur Brown, Jr.
DONNER LABORATORY	1942	44,640 concrete	$650,000	$465,000 International Cancer Research Foundation; $20,000 National Defense Research Committee; University funds	Arthur Brown, Jr.	Offices and laboratories for Div. of Medical Physics and research units cooperating with Lawrence Radiation Laboratory in biophysics, nuclear medicine, space biology; named for William H. Donner, then president of International Cancer Foundation (later called “The Donner Foundation”); includes addition, 1955 (Reynolds & Chamberlain, arch.).
DONNER PAVILION						See COWELL MEMORIAL HOSPITAL.
DRAWING BUILDING						See NAVAL ARCHITECTURE BUILDING.
DURANT HALL; formerly BOALT HALL OF LAW (1911-51)	1911	24,300 steel and granite	$163,500	Gift: $100,000 Mrs. Elizabeth J. Boalt; $50,000 California lawyers subscriptions	John Galen Howard	First a memorial to Judge John H. Boalt; School of Law and Boalt name moved to new location (1951); renamed for Rev. Henry Durant, first President of University (1870-72), and occupied by Dept. of Oriental Languages and East Asiatic Library.
DURANT HALL						See OPTOMETRY BUILDING
DWINELLE ANNEX; formerly MILITARY SCIENCE BUILDING (1920-33), MUSIC BUILDING (1933-58)	1920	8,300 wood	$18,000	University funds	John Galen Howard	Dept. of Military Science moved to Harmon Gymnasium (1933); building remodeled for Dept. of Music; enlarged (1949) for Music Library; in 1958 renamed Dwinelle Annex and occupied by Depts. of Dramatic Arts, Comparative Literature; includes addition, 1949 (Michael A. Goodman, arch.).
DWINELLE HALL	1952	229,000 concrete	$2,730,000	State appropriation; University funds.	Weihe, Frick & Kruse	Classrooms and faculty offices for Depts. of History, Speech, Classical and Modern Languages (except English); named in memory of John W. Dwinelle, trustee of College of California, state assemblyman responsible for writing and passage of “Organic Act” establishing University of California and member of its first Board of Regents (1868-74).
EARTH SCIENCES BUILDING	1961	121,974 concrete	$2,437,000	State appropriation	Warnecke & Warnecke	Offices, laboratories, and exhibit areas for Depts. of Geology and Geophysics, Geography, Paleontology, Museum of Paleontology, and Earth Sciences Library.
EAST HALL	1898	29,400 wood	$17,500	State appropriation	Clinton Day	Dept. of Zoology laboratories and offices (1898-1930); first located on site of LeConte Hall; moved (1921) to site of Morrison Hall; after 1930, used for storage, faculty offices; razed (1942) as fire hazard.
EDWARDS FIELDS AND STADIUM	1932	527,800 (including 450,300 fields) concrete	$630,000	$614,000 from ASUC; state appropriation	Warren C. Perry and George W. Kelham	Athletic fields named in memory of “Colonel” George C. Edwards '73, prof. of mathematics (1874-1918); contains Walter Christie (track) Oval (bleachers seat 21,000) and Clint Evans Baseball Diamond (bleachers seat 3,000).
EMERGENCY CLASSROOM BUILDING						See OPTOMETRY BUILDING.
ENGINEERING BUILDING						See MCLAUGHLIN HALL.
ENGINEERING COURTYARD BUILDING	1962	15,900 concrete	$372,000	State appropriation	Van Bourg & Nakamura	One-story, underground laboratory occupied by units of Dept. of Civil Engineering.
ENGINEERING DESIGN BUILDING						See NAVAL ARCHITECTURE BUILDING.
ENGINEERING MATERIALS LABORATORY						See DAVIS HALL.
ENGINEERING RESEARCH SERVICES BUILDING; formerly ARCHITECTURE BUILDING (1906-64)	1906	22,300 wood and concrete	$35,500	Permanent Improvement Fund	John Galen Howard	Known to generations of students as “The Ark”; assigned to College of Engineering after College of Environmental Design moved to Wurster Hall (1964); includes additions (1908, 1912, 1936, 1952).
ENTOMOLOGY BUILDING						See PURE FOOD AND DRUGS LABORATORY.
ESHLEMAN HALL						See MOSES HALL.
ESHLEMAN HALL (STUDENT CENTER)	1965	48,840 concrete	$1,157,000	ASUC funds from sale of former publications bldg. to Regents; student fees	Hardison and DeMars	ASUC office and publications building (except for “The Pelican”) and Office of Intercollegiate Athletics; forms Bancroft Way boundary of Student Center quadrangle; named for John M. Eshleman '02, former ASUC president and It. governor of California.
ETCHEVERRY HALL	1964	193,119 concrete	$4,544,000	State appropriation	Skidmore, Owings & Merrill	For Depts. of Industrial Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Nuclear Engineering, and Division of Aeronautical Sciences; named for Bernard A. Etcheverry, prof. of irrigation and drainage (1915-51) and chairman of dept. (1923-51).
EVANS BASEBALL DIAMOND						See EDWARDS FIELDS AND STADIUM; named in 1965 for Clinton Evans '12, baseball coach (1930-54).
EVANS HALL	1967 est.	180,000 concrete	$5,924,000		Gardner A. Dailey & Associates	Under construction (1966); named for Griffith C. Evans, prof. of mathematics, emeritus, and dept. chairman (1934-49).
FACULTY CLUB	1903	32,100	$487,500	Initiation fees, life memberships, bond sales, Regents gifts, and loans	Bernard Maybeck	Club (for men) organized 1902; antecedent Dining Association met in University cottage; new clubhouse incorporated cottage as dining room and kitchen; includes additions, 1903, 1904 (John Galen Howard, arch.), 1914, 1925 (Warren Perry, arch.), 1959 (Downs and Lagorio, arch.).
FERNWALD--SMYTH RESIDENCE HALLS 2939 Dwight Way Lucy S. Mitchell Hall Jessica B. Peixotto Hall Esther E. Richards Hall Margaret S. Oldenberg Hall Smyth Halls (G, H, J) Central dining hall	1946	119,045 (8 bldgs.) wood	$902,000	Dormitory Construction Fund	W. H. Ratcliff	Living quarters for 476 students, both men and women; located at head of Dwight Way on 9.7 acres of land willed University by William H. Smyth (1935), together with his home “Fernwald.”
FERTILIZER CONTROL BUILDING						See DECORATIVE ART BUILDING.
FORESTRY BUILDING						See MULFORD HALL.
FORESTRY BUNGALOW						See MUSIC BUILDING.
FRESHMAN CHEMISTRY LABORATORY	1915	15,100 concrete	$28,500	University funds	John Galen Howard	Razed (1962) to clear site for Physical Sciences Lecture Hall.
2223 FULTON BUILDING	1923	51,000 concrete	$750,000 (purchase)	State appropriation	William W. Plachek	Six-story building purchased from U. S. Farm Bureau (1960); remodeled (Michael A. Goodman, arch.) and occupied by University of California Press (1962) and University Extension (1963).
GIANNINI HALL	1930	81,300 concrete	$500,000	Gift: Bancitaly Corporation	William C. Hays	Third building of a proposed agricultural quadrangle; tribute to Amadeo P. Giannini from Bancitaly Corporation through endowment of $1,500,000 to establish and house Giannini Foundation of Agricultural Economics.
GIAUQUE HALL formerly LOW TEMPERATURE LABORATORY (1954-66)	1954	27,430 brick and concrete	$793,000	University funds	Reynolds & Chamberlain	For research in properties of matter at temperatures approaching zero degrees; occupies court between Gilman Hall and Hildebrand Hall; one story above ground, two levels below ground; named for William F. Giauque, prof. of chemistry, emeritus, and Nobel Laureate.
GILL TRACT (Albany)
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE EXPERIMENTAL AREA 22 structures	1940-1963	44,594 glass		State appropriation	H. Thomsen	Superintendent's cottage, service bldg., storage bldg., bioclimatic chambers, insectary, laboratory-lath house, screenhouse 8 greenhouses, and 6 headhouses.
VIRUS LABORATORY GREENHOUSES 3 structures	1959	7,264 glass, aluminum, and wood	$106,000	State appropriation	Hertzka & Knowles
USDA QUARANTINE FACILITY	1963	4,600 glass, aluminum, and wood	$119,000	U. S. Dept. of Agriculture	Donald S. Macky
UNIVERSITY VILLAGE						See UNIVERSITY VILLAGE.
GILMAN HALL	1917	44,700 concrete	$205,053	State bond issue	John Galen Howard	For administrative offices of College of Chemistry and Dept. of Chemistry, instruction in physical chemistry and chemical engineering, and Chemistry Library until building of Latimer Hall; now occupied by Dept. of Chemical Engineering; named for Daniel Coit Gilman, second President of University, 1872-75.
GIRTON HALL	1912	1,790 wood	$4,782	Gift: senior women	Julia Morgan	Meeting place for senior women, first located on Strawberry Canyon Road east of former upper College Avenue entrance; moved north of Cowell Hospital upon opening of Gayley Road (1946); named for Girton College, Cambridge, first college for women giving university work in England.
GREEK THEATRE	1903	40,390 concrete	$447,000	Gift: William Randolph Hearst; Hearst Foundation	John Galen Howard	Outdoor theater seating 10,000, noted for excellent acoustics; scene of University ceremonial events, student bonfire rallies, dramatic and musical performances; named for William Randolph Hearst who donated construction funds. Includes addition 1957 (Ernest Born, arch.).
GROUNDS AND BUILDINGS BUILDING						See ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS BUILDING.
GYMNASIUM FOR MEN						See HARMON GYMNASIUM FOR MEN.
HAAS CLUBHOUSE	1959	11,813 wood	$350,500 including Stern Pool	Gift: $295,000 Mr. and Mrs. Walter A. Haas and Lucie Stern Trust; $50,000 Regents	Wurster, Bernardi & Emmons	Recreational hall in Strawberry Canyon Recreational Area; named for Mr. and Mrs. Walter A. Haas, who donated major portion of construction funds.
HANDBALL COURTS	1960	10,100 concrete	$249,500	State appropriation	Anderson, Gee and Willer	Located underneath southeast corner of Edwards baseball field.
HARMON GYMNASIUM	1879	21,200 wood	$20,057	Gift from A. K. P. Harmon; University funds		Gymnasium, armory, and indoor auditorium for over 50 years; included additions (1886, 1897, 1900); razed (1933) as fire hazard after completion of new Harmon gymnasium; site utilized by south wing of Dwinelle Hall.
HARMON GYMNASIUM FOR MEN; formerly GYMNASIUM FOR MEN (1933-58)	1933	167,700 steel and concrete	$727,500	Gift: $485,000 from Ernest V. Cowell estate; $100,000 ASUC; state appropriation	George W. Kelham	Seats 7,000 when used as auditorium; named for A. K. P. Harmon, donor of the first Harmon Gymnasium.
HAVILAND HALL	1924	51,440 concrete	$350,000	Gift: $250,000 Mrs. Hannah N. Haviland; state appropriation	John Galen Howard	Occupied by School of Education and Lange Library of Education (1924-63); occupied by School of Social Welfare since 1963; named for Hannah H. Haviland, wife of San Francisco businessman, who donated construction funds.
HEARST GREEK THEATRE						See GREEK THEATRE.
HEARST GYMNASIUM FOR WOMEN	1927	142,000 concrete	$660,000	Gift: William Randolph Hearst	Bernard Maybeck and Julia Morgan	Presented by William Randolph Hearst in memory of his mother, Mrs. Phoebe Apperson Hearst.
HEARST HALL	1898	19,410 wood	$40,000	Gift: Mrs. Phoebe Apperson Hearst	Bernard Maybeck	Hall for large scale entertaining built by Mrs. P. A. Hearst next to her home on Piedmont Ave. and Channing Way; moved to lot on College Ave., north of Bancroft Way, remodeled as a gymnasium and social hall for women students, presented with land to University (1899); included addition, 1901; destroyed by fire, 1922; site now utilized by southern portion of Wurster Hall.
HEARST HALL SWIMMING POOL						See HYDRAULICS MODEL BASIN.
HEARST MEMORIAL MINING BUILDING	1907	105,000 steel and granite	$1,065,000	Gift: Mrs. Phoebe Apperson Hearst	John Galen Howard	Named for Senator George Hearst, member of the California Legislature (1865-66) and U. S. Senator (1866-91); includes court development, 1948 (Michael Goodman, arch.).
HEARST RANGE GREENHOUSES; 13 greenhouses, 2 glasshouses, 7 headhouses, lath house	1925	45,800 glass, wood, and concrete	$79,000	Gift: $50,000 fund raising campaign; state appropriation	John Galen Howard	Research area for College of Agriculture; includes addition, 1930, 1941 (Arthur Brown, Jr., arch.), 1950 (Office of Architects & Engineers, arch.), 1953 (Beals & Macky, arch.); buildings razed (1959-62) to clear sites for Tolman Hall and Biochemistry Building.
HEATING PLANT	1930	9,000 concrete	$58,500	University funds	George W. Kelham
HERTZ MEMORIAL HALL OF MUSIC	1958	30,123 concrete	$1,758,000 including Morrison Hall	Gift: $200,000 from estate of Alfred Hertz; state appropriation	Gardner A. Dailey and Associates	Concert hall seats 750; contains O'Neill Memorial Organ; connected by covered walkway with Morrison Hall; named for Alfred Hertz, conductor of San Francisco Symphony Orchestra, 1915-30.
HESSE HALL	1924	83,759 concrete	$1,152,000	University funds	John Galen Howard	Originally a heat, power laboratory; now occupied by Hydraulic Engineering Laboratory, Fluid Mechanics Laboratory, faculty offices, Engineering Library; named for Frederick G. Hesse, prof. of mechanical engineering (1875-1904); includes additions, 1931 (George W. Kelham, arch.), 1947 (Corlett & Anderson, arch.), 1959 (Vanbourg & Nakamura, arch.).
HILDEBRAND HALL	1966 est.	131,360 concrete	$4,605,000	State appropriation	Anshen & Allen	Research laboratories for study of inorganic chemistry, physical chemistry, and qualitative analysis; faculty offices and Chemistry Library; under construction (1966); named for Joel H. Hildebrand, prof of chemistry, emeritus, dean of men (1923-26) dean of the College of Letters and Science (1939-43) and College of Chemistry (1949-51), and chairman of the chemistry dept. (1941-43).
HILGARD HALL	1917	70,800 concrete	$375,000	State bond issue	John Galen Howard	Second building of agriculture group; occupied by Depts. of Plant Pathology, Soils and Plant Nutrition; named for Eugene W. Hilgard, first dean, College of Agriculture (1874-1904).
HOME ECONOMICS BUILDING	1917	8,375 wood	$17,500	University funds	John Galen Howard	First home economics building, located directly north of the former Mechanics Building; razed (1930) as fire hazard.
HOME ECONOMICS BUILDING						See MORGAN HALL.
HORTON HALL						See TEMPORARY CLASSROOM AND OFFICE BUILDINGS, RESIDENTIAL, 2620 Bancroft Way.
HYDRAULICS MODEL BASIN (1934-55); formerly HEARST HALL SWIMMING POOL (1914-27)	1915	10,000 concrete	$11,500	Gift: Mrs. Phoebe Apperson Hearst	John Galen Howard	Women's swimming pool and athletic field which adjoined Hearst Hall on north; after burning of gymnasium (1922), area fenced, dressing rooms built, pool and field continued in use by women until new gymnasium built (1927); in 1934, with help of federal funds, pool converted into laboratory for research in erosion and tidal problems on beaches, harbors, rivers; razed (1955) after facility replaced at the Richmond Field Station.
HYGIENE AND PATHOLOGY LABORATORY	1908	26,600 wood	$21,000	Permanent Improvement Fund	John Galen Howard	Quarters for joint projects undertaken by Dept. of Hygiene and State Hygienic Laboratory; razed (1930) as fire hazard.
INSECTARY	1953	8,490 wood	$95,000	State appropriation	Ira S. Beals and Donald S. Macky	Research unit of Division of Entomology and Acarology, located on Oxford Tract north of Hearst Ave. on Oxford St.
INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS OFFICE (1960-65); formerly CAMPUS CAFETERIA (1948-60)	1948	31,800 wood	$89,000	University funds	U. S. Army Engineers	Former mess hall at Camp Parks, Alameda county during World War II; moved to campus (1947) for cafeteria; service moved to Student Union Dining Commons (1960); building occupied by Intercollegiate Athletic Offices, then razed (1965) to improve campus landscaping.
INTERNATIONAL HOUSE	1930	243,300 concrete	$1,750,000	Gift: John D. Rockefeller, Jr.	George W. Kelham	Residence hall and social meeting place for foreign and American students; one of four such houses in the world; occupied by Navy V-12 units during World War II and called Callaghan Hall; returned to University September, 1946.
JONES CHILD STUDY CENTER; 2425 Atherton Street	1960	9,620 wood	$205,000	State appropriation	Joseph Esherick	Unit of Institute of Human Development, housing University nursery school; named for Harold E. Jones, prof. of psychology (1927-60), director of Institute of Human Development (1935-60).
KEPLER COTTAGES						See STUDENT COTTAGES.
KLEEBERGER INTRAMURAL PLAYING FIELD	1941	74,000	$73,000	University funds	Walter T. Steilberg	Fenced field north of California Memorial Stadium; named for Frank L. Kleeberger, prof. of physical education (1913-42).
KROEBER HALL	1959	112,948 concrete	$2,155,000	State appropriation	Gardner A. Dailey	Two units (Lowie Museum of Anthropology and Worth Ryder Art Gallery) open to public: contains Dept. of Anthropology, Dept. of Art, Archaeological Research Facility, Art and Anthropology Library; named for Alfred L. Kroeber, prof. of anthropology, emeritus, chairman of dept. (1901-46).
LATIMER HALL	1963	185,420 concrete	$6,282,000	State appropriation	Anshen & Allen	For offices of College of Chemistry, Dept. of Chemistry, classes in organic chemistry, freshman chemistry, and (temporarily) Chemistry Library; named for Wendell M. Latimer, prof. of chemistry (1919-55), dean of College of Chemistry (1942-49).
LAW BUILDING	1951	204,133 concrete	$1,740,500	Gifts: $758,267 Garret W. McEnerney bequest; $126,732 Kavanagh bequest; Boalt estate; state appropriation	Warren C. Perry	School of Law transferred from former Boalt Hall (1951); Boalt name also transferred and applied to classroom wing of new buildings; other wing named Garret W. McEnerney Law Library; includes addition, 1959.
LAW COMPLEX	1966 est.	80,446 concrete	$2,460,000		Wurster, Bernardi & Emmons	Under construction.
LAW SCHOOL ADDITION				State appropriation		For additional library space, classroom seating for 100, 23 faculty offices.
EARL WARREN LEGAL CENTER				Gifts: law school alumni; other donors		Provides auditorium seating 500, research and conference rooms; named for U. S. Chief Justice Earl Warren '12.
MANVILLE HALL				Gifts: $500,000 Countess Folke Bernadotte and H. E. Manville, Jr.; $350,000 Garret McEnerney Estate; $600,000 law school alumni		Seven-story residence hall for law students; named for Hiram Edward Manville, former president of Johns-Manville Corporation.
LAWRENCE HALL OF SCIENCE	1966 est.	111,550 concrete	$4,680,000	Gifts: private donors, scientific corporations, other institutions	Anshen & Allen	Educational center to inform public about science; named for Ernest O. Lawrence, prof. of physics (1928-58), first director of Lawrence Radiation Laboratory (1936-58), and Nobel Laureate; under construction.
LAWRENCE RADIATION LABORATORY						See separate article on LAWRENCE RADIATION LABORATORY.
LE CONTE HALL	1924	164,150 concrete	$1,676,500	State appropriation; National Science Foundation grant	John Galen Howard	For Dept. of Physics; named for John LeConte, prof. of physics (1876-81), third President of University (1881-85), and Joseph LeConte, prof. of geology and natural science (1868-1901); includes additions, 1950 (Miller & Warnecke, arch.), 1964 (John Carl Warnecke & Associates, arch.).
LEUSCHNER OBSERVATORY; formerly STUDENTS' OBSERVATORY (1886-1951) 9 structures	1886	9,312 wood	$10,000	State appropriation	Clinton Day	Equipped with 20-inch reflecting telescope and other instruments for student instruction in astronomy; named for Armin O. Leuschner, director of observatory (1898-1938).
LEWIS HALL	1948	57,600 concrete	$1,132,500	State appropriation	E. Geoffrey Bangs	Assigned to analytic, inorganic, and microchemistry; named for Gilbert N. Lewis, prof. of chemistry (1912-45), dean of College of Chemistry (1912-41).
LIBRARY ANNEX						See DOE MEMORIAL LIBRARY.
LIFE SCIENCES BUILDING	1930	376,333 concrete	$1,186,000	$40,000 WPA; state bond issue	George W. Kelham	One of largest academic structures in U. S.; contains laboratories, classrooms for Depts. of Anatomy, Botany, Bacteriology, Physiology, Psychology (to 1962), Zoology; also houses Biology Library, herbaria, Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, and (to 1964) Bio-Organic Laboratory.
LOW TEMPERATURE LABORATORY						See GIAUQUE HALL.
LOWIE MUSEUM OF ANTHROPOLOGY						See KROEBER HALL.
MANVILLE HALL						See LAW COMPLEX.
MCLAUGHLIN HALL formerly ENGINEERING BUILDING (1906-66)	1931	51,400 concrete	$379,500	State bond issue	George W. Kelham	Used for administrative offices of College of Engineering, department offices, laboratories of Depts. of Civil and Mechanical Engineering; named for Donald H. McLaughlin, Regent (1950-66).
MECHANIC ARTS LABORATORY						See RADIATION LABORATORY.
MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING BUILDING						See MECHANICS BUILDING.
MECHANICS ANNEX	1918	14,400 wood		U. S. Government	U. S. Engineers	Erected by federal government during World War I for School of Military Aeronautics; purchased by University and occupied by U. S. Shipping Board School (1919-21); used by Depts. of Marine Engineering, Naval Architecture, and Radio Engineering (1921-26); razed (1926).
MECHANICS BUILDING (1931-65); formerly MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING BUILDING 1893-1931)	1893	41,600 brick	$63,000	University funds	William Curlett	For offices, laboratories of Dept. of Mechanical Engineering (1893-1964); razed (1965) to clear site for DAVIS HALL addition.
MEN'S SWIMMING POOL	1911	17,632 concrete	$15,000	Gymnasium fees	Charles G. Hyde, prof. of sanitary engineering	Located in Strawberry Canyon; restricted to men students and faculty until 1943, then opened to all students; maintenance difficulty caused abandonment in 1951.
METALLURGICAL LABORATORY						See ANATOMY BUILDING.
MILITARY SCIENCE BUILDING						See DWINELLE ANNEX.
MINING AND MECHANIC ARTS BUILDING						See ANTHROPOLOGICAL MUSEUM.
MOFFITT UNDERGRADUATE LIBRARY	1968 est.	120,000 concrete	$2,997,000	State appropriation	John Carl Warnecke & Associates	Five-story library (two floors underground) for undergraduate students; named for James K. Moffitt '86, Regent (1911-48), lifelong benefactor of University Library; funded.
MOLECULAR BIOLOGY AND VIRUS LABORATORY; formerly BIOCHEMISTRY AND VIRUS LABORATORY (1952-63)	1952	63,040 concrete	$1,231,500	State appropriation	Michael A. Goodman	Research organization established (1948) to conduct studies on biochemical and biological properties of animal, bacterial, plant viruses.
MORGAN HALL; formerly HOME ECONOMICS BUILDING (1953-62)	1953	56,300 concrete	$1,061,000	State appropriation	Spencer & Ambrose	For Dept. of Nutritional Sciences laboratories, classrooms; named for Mrs. Agnes Fay Morgan, prof. of nutrition, emeritus, chairman of Dept. of Home Economics and Nutrition (1915-64).
MORRISON HALL	1958	40,357 concrete	$1,758,000 including Hertz Hall	Gift: Mrs. May T. Morrison; state appropriation	Gardner A. Dailey and Associates	For Dept. of Music, Music Library; connected by covered walkway with Hertz Memorial Hall of Music; named for Mrs. May T. Morrison, benefactor to the University.
MOSES HALL; formerly ESHLEMAN HALL (1931-64)	1931	46,100 concrete	$210,000	Gift: $125,000 ASUC; state appropriation	George W. Kelham	Originally a publications building for “Daily Californian” and student magazines owned by ASUC; sold (1959) to Regents to provide portion of funds for new student office building; remodeled (1965) for Institute of Governmental Studies; renamed for Bernard Moses, prof. of history (1878-1911).
MULFORD HALL; formerly FORESTRY BUILDING (1948-56)	1948	70,600 concrete	$910,000	State appropriation	Miller & Warnecke	For School of Forestry and Wildlife Research Center; also accommodates Forestry Library and Dept. of Genetics; named for Walter Mulford, first prof. of forestry (1914-48), first dean of School of Forestry (1947-48).
MUSIC BUILDING (1917-30) formerly FORESTRY BUNGALOW (1915-17)	1915	11,000 wood	$1,000	University funds	John Galen Howard	Portable building bought in San Francisco and placed on north edge of campus behind Hearst Memorial Mining Building for forestry students; later housed Dept. of Music; razed (1930) as fire hazard.
MUSIC BUILDING						See DWINELLE ANNEX.
NAVAL ARCHITECTURE BUILDING formerly DRAWING BUILDING (1914-24), ART BUILDING (1924-30), ENGINEERING DESIGN BUILDING (1930-51), CITY AND REGIONAL PLANNING BUILDING (1951-64); HYDRAULICS AND NAVAL ARCHITECTURE BUILDING (1964-65)	1914	10,900 wood	$17,500	Permanent Improvement Fund	John Galen Howard	Dept. of City and Regional Planning moved to Wurster Hall (1964); building assigned to College of Engineering.
NORTH HALL	1873	29,880 wood and concrete	$99,500	State appropriation	David Farquharson	Second of two original buildings; cornerstone laid May 3, 1873; humanities building also housing social sciences, mathematics, engineering (to 1879), offices of President and recorder (to 1898); basement devoted to student activities; upper floors razed (1917) as fire hazard; basement floor roofed and continued in use for student store and ASUC offices (to 1923); used for offices of Dept. of Naval Science (to 1931); razed (1931); site now occupied by Doe Memorial Library.
OPTOMETRY BUILDING; formerly EMERGENCY CLASSROOM BUILDING (1941-42), DURANT HALL (1942-50)	1941	22,600 concrete	$140,000	State fair funds	Arthur Brown, Jr.	First occupied by mathematics, journalism, and “defense” courses conducted with U. S. funds; during development of atomic bomb, building cleared and used as auxiliary unit of Radiation Laboratory; reoccupied (1946) by mathematics, journalism, naval science, and some optometry courses; remodeled (1953) for exclusive use of School of Optometry.
OXFORD RESEARCH UNIT	1960	83,321 glass, wood, and concrete	$1,054,000	State appropriation	Donald S. Macky	Laboratories, greenhouses, open ground plots for agricultural research projects on Oxford Tract, north of Hearst Ave. on Oxford St.; includes addition, 1962.
PARKING STRUCTURES
A. (Hearst and Scenic)	1967 est.	185,020 concrete	$1,195,000	Loan funds	Anshen & Allen	Three-level parking, tennis courts above; funded.
B. (Bancroft Way by Kroeber Hall)	1960	77,376 concrete	$176,500	Loan funds	Garner A. Dailey and Associates	Ground level parking, tennis courts above.
C. (Channing and Ellsworth)	1961	125,200 concrete	$326,500	Loan funds	Donald L. Hardison and Associates	Ground level parking, tennis courts above.
D. (College and Channing)	1962	250,000 concrete	$1,187,500	Loan funds	Anshen & Allen	Two-level parking, Underhill Field above.
University Hall (Oxford and Addison)	1960	86,000 concrete	$379,000	Loan funds	Anshen & Allen	Three-level parking.
Student Center	1960	21,120 concrete	$238,000	Student Union funds	Hardison and DeMars	Under Student Union plaza.
PELICAN BUILDING	1957	2,470 concrete	$90,000	Gift: Earle C. Anthony '03	Joseph Esherick	Gift for use of “Pelican” (student humor magazine) staff from its first editor.
PHILOSOPHY BUILDING						See PSYCHOLOGY BUILDING.
PHYSICAL SCIENCES LECTURE HALL	1964	14,300 brick and concrete	$599,500	State appropriation	Anshen & Allen	Adjoins Latimer Hall on north; revolving, three-part stage permits continuous use of auditorium seating 550.
POULTRY HUSBANDRY LABORATORY 24 structures	1928	40,330 wood	$80,000	Permanent Improvement Fund	John Galen Howard	Superintendent's cottage, laboratory, chicken houses, brooder house, barns, storage buildings located on north side of Strawberry Canyon one-quarter mile east of stadium.
POWER HOUSE						See UNIVERSITY ART GALLERY.
PRESIDENT'S HOUSE						See UNIVERSITY HOUSE.
PRINTING DEPARTMENT						See UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PRINTING DEPARTMENT.
PRINTING OFFICE						See 2 BARROW LANE.
PSYCHOLOGY BUILDING (1921-30); formerly PHILOSOPHY BUILDING (1898-1921)	1898	3,225 wood	$8,000	State appropriation	Clinton Day	First located on main campus road near head of glade opposite Doe Library; moved (1916) to north edge of campus at Hearst Ave. and La Loma; razed (1930) as fire hazard.
PURE FOOD AND DRUGS LABORATORY (1912-33); formerly ENTOMOLOGY BUILDING (1905-12)	1905	1,200 wood				Addition to first Harmon Gymnasium detached and moved 50 feet eastward (1905), remodeled (John Galen Howard, arch.) and occupied by Dept. of Entomology (1912); later used by State Pure Food and Drugs Laboratory; razed (1933) with Harmon Gymnasium.
RADIATION LABORATORY (1931-59); formerly MECHANIC ARTS LABORATORY (1885-1907), CIVIL ENGINEERING TESTING LABORATORY (1907-31)	1885	16,200 wood	$3,500	State appropriation	Prof. Frederick G. Hesse	Originally machine shop for College of Mechanics, then used by College of Civil Engineering; remodeled (1931) for research in atomic energy; named “Radiation Laboratory” and later known as “old” radiation laboratory after development of Lawrence Radiation Laboratory on “the hill”; included addition, 1911 (John Galen Howard, arch.); razed (1959) to clear site for Latimer Hall.
RECEIVING ROOM AND STOREHOUSE						See 2 BARROW LANE.
RESIDENCE HALLS Unit 1 (2650 Durant Ave.) May L. Cheney Hall Mary C. Freeborn Hall Monroe E. Deutsch Hall Thomas M. Putnam Hall	1960	209,682 concrete	$8,336,000 (Units 1-2)	Housing and Home Finance Agency loans; University funds	Warnecke & Warnecke	Nine-story halls accommodating 210 students each; within each unit, two halls are occupied by women students, two by men students; all halls named for members of the University “family” particularly concerned with student housing.
Unit 2 (2650 Haste St.) Mary B. Davidson Hall Ruby L. Cunningham Hall Farnham Griffiths Hall Sidney M. Ehrman Hall	1960	209,682 concrete	See Unit 1	Housing and Home Finance Agency loans; University funds	Warnecke & Warnecke
Unit 3 (2400 Durant Ave.) Ida W. Sproul Hall Sally McKee Spens-Black Hall Herbert I. and Kenneth Priestley Hall William J. Norton Hall	1964	223,328 concrete	$4,614,500	Gift: $550,000 Mrs. Spens-Black; Housing and Home Finance Agency loans; University funds	John Carl Warnecke & Associates
RUNNING TRACK	1915	172,000 (including 40,000 sq. ft. in wood bleachers)	$20,000	ASUC funds	John Galen Howard	Cinder track with bleachers immediately west of California Field; removed upon completion of Edwards Field (1932); site partially occupied by Barrows Hall.
SATHER GATE and bridge	1913	5,000 concrete, granite, and bronze	$36,000 (gate) $9,000 (bridge)	Gift: $40,000 Mrs. Jane K. Sather; Permanent Improvement Fund	John Galen Howard	Memorial to Peder Sather, San Francisco banker and trustee of College of California.
SATHER TOWER (“Campanile”)	1914	8,600 steel and granite	$250,000	Gift: $200,000 Mrs. Jane K. Sather; Permanent Improvement Fund	John Galen Howard	Memorial to Mrs. Jane K. Sather; widely known landmark, nicknamed for its resemblance to St. Mark's Campanile in Venice, Italy; chimes (12 bronze bells) cast by John Taylor and Sons, Loughborough, England; delivery delayed by World War I; first played Nov. 2, 1917; tower and chimes dedicated Charter Day, 1918.
SCHOOL OF LAW						See LAW BUILDING.
SCHOOL OF OPTOMETRY						See OPTOMETRY BUILDING.
SENIOR MEN'S HALL	1906	2,940 redwood logs	$4,500	Gift: Order of the Golden Bear	John Galen Howard	Meeting place originally restricted to senior men; later opened to all student organizations.
SENIOR WOMEN'S HALL						See GIRTON HALL.
SERVICE BUILDINGS						See CORPORATION YARD.
SERVICE BUILDINGS (1915-39)	1915	wood		Permanent Improvement Fund	John Galen Howard	Six Buildings (maintenance shops, barn, office of superintendent of grounds and buildings) on Barrow Lane; razed (1939) to clear site for Sproul Hall; operations moved to corporation yard, Strawberry Canyon.
SERVICES BUILDING 2000 Carleton St.	1958	111,683 concrete	$1,333,000	State appropriation	John Lyon Reid & Associates	Replaced Corporation Yard in Strawberry Canyon.
SMYTH-FERNWALD RESIDENCE HALLS						See FERNWALD-SMYTH RESIDENCE HALLS.
SOCIAL WELFARE BUILDING 2400 Allston Way	1922	4,900 concrete	$21,000 (purchase price)	University funds	William C. Hays	Purchased (1938) with land from Pacific Unitarian School of Religion; occupied by School of Social Welfare (to 1952); razed (1953) to clear site for Alumni House.
SOUTH HALL	1873	29,500 brick and stone	$197,000	State appropriation	David Farquharson	First of two original buildings; cornerstone laid Oct. 9, 1872; fire-resistant building for laboratories of agriculture, physical and natural sciences; also housed library (to 1881) and office of secretary to Regents (to 1906); Offices of the President 1899-1906; continued in use for science, later mainly physics (to 1924); remodeled for Depts. of Political Science, Economics, Business Administration, and Sociology (to 1964).
SOUTH HALL ANNEX	1913	2,400 concrete	$6,000	University funds	John Galen Howard	One-story shop for Dept. of Physics (1913-23); later used for offices and meeting rooms of student honorary societies (1923-36), Student and Alumni Placement Center.
SPACE SCIENCES LABORATORY	1966	45,500 concrete	$1,597,000	National Aeronautics and Space Administration	Anshen & Allen	Interdisciplinary laboratory for basic research in physical, engineering, and biological problems in exploration of space.
SPRECKELS ART BUILDING (1930-55); formerly SPRECKELS PHYSIOLOGICAL LABORATORY (1903-30)	1903	15,300 wood	$29,000	Gift: Rudolph Spreckels	John Galen Howard	One of first campus laboratories intended primarily for research; named for Rudolph Spreckels, donor of the building; Dept. of Physiology moved to Life Sciences Bldg. (1930); laboratory remodeled for Dept. of Art and renamed; razed (1955) to clear site for Morrison Hall.
SPRECKELS PHYSIOLOGICAL LABORATORY						See SPRECKELS ART BUILDING.
SPRINGER MEMORIAL GATEWAY	1964	brick and concrete	$81,000	Gift: Russell S. Springer '03	Thomas D. Church	West entrance to campus off Oxford St. between University Ave., Center St.
SPROUL HALL; formerly ADMINISTRATION BUILDING (1941-58)	1941	124,700 steel, concrete, with granite facing	$811,000	University Building Program	Arthur Brown, Jr.	Campus administration building since 1958; previous to completion of University Hall, both University-wide and campus offices shared building; named for Robert Gordon Sproul '13, 11th President of University (1930-58).
STEPHENS HALL; formerly STEPHENS MEMORIAL UNION (1923-61)	1923	76,600 concrete	$310,000	Gifts: $175,000 ASUC; $225,000 fund raising campaign	John Galen Howard	First student union, built in memory of Henry Morse Stephens, prof. of history (1902-19); sold to Regents by ASUC (1959) to provide portion of funds for new union; renamed (1964) and occupied by Kelsen Graduate Social Sciences Library and social science research units.
STEPHENS MEMORIAL UNION						See STEPHENS HALL.
STERN HALL	1942	65,392 concrete	$480,500	Gift: $250,000 Mrs. Rosalie Stern; University Building Program	Corbett & McMurray and W. W. Wurster	First University-owned residence hall for women; situated on east side of Gayley Road near Founders' Rock; includes addition, 1959 (Wurster, Bernardi & Emmons, arch.); named for Sigmund Stern '79, San Francisco businessman and benefactor to the University
STRAWBERRY CANYON RECREATIONAL FACILITIES	1959	11,813 concrete	$350,500	Gifts: Lucie Stern estate; Mr. and Mrs. Walter A. Haas	Wurster, Bernardi & Emmons	Includes Haas Clubhouse, Stern Pool, and athletic field in Strawberry Canyon east of California Memorial Stadium.
STUDENT CENTER						See AUDITORIUM THEATER DINING COMMONS ESHLEMAN HALL STUDENT UNION
STUDENT COTTAGES (“KEPLER COTTAGES”)	1874	19,512 wood	$27,000	University funds	David Farquharson	One-story, eight-room cottages; six located south of eucalyptus grove, two near Faculty Club; one of latter burned, other incorporated into Faculty Club as kitchen; cottages near eucalyptus grove razed (1932) to clear portion of site for Edwards Field.
STUDENT UNION (STUDENT CENTER)	1961	171,700 concrete	$3,729,500	Gifts: $1,000,000 Regent Edwin W. Pauley; $100,000 Mr. and Mrs. C. L. Tilden, Jr.; $2,385,000 alumni contributions; ASUC funds from sale of Stephens Union; $800,000 state appropriation; Housing and Home Finance Agency loan	Hardison and DeMars	Building operated by the ASUC and houses ASUC store, bowling lanes, barber shop, art activities center, game rooms, meditation room, ballroom, meeting rooms, lounges, coffee shop (Bear's Lair, seats 306 inside, 142 outside), box office, and the offices of elected and employed officers of the ASUC.
STUDENTS' INFIRMARY	1907	19,750 wood	$22,500	University funds		Former residence, 2220 College Ave., converted to use of Students' Health Service; included additions, 1912, 1913, 1914; razed (1930) after completion of Cowell Hospital.
STUDENTS' OBSERVATORY						See LEUSCHNER OBSERVATORY.
“T” (temporary) BUILDINGS
a) wooden	1946-1948	231,800	$205,500	U. S., state veterans' funds		Thirty-eight one- and two-story barracks from deactivated World War II Navy camps, moved and established by U. S. Veterans' Educational Facilities Program; ten buildings placed in glade opposite Doe Memorial Library, remainder in unoccupied spots about the campus; used for faculty offices, classrooms, architectural and engineering laboratories, Veterans' Administration offices, Counseling Service, and Housing Office; most buildings razed since 1950 to clear sites for permanent buildings and improve campus landscaping.
b) galvanized iron	1948	12,100	$165,000	U. S. Federal Works Administration	Clifford Wolfe	Seven buildings on Gayley Road originally assigned to Cowell Hospital for ward wings; razed (1963-1968 est.).
TEMPORARY CLASSROOM AND OFFICE BUILDINGS (Residential)						Buildings on land acquired for campus expansion and used temporarily for offices.
2220 Bancroft Way	900 wood					Occupied by custodian supervisor.
2620 Bancroft Way (Horton Hall)	12,440 wood					Occupied by Housing Office, Committee for Arts and Lectures.
2536-2538 Channing Way (formerly Anna Head School)	39,538 wood					Occupied by Institute of International Studies, Brazil Overseas Program, undergraduate scholarships.
2241-2243 College Ave.	4,800 wood					Occupied by Institute of Human Learning.
2251 College Ave.	12,340 wood					Occupied by Miller Institute for Basic Research in Science.
2220 Piedmont Ave.	10,900 wood					Occupied by Survey Research Center.
2222 Piedmont Ave.	4,000 wood					Occupied by Institute of Social Sciences, Mechanolinguistics.
2224 Piedmont Ave.	6,900 wood					Occupied by Center for Law and Society.
2232 Piedmont Ave.		5,800 wood				Occupied by Elementary School Science Project, anthropology classrooms.
2234 Piedmont Ave.		4,100 wood				Occupied by Institute of International Studies.
2240 Piedmont Ave.		7,900 wood				Occupied by Institute of Personality Assessment.
TOLMAN HALL	1962	228,000 concrete	$5,500,000	State appropriation	Gardner A. Dailey and Associates	For School of Education, Department of Psychology, Institute of Human Development (formerly the Institute of Child Welfare), Center for the Study of Higher Education, and Education--Psychology Library; named for Edward C. Tolman, prof. of psychology (1918-50).
UNDERHILL FIELD	1962	93,492 concrete	See PARKING STRUCTURE D			Playing field above Parking Structure “D,” College Ave. and Channing Way; named for Robert M. Underhill, vice-president, emeritus, and secretary and treasurer of Regents, emeritus.
UNITARIAN CHURCH						See 2401 BANCROFT WAY.
UNIVERSITY ART GALLERY; formerly POWER HOUSE (1904-31)	1904	5,400 brick	$62,500	Permanent Improvement fund	John Galen Howard	Power plant relocated (1931) and building converted (W. P. Stephenson, arch.) to present function.
UNIVERSITY ART MUSEUM	1968 est.	83,000 concrete	$3,000,000	Gift: $250,000 Hans Hofmann; fund raising campaign; University funds	Mario J. Ciampi	For art museum, Hans Hofmann Art Gallery, Art Library, workshop theater, conference suite, music rooms.
UNIVERSITY EXTENSION						See 2223 FULTON BUILDING.
UNIVERSITY EXTENSION BUILDING 2441 Bancroft Way		48,950 concrete	$73,500	State Fair; University Funds		Originally the Ambassador Apts. and Drake's Restaurant; purchased (1943) and partially converted to offices and work rooms for University Extension; razed (1963) to clear site for present Eshleman Hall.
UNIVERSITY GARAGE	1941	14,000 brick	$18,000
UNIVERSITY HALL	1959	151,590 concrete	$3,305,000	State appropriation	Welton Becket & Associates	University-wide administration building.
UNIVERSITY HOUSE; formerly PRESIDENT'S HOUSE (1911-58)	1911	20,000 steel and granite	$215,000	State appropriation	Albert A. Pissis	First building begun under the Benard Architectural Plan; ground broken by Mrs. Hearst on May 12, 1900; occupied by Presidents of University (1911-58), by Chancellor Heyns (1965-).
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PRESS						See 2223 FULTON BUILDING.
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PRINTING DEPARTMENT; formerly UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PRESS (1940-62)	1940	45,818 concrete	$250,000	$146,220 WPA; University funds	Masten & Hurd	University of California Press formerly performed both publishing and printing functions under one manager; divided (1950) into “Publishing Dept.” and “Printing Dept.” under separate managers, both continuing to occupy the same building; in 1960, title “University of California Press” given to publishing department and in August, 1962, its offices moved to 2223 Fulton Building; printing department remained in original building.
UNIVERSITY VILLAGE (Gill Tract)						University-owned housing for married students located on Gill Tract, three miles north of Berkeley.
VETERANS VILLAGE	1942	65,664 wood				Nineteen buildings (126 units) from Oregon war-housing project, purchased by University (1949) and brought to Gill Tract; removed (1959) and land returned to College of Agriculture.
KULA-GULF AND CODORNICES VILLAGE	1942	279,246 wood				Fifty-four buildings (420 units) built by Federal Housing Authority in World War II on leased Gill Tract land; buildings purchased by University in 1956.
MARRIED STUDENT HOUSING	1962	328,772 wood	$3,800,000	Housing and Home Finance Agency loan; state funds	Wurster, Bernardi & Emmons	Fifty buildings (500 units) built by University.
VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY MUSEUM OF						See DECORATIVE ART ANNEX.
VETERINARY SCIENCE BUILDINGS	1924	13,620 wood	$10,000	University funds	John Galen Howard	Laboratory on north side of Strawberry Canyon, east of California Memorial Stadium; included animal houses and barn, 1931; most buildings razed (1959) to clear site for Strawberry Canyon Recreational Facilities.
WARREN HALL	1955	73,900 concrete and brick	$1,500,000	State appropriation	Masten & Hurd	For School of Public Health, Public Health Library, Cancer Research Genetics Laboratory; named for U. S. Chief Justice Earl Warren '12.
WARREN LEGAL CENTER						See LAW COMPLEX.
WHEELER HALL	1917	119,000 steel and granite	$715,994	State bond issue	John Galen Howard	Classrooms for humanities and social sciences; faculty offices on top floor; large auditorium seating over 900; named for Benjamin Ide Wheeler, eighth President of University (1899-1919); first building to be named for living person--not a donor.
WOMEN'S FACULTY CLUB	1923	15,126 wood	$65,000	Members' bond issue	John Galen Howard	Contains living rooms, lounge, dining rooms; located on Strawberry Creek, east of Senior Men's Hall and Faculty Club.
WURSTER HALL	1964	215,800 concrete	$4,860,500	State appropriation	DeMars, Esherick and Olsen	For College of Environmental Design; named for William W. Wurster, prof. of architecture, emeritus, dean of College of Environmental Design, emeritus, and the late Mrs. Catherine Bauer Wurster, lecturer in city and regional planning.

[Map] Berkeley Campus 1965

[Map] Berkeley Campus 1897

Colleges and Schools

College of Agriculture

The College of Agriculture at Berkeley was born with the University. The legislative act of March 23, 1868, which established the University, made the creation of the College of Agriculture the first duty of the Board of Regents. Organization of agricultural instruction and research began in 1869 with the election of Ezra S. Carr as "Professor of Agriculture, Chemistry, and Applied Chemistry and Horticulture." In 1874, the Regents elected as his successor Eugene W. Hilgard, who began the first field experimentation undertaken by the college.

The work of Hilgard in laying the foundations of the College of Agriculture is one of the outstanding features of the history of the University. Under Hilgard, scientific instruction and research were encouraged and had a marked influence on similar institutions elsewhere. Building on this foundation, the college developed a distinguished program in teaching and research.

With the urbanization of Berkeley and the growth of the campus, research and teaching programs relating more directly to agricultural production were gradually transferred elsewhere. In the period of post-war planning, the role of the college at Berkeley was carefully considered in relation to the long range academic plan for that campus. This plan specified the areas of instruction and research that should be emphasized, selecting those "which benefit particularly from close association with related disciplines on the campus and which in turn contribute to the strength of related disciplines." The University-wide academic plan of 1961 reiterated the earlier policy, stating that the program in agriculture at Berkeley "should continue to emphasize teaching and Experiment Station research in the basic physical, biological and social sciences, taking advantage of the vast array of scientific resources on that campus to add to the pool of fundamental knowledge upon which advances in agricultural technology depend."

The College of Agriculture at Berkeley accepted this mission and in order to pursue it more effectively, a number of departments were restructured and several fields of emphasis were strengthened. The undergraduate academic program has been carefully evaluated, streamlined, and updated. Specialized undergraduate course offerings have been reduced or transferred to graduate programs and requirements in the humanities and social sciences increased. Currently the college offers only one principal curriculum, agricultural sciences, with majors in agricultural economics, agricultural science, dietetics, entomology, food science, genetics, nutrition (human), and soils and plant nutrition. However, it also administers related curricula in preforestry, preveterinary, and range management. Because the present undergraduate enrollment is not large (only about 275), the students have a great deal of personal contact with the faculty. Graduate enrollment is increasing more rapidly than undergraduate and now totals nearly 350. Graduate programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees are offered in such fields as agricultural chemistry, agricultural economics, entomology, food science, genetics, nutrition, parasitology, plant nutrition, plant pathology, plant physiology, and soil science.

The budgeted College of Agriculture and Agricultural Experiment Station faculty numbers about 130, supplemented by approximately 50 academic specialists, postdoctoral fellows, and extramurally supported researchers distributed through the following units: agricultural biochemistry, agricultural economics, cell physiology, entomology and parasitology (including the Divisions of Biological Control Entomology and Acarology, Invertebrate Pathology, and Parasitology), genetics, nutritional sciences, plant pathology, poultry husbandry, and soils and plant nutrition. Among the special facilities available to students and faculty are the Agriculture and GIANNINI Foundation libraries which house distinguished collections of source material in agriculture and agricultural economics; the six and two-tenths-acre Oxford Tract, which contains open plot areas, greenhouses, laboratories, and environmental control cabinets; related facilities at the Gill Tract in Albany; as well as special libraries, electron microscopes, computers, and a wide range of equipment and specialized laboratories maintained by the departments in Agriculture, Giannini, Hilgard, Morgan, and Mulford Halls on the Berkeley campus.--E. GORTON LINSLEY

Schools and Department of Business Administration

The Department of Business Administration was established in 1942, the undergraduate school in 1943, and the graduate school in 1955. The 1943 school succeeded the College of Commerce, a four-year undergraduate program, established in 1898 with the aid of the Cora Jane Flood Foundation. Prior to 1942, there was no separate faculty in business administration. The teaching needs were met by faculty

---

members in economics and other departments, who offered the courses required or accepted in the curricula in commerce.

The 1943 school offered a two-year upper division program leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in business administration and the Master of Business Administration degree. In 1955, the M.B.A. program was transferred to the graduate school; in 1956, the Ph.D. degree in business administration was added. The department and schools were established primarily to prepare students for eventual positions of executive and professional responsibility in private business, or in the business aspects of governmental or other agencies, or, secondarily, for careers in teaching and research. All students are required to have a broad background in the analytical tools and functional aspects of business management. Opportunities for specialization are provided once the basic or core requirements are fulfilled. Included in these fields are administration and policy, accounting, business statistics, finance, industrial relations and personnel management, insurance and risk, international business, marketing, production, real estate and urban land economics, and transportation and public utilities.

The teaching programs are supported by a series of research and community relations affiliates including: the Institute of BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC RESEARCH; the Institute of INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS; the Center for Research in REAL ESTATE AND URBAN LAND ECONOMICS and the MANAGEMENT SCIENCE Center. Research relations and opportunities also occur with other agencies such as the National Aero-Space Laboratory, Agricultural Economics, Institute of TRANSPORTATION AND TRAFFIC ENGINEERING, Institute of GOVERNMENTAL STUDIES, Institute of SOCIAL SCIENCES, COMPUTER CENTER and CHINESE STUDY Center.

The daytime campus programs of instruction and research are implemented by adult education through University Extension, and executive education under the graduate school. The graduate school in Berkeley in conjunction with the graduate school in Los Angeles publishes the California Management Review, a scholarly quarterly publication. The Department of Business Administration and the Department of Economics cooperate in the administration of both the Institute of Business and Economic Research and the Business Administration-Economics Library in the Kelsen Graduate Social Science Library. In 1964, the Department and Schools of Business Administration occupied Barrows Hall and the renovated former Stephens Memorial Union Building together with the Departments of Economics, Political Science and Sociology. Eventually, Moses and South Halls will become part of the shared building complex.

These shared physical arrangements reflect the desire of the faculty in business administration, while retaining the identity of business administration, to maintain close, direct working relationships with the basic social science disciplines. It is believed that education and research in business administration have the obligation of bringing the advancing knowledge in social science and other disciplines to bear upon problems of business.

The nucleus of the department as established in 1942, consisted of 9 faculty members and 3 teaching assistants drawn from the roster of the Department of Economics. In 1964-65, the department contained 67.85 full-time equivalent faculty and 11 teaching assistants. Faculty members find support from and contribute to a wide variety of teaching and research activities.

At the time of its demise at the end of 1942, the four-year College of Commerce enrolled 671 undergraduate students and 11 graduate students. The peak enrollment of the School of Business Administration was reached during the period of the post-war veteran onrush in 1948-49, when 1,846 students were enrolled, of whom 274 were graduate students. During the spring semester, 1965 there were 627 junior and senior students enrolled in the undergraduate school, 353 candidates for the M.B.A. degree, and 68 candidates for the Ph.D. degree in the graduate school.

The department and schools work closely with the Placement Center in finding career opportunities for graduates and alumni. The California Business Administration Alumni Association is an effective alumni affiliate. An advisory council of business leaders assists in channeling the needs and advice of industry and business into the programs.--E. T. GRETHER

College of Chemistry

One of the ten initial members of the faculty of the University, Ezra S. Carr, M.D., professor of agriculture, chemistry, agricultural and applied chemistry, and horticulture, gave chemical lectures at the Oakland campus. In the autumn of 1873, he instigated a movement to abolish the appointed board of Regents and to abolish all colleges of the University but that of agriculture and mechanic arts. The movement failed, and the Regents forthwith "dispensed with his services in view of his incompetency and unfitness for the duties of the chair."

By 1873, the first building on the Berkeley campus, South Hall, included a chemical laboratory; the legislature had approved a College of Chemistry the previous year, and Willard Bradley Rising had arrived to become its first dean. He was to serve for 36 years, seeing the number of baccalaureate degrees in chemistry rise from about three per year to about 15; a separate building for chemistry in 1890; and a separate College of Natural Sciences in 1893 to accommodate physics, geology, and the biological sciences. In Rising's era the principal activity of any chemist was analysis, particularly of minerals, drugs and agricultural products (Rising also had the title of state analyst). Additions to his staff and their years of service (if five years or more) were: John Maxson Stillman, 1876-82; Edward Booth, 1878-80 and 1899-1917; Edmond O'Neill, 1879-1925; John Hatfield Gray, Jr., 1890-92 and 1896-1900; William John Sharwood, 1892-98; Walter C. Blasdale, 1895-1940; Henry C. Biddle, 1901-1916; William Conger Morgan, 1901-1912; and Frederick G. Cottrell, 1902-1911.

By Rising's retirement in 1908, only four Ph.D. degrees had been awarded in chemistry. In 1912, Gilbert Newton Lewis was brought from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology to serve as dean and to build up the graduate and research program. Twenty-nine years later, in 1941, when he relinquished the deanship, the number of undergraduate degrees per year had risen to about 60; there were additional buildings for chemistry--Gilman Hall, Chemistry Auditorium, Freshman Chemistry Lab, and "The Rat House" (Chemistry Annex)--and there had been 250 Ph.D. degrees awarded in chemistry. The additions to his staff and their years of service were: Merle Randall, 1912-44; Richard C. Tolman, 1912-16; William C. Bray, 1912-46; Joel H. Hildebrand, 1913-52; G. Ernest Gibson, 1913-54; Gerald E. K. Branch, 1915-54; C. Walter Porter, 1917-45; Ermon D. Eastman, 1917-45; Wendall M. Latimer, 1917-55; T. Dale Stewart, 1917-57; Axel R. Olson, 1919-54; Thorfin R. Hogness, 1921-30; William Francis Giauque, 1922-62; Gerhard K. Rollefson, 1923-55; Willard F. Libby, 1933-41; Melvin Calvin, 1937- ; Kenneth S. Pitzer, 1937-61; Samuel Rubin, 1938-43; and Glenn T. Seaborg, 1939- .

Lewis's scientific reputation had been built on his work in chemical thermodynamics, and though he had other interests (e.g., the Lewis electron-pair theory, the Lewis acid-base theory, the discovery of deuterium), many of his staff were thermodynamicists, and Berkeley became known as a center of thermodynamics. The Lewis and Randall textbook, Thermodynamics and the Free Energy of Chemical Substances (1923), was a landmark; there was Latimer's work in systematizing the entropies of aqueous ions, Giauque's extensive low-temperature program for which he was to receive the Nobel Prize in 1949, and Pitzer's work on the thermodynamics of molecules with internal rotation.

The last decade of Lewis's deanship saw, along with Ernest Lawrence's development of his cyclotron, the involvement in nuclear chemistry of Berkeley faculty members, particularly of Libby (who was to receive a Nobel Prize in 1960 for his carbon-14 method of dating archaeological specimens) and of Seaborg (who was to share a Nobel Prize with McMillan in 1951 for the discovery of plutonium). The first Geiger counter in the United States and the first radium-beryllium neutron source were assembled by Berkeley chemists. In World War II, Berkeley chemists played a key part in the atomic bomb project. Ever since, Berkeley has remained one of the centers for research in nuclear synthesis and spectroscopy as well as for the

---

tracer applications of radioisotopes For example, when quantities of carbon-14 became available in 1947, Calvin began a program of research on the path of carbon in photosynthesis for which he was to receive a Nobel Prize in 1961.

Upon Lewis's retirement as dean, the post was taken by Wendell M. Latimer, who held it for eight years (1941-49). Latimer's principal task was to rebuild the staff, which had been depleted by deaths and retirements; he took the opportunity to strengthen the department in radiochemistry, and to bring in a strong staff in chemical technology (later to become a full-fledged Department of Chemical Engineering) and in synthetic and structural organic chemistry. The additions to his staff (and years of their appointment) were: Edwin F. Orlemann, 1941-; Robert E. Connick, 1942-; William D. Gwinn, 1942-; James Cason, 1945-; William G. Dauben, 1945-; Leo Brewer, 1946-; Burris B. Cunningham, 1946-; George Jura, 1946-; Isadore Perlman, 1946-; Richard E. Powell, 1946-; Henry Rapoport 1946-; David H. Templeton, 1947-; Donald S. Noyce, 1948-; Chester T. O'Konski, 1948-; George C. Pimentel, 1949-; and Kenneth Street, Jr., 1949-.

In 1948, Lewis Hall was built for chemistry.

In 1951, Kenneth Pitzer returned from a period as director of research of the Atomic Energy Commission to take up the deanship of chemistry at Berkeley, and held it for nine years (1951-60), leaving in 1961 to accept the presidency of Rice University. Additions to his staff were: Rollie J. Myers, Jr., 1951-; William L. Jolly, 1952-; John 0. Rasmussen, 1952-, Andrew Streitwieser, Jr., 1952-; Frederick R. Jensen, 1955-; Norman E. Phillips, 1955-; Bruce H. Mahan, 1956-; Ignacio Tinoco, Jr., 1956-; Harold S. Johnston, 1957-; Samuel S. Markowitz, 1958-; and David A. Shirley, 1960-.

In 1960, Robert E. Connick became dean. In 1963, Latimer Hall was built for chemistry and another building, as yet un-named, will be completed in early 1966. The number of bachelor's degrees in chemistry had risen by 1965 to about 100 annually, the number of Ph.D. degrees to more than 50.--RICHARD E. POWELL

Criminology

In 1916, inspired by the need for training in preparation for police service, August Vollmer, then chief of police at Berkeley, and Alexander M. Kidd, professor of law, formulated a summer session program of study in criminology. Summer session courses were offered each year from 1916 to 1931, with the exception of 1927.

In 1931, funds were allotted to establish a criminology program in the regular session. A committee was appointed which resulted in an approved curriculum of criminology as a group major in 1933. In 1939, a Bureau of Criminology was organized in the Department of Political Science and in 1950, the School of Criminology was established. A curriculum leading to the master's degree was approved in 1947. The first one was awarded in June, 1949. The Ph.D. degree was approved in 1963 and first awarded in September, 1963.

The School of Criminology has two primary objectives: to prepare students for teaching and career services and for policy and administrative positions in agencies, both private and public, engaged in the administration of criminal and juvenile justice or concerned with public safety, security, the prevention of criminality and delinquency and the apprehension and treatment of the criminal; and to conduct research in the measurement, prevention, repression, detection, and treatment of criminality and delinquency.

In the original design of the undergraduate curriculum, instruction was divided into three main branches: law enforcement, corrections, and criminalistics. Commencing with the academic year 1961-1962, the design was changed to provide a comprehensive undergraduate program in general criminology with special provision for students in criminalistics. Course work in both lower division and in the school is designed to build an appreciation of the general historical, legal, biological, psychological, medical, and political conditions of criminology. The graduate program affords opportunities for advanced study and research in the areas of the etiology of crime, criminalistics ties, law enforcement and corrections.

In the fall of 1964, there were 119 undergraduate and 75 graduate students enrolled in the school. The teaching complement, including part-time staff and personnel with joint appointments in criminology and other University departments, numbers approximately 30. There are approximately 45 upper division criminology courses ranging from general introduction to field studies and individual research. The 25 graduate courses, three-quarters of which are of the seminar variety, cover such diverse areas as crime and the political process, prediction methods in probation and parole, and seminars in psychologic theory of criminality and problems of criminal responsibility. Concurrently, with the increase in faculty, curriculum, and students over the past years, there has been increased attention devoted to research into various aspects of the problems of crime and crime control. As of January 1, 1965, financial grants from foundations, private organizations and the federal government were funding research into the federal probation and parole system; evolution of delinquent patterns among adolescents; use of narcotic drugs; labeling process as it relates to delinquency and schools; development of training materials for police, probation, and court personnel; evaluation of specialized training on management from institutions housing youthful offenders; and preparation of curriculum material for teachers as it relates to crime in connection with cultural deprivation.--JOSEPH D. LOHMAN

School of Education

The University faculty exhibited little interest in education as a university subject until 1879. In that year the new state constitution contained no provision for financial support of high schools and thereafter enrollments in the University decreased alarmingly. Few high schools adequately prepared students for university work. The California Teachers Association petitioned the state superintendent of public instruction to submit a bill to the legislature for the appointment of a professor of pedagogics, a step which state superintendents had been urging their fellow Regents to take. The limited University budget precluded meeting this need.

The Vrooman Act of February 14, 1887, provided financing that made possible the establishment of new departments at the University including a Department of Pedagogy. On May 14, the Regents announced their intention "to establish a course of instruction in the science and art of teaching as soon as the same can be properly organized." The search for a qualified professor ended in 1892 when Elmer Ellsworth Brown was appointed associate professor of the science and art of teaching.

During the first two years, Professor Brown taught nearly all of the courses and guided graduate students in the preparation of master's theses and doctor's dissertations. Rapidly increasing enrollments led to the department's expansion in 1894 and 1897. Directed student observation of teaching was provided in the Berkeley and Oakland schools. Some University departments operated in developing methods courses in accordance with Brown's suggestions.

In 1898, his title was changed to professor of the theory and practice of education. Two years later, the title of Department of Education was adopted. Among other staff appointments made was that of an examiner of schools, in 1903, to spend one-half year examining high schools and the other half teaching in the department. By January, 1906, the Department of Education enrolled the largest number of graduate students in the University.

In June, Professor Brown resigned. Six months later, Alexis F. Lange, dean of the College of Letters, was also appointed department chairman.

The department's purposes were expanded to include the training of school administrators and the preparation of teachers for normal schools and university departments of education. Between 1907 and 1923, many specialists were added to meet recognized needs: practice teaching, history of education, educational sociology, educational administration, vocational education, educational psychology, elementary education, secondary education, and educational statistics.

On March 11, 1913, the School of Education was established. Its membership included the faculty of education and representatives of other departments "whose subject matter is represented in the high school curricula." Professor Lange was given

---

the additional title of director of the School of Education. Administration of its various programs was the responsibility of the department.

Administration was vested in the department also as stipulated in the contract between the Regents and the Oakland Board of Education, in 1914, in establishing the University High School. The school board employed a "supervisory teaching force nominated by the Department of Education." During the next few years, the high school department heads gradually assumed responsibilities for teaching the special methods courses and demonstrating teaching, which most University professors were glad to forego. These developments led to the University's gradual employment of supervisors of directed teaching.

The upgrading of elementary school teachers and increased graduate offerings by 1921 influenced the establishment of the University Elementary School. The Regents and the Berkeley Board of Education cooperatively established the laboratory school for the "purpose of research, observation, and demonstration teaching."

Between 1916 and 1921, the University developed a new program leading to the degree, doctor of education. The department was made responsible for it under the jurisdiction of the School of Education and the Graduate Division.

In 1923, William W. Kemp was recalled from the San Jose State Teachers College presidency to succeed Dean Lange. To meet the greatly increasing enrollments, the staff was considerably expanded. In January, 1924, Haviland Hall was completed to house the department. About that time, the Oakland school board completed the modern University High School, designed to meet the University's needs. At the request of the College of Agriculture, a cooperatively administered master of education degree was established.

Frank N. Freeman became dean in 1939. The increased enrollment under the "G.I. Bill" and efforts to meet the critical shortage of teachers led to further expansion of the faculty. Adult education was developed in cooperation with the Extension Division. At the request of the Department of Physical Education, a cooperative program was evolved leading to the doctor of education degree.

In 1950, William A. Brownell became dean. An almost entirely new staff revised the programs leading to higher degrees. The number of doctoral candidates increased considerably. Counseling psychology and higher education were added specializations. Experimental programs in the preparation of teachers were instituted.

Theodore L. Reller was appointed dean in 1962. Shortly afterward, Tolman Hall was completed and the entire department was finally housed in one building. Continuing the department's teacher education functions, it emphasized increasingly its doctoral degrees and research programs. It began also, the intensive reorganization of all courses to conform to the change to the quarter system.

Today, the department employs more than 200 people distributed approximately as follows: 45 professors, 45 supervisors, 60 research personnel and graduate student research and teaching assistants, and 55 secretarial and clerical personnel.

Over 1,100 students are working for higher degrees and credentials. Three hundred and fifty are enrolled in the doctorate programs, each year approximately 20 being awarded the Ph.D., and 30, the Ed.D. degree. Also 150 enrolled for the M.A. degree, 65 attaining it annually. Each year, 550 students are recommended for a credential: 150 elementary, 250 secondary, 75 junior college, and 75 administrative, guidance and special services.--GEORGE C. KYTE

College of Engineering

The Charter of the University provided for the establishment of Colleges of Mechanics, Civil Engineering, and Mining, in addition to Colleges of Agriculture and Letters. The present College of Engineering has evolved from the early technical colleges, with the combination of the Colleges of Mechanics and of Civil Engineering into a College of Engineering in 1931 and with the College of Mining becoming part of the College of Engineering in 1942. Separate disciplines were added as engineering developed and expanded, giving the present form of the college structure in Departments of Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Industrial Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Mineral Technology, Naval Architecture, and Nuclear Engineering.

Early study in the technical colleges was a combination of the science and art of engineering with humanities and foreign language. But the practice of engineering was not neglected. The staff and students installed most of the college's machinery and facilities and contributed to the development of campus equipment. Joseph N. LeConte was appointed assistant professor in the College of Mechanics in 1892 and later professor of mechanical engineering, serving until his retirement in 1937. He wrote of the 1890-1900 period when the only local electrical power was generated in the engineering laboratory: "Our library (Bacon Hall) had never been lighted at night. . . . Authority was granted to set a line of poles from the Electrical Laboratory to the Library and South Hall. . . . On these were strung the wires of the 'power circuit' and the single loop of wire for arc lamps. . . . The lighting service on the grounds consisted of about 10 open are lamps in series. . . .This string of antediluvian arc lamps was the bane of Cory's (Professor Clarence L. Cory, for whom Cory Hall is named) and my existence, and we often made nocturnal trips around the circuit to see if all were in operation. I remember one night when President Kellogg was giving his annual reception, three lamps went out of action at critical locations, so that we in our dress suits climbed the poles and got them going while on our way to the reception."

Engineering has kept pace with the growth and development of the campus, having approximately 3,000 students now enrolled in the college. About 1,200 are graduate students. The first engineering bachelor's degree was granted in 1873 in the College of Civil Engineering, the first master's degree in 1896, and the first doctoral degree in 1894. Through June of 1965, the college and its antecedents granted 17,187 bachelor's, 3,338 master's, and 506 doctoral degrees. Engineering alumni have made a substantial contribution to the development of the state and the nation. The college staff continues to maintain leadership in engineering instruction, in important research, and as consultants with government and private agencies in all areas of engineering.

As a result of the increased research tasks during the early 1940's which were supported by off-campus agencies, the college established the Institute of ENGINEERING RESEARCH in 1948, which is now the Office of Research Services of the college. Expenditures on presently sponsored research activities average over $6 million a year. These activities are directed by staff members, manned largely by graduate students, administered by the Office of Research Services, and much of the work is done with facilities located at the RICHMOND FIELD STATION.

Engineering at Berkeley provides active staff participation and supervision in the Engineering Extension course and conference programs of service to the people of the state. At present, approximately 2,500 extension students each year are continuing their education through this service administered at Berkeley. Engineering Extension also assists with the administration of other special technical conferences and meetings which are arranged by engineering staff members.

The present dean of the college, George Maslach, follows a long line of notable leaders in the field of engineering education, application, development, and research: Deans Frank Soulé (civil, 1896-1907), Friedrich G. Hesse (mechanics, 1896-1901), Samuel B. Christy (mining, 1896-1914), Clarence L. Cory (mechanics, 1901-29), Andrew C. Lawson (mining, 1914-18), Charles Derleth, Jr. (civil, 1907-29 and engineering, 1929-42), Frank H. Probert (mining, 1918-40), Lester C. Uren (mining, acting, 1940-41), Donald H. McLaughlin (mining, 1941-42, and engineering, 1942-43), Morrough P. O'Brien (engineering, 1943-59), and John R. Whinnery (engineering, 1959-63). Each has added to the stature and eminence of the college.--H. W. IVERSEN

College of Environmental Design

College of Environmental Design was established in 1959, bringing together the existing College of Architecture, the Department of City and Regional Planning, and the Department of Landscape Architecture. William Wilson Wurster, formerly dean of the

---

College of Architecture, was named the first dean of the new college. The College of Environmental Design offers undergraduate curricula leading to the degrees of bachelor of architecture and bachelor of landscape architecture and graduate curricula leading to the degrees of master of architecture, master of city planning, and master of landscape architecture.

The establishment of this new college was recommended on the basis of a three-year comprehensive study by a joint committee of the three departments involved. The name of the college reflects the conviction of the committee as expressed in its statement, "each profession shares with the other two a common interest in the complex task of organizing and designing the physical environment for human needs."

In 1963, the research interests of departments within the college, as well as departments and individuals throughout the University, were furthered by establishment of an Institute of URBAN AND REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT. A unit within the institute, the Center for PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT Research, is particularly oriented to interests of the college.

In 1964, the Department of Decorative Art, formerly in the College of Letters and Science, was added to the college although its undergraduate curriculum leading to the bachelor of arts degree will still be offered by the College of Letters and Science. In 1965, the department's name was changed to Department of Design.

Prior to the establishment of the College of Environmental Design, these four units evolved separately: the College of Architecture from its beginning in 1903 as a department in a College of Social Sciences; the Department of City and Regional Planning established as an independent department in 1948; the Department of Design from a Department of Household Art started in 1919 in the College of Letters and Science; and the Department of Landscape Architecture from a Division of Landscape Gardening and Horticulture established in 1913 in the College of Agriculture.

The present dean of the college is Martin Meyerson, who was appointed in 1963, following the retirement of Wurster. All the departments of the college and the Institute of Urban and Regional Development are now housed in William W. and Catherine B. Wurster Hall, which was completed in the fall of 1964.--H. LELAND VAUGHAN

Forestry

Instruction in professional forestry was established in the University as a result of several years of effort on the part of a small but dedicated group of students, supported by such interested members of the faculty as Willis L. Jepson and Ernest B. Babcock. In 1912, the students organized the Forestry Club with the initial objective of securing the addition of forestry to the curricula of the University. With vigorous support from Dean Thomas Forsyth Hunt of the College of Agriculture, the necessary appropriations were secured and President Wheeler authorized establishment of a Division of Forestry on April 25, 1913.

The new division was established in the College of Agriculture. The first courses were offered in the spring of 1914 by Assistant Professor Merritt Pratt. Professor Walter Mulford, who previously had headed the forestry school at Cornell, was placed in charge of the new program and took office on August 1, 1914. He remained as its head until he retired in 1947. Under his leadership, the original Division of Forestry grew into a full-fledged department in 1939. In 1946, the School of Forestry was established with Mulford as its first dean. Preparation for admission to the school continues to be offered in the College of Agriculture in the form of a lower division pre-forestry curriculum.

Initially, the school consisted of the single Department of Forestry conducting both teaching programs and a program of organized research within the Agricultural Experiment Station. In 1950, the school was enlarged by addition of the FOREST PRODUCTS Laboratory, now located at the Richmond Field Station, which functions as a research division in the experiment station.

The first academic program offered in 1914 consisted of a curriculum in forestry leading to the B.S. degree and programs of graduate study leading to the M.S. degree in forestry. With minor variations, the undergraduate offering has continued to be limited to a single major, but graduate instruction has steadily expanded in scope. When the school was established in 1946, the professional master of forestry degree was added to the University's offerings; in 1960, award of the Ph.D. degree in forestry was authorized. In addition, the forestry faculty has worked closely with members of other departments in the development of formal graduate programs of interest to foresters. Thus, they have participated actively in graduate group programs in agricultural chemistry, plant physiology, range management, and wood technology. In cooperation with the College of Agriculture at Berkeley and Davis, members of the school faculty also offer B.S. and M.S. degree programs in the field of range management.

Initial enrollment growth was modest. Up to 1930, the number of degrees granted rarely exceeded ten bachelor's and five master's degrees annually. During the late 1930's and again a decade later, undergraduate numbers increased greatly. Eighty or more bachelor's degrees were granted in both 1939 and 1950. Since 1955, however, the size of the school has been relatively stable. Bachelor's degrees awarded have averaged 35 per year, master's degrees, ten, and Ph.D. degrees (including those in related departments), about six.

A unique feature of the undergraduate forestry curriculum is the Summer Field Program required of all students at the end of the sophomore year. This ten-week academic course is taught at Meadow Valley in the Sierra Nevada, where a 50-man camp, established in 1917, provides opportunity for both field instruction and the development of close acquaintanceship among students and between students and faculty. This camp, along with Blodgett Forest Research Station, a 3,000-acre experimental forest also in the Sierra Nevada, provides students and faculty with major forest facilities for teaching and research.

The faculty of five men who established the initial program in 1914 has gradually been expanded. At present it includes 19 members. These men divide their time about equally between teaching and organized forestry research which the school conducts within the Agricultural Experiment Station. This division of labor makes it possible to have on the teaching staff men who are well qualified in each of the numerous specialized aspects of forestry. More than 40 active research projects are currently under way in forest ecology, wildland management, wood science and technology, and forest economics. In addition to the research information they produce, these projects provide a valuable training ground for the many graduate students who serve as research assistants in them.

In research, as in teaching, the faculty has recognized that an important part of its function is to bring all the available resources of the University to bear on the full array of biological and social problems arising from man's use of the forest. As a consequence, close informal ties have developed between forestry and many other faculties on the Berkeley campus. The school has made many significant contributions to forestry research, including Joseph Kittredge Jr.'s pioneer work on the effect of vegetation on water storage and snow melt and Arthur W. Sampson's studies of the role of fire in vegetation succession. F. S. Baker's Theory and Practice of Silviculture was the first American textbook in its field and is regarded as a classic in forestry literature. Of the 99 living fellows of the professional Society of American Foresters, eight are University graduates and nine are present or former members of the school faculty.

Although the undergraduate forestry curriculum continues to be vital to the successful operation of the School of Forestry, graduate study has received increasing emphasis over the years. Berkeley provides an unrivaled opportunity to build strong programs of graduate work in forestry because of the availability of strong supporting departments. The success of the school's efforts to capitalize on these opportunities is evidenced by the number of alumni who have achieved distinction in such varied research fields as forest genetics, forest economics, forest soils, and ecology; in teaching; in private forest industries; and in public forest administration.--HENRY J. VAUX

School of Law

In 1882, William Carey Jones, an instructor in Latin at the Univer

---

sity, began to teach a course in Roman law. He received his bachelor's degree from the University in 1875, and his M.A. in 1879, when after privately "reading" law he had passed the bar examination. Jones always regarded that course in Roman law as the seed of the Department of Jurisprudence, although in fact the department was not created until 12 years later.

Meanwhile, having transferred to the history department, Jones was teaching courses in international law, constitutional law, and jurisprudence, as well as Roman law. When the Department of Jurisprudence was created in 1894, Jones was made its head. Four years later, a professional emphasis was established by the addition of courses in torts, crimes, and contracts. By 1903, both staff and curriculum had been expanded to a point where three years of professional study were provided and, in that year, three men received the first LL.B. degrees granted at Berkeley: Harry A. Holzer, Moto Y. Negoro, and Charles I. Wright.

Space became a problem: the department was housed in old North Hall, and its 7,000-volume library was in the basement of Bacon Hall. In 1906, Mrs. Elizabeth Boalt provided a gift of $100,000 for a law building, while an additional $50,000 was contributed by lawyers throughout the state. Boalt Hall, constructed with these funds, was dedicated on April 28, 1911. At the same time an endowment fund was established by Mrs. Jane Sather, the income from which was used to buy books for the law library.

The Regents changed the department into the School of Jurisprudence in 1912. Jones was appointed director, later dean, of the school, a position he held until his death in 1923. The school, generally called Boalt Hall, continued to grow in enrollment, faculty, and curriculum.

In 1950, the official name was changed to School of Law, and in 1951, a new building was dedicated. The basic structure retained the name Boalt Hall, but the law library was named in honor of the man who made its construction possible, Garrett W. McEnerney. Further expansion was initiated in 1959, by Boalt Hall alumni who helped raise funds for building the Earl Warren Legal Center. At the same time, the University drew plans for additional classroom, office, and library space. A high-rise law student dormitory, Manville Hall, was made possible through gifts of other friends of the school. The three-part project was scheduled for completion in 1967.

Steel and concrete are of course only a small part of the history of Boalt Hall. Starting with its one Latin instructor, the school has gathered from three continents a faculty who offer a broad curriculum. The library has grown to nearly 200,000 volumes.

Scores of American and foreign universities and colleges have sent students to Boalt Hall, which has produced 3,600 graduates in law. Among the many distinguished Boalt Hall alumni are Earl Warren, Chief justice of the United States, and Roger Traynor, chief justice of California.--W. J. HILL

College of Letters and Science

The ORGANIC ACT of 1868 made a distinction between the College of Arts (agriculture, mechanics arts, mining, and civil engineering) and the College of Letters, which was to "embrace a liberal course of instruction in languages, literature, and philosophy, together with such courses or parts of courses in the aforesaid College(s) of Arts as the authorities of the University shall prescribe." While the Colleges of Arts began with a freshman class and one year of instruction, adding year by year as this class progressed to graduation, the College of Letters began with a four-year program and four classes of students, all taken over from the College of California. The College of Letters thus became the first full-fledged unit in the new University.

It is not entirely certain what the College of Letters required for the A.B. degree, but presumably Greek and Latin were specified because by 1872, a modification substituting modern languages and natural science was permitted. The priority of the A.B. degree was maintained, however, because the new program qualified the student only for the degree of bachelor of philosophy (Ph.B). By 1874, the two degrees were associated with two separate courses, the classical course and the literary course. By 1881, the degree for the literary course was changed to bachelor of letters (B.L.), but the next year the Ph.B. was re-established for a third course, the course in letters and political science. This three-course system omitted training in natural science, a subject then confined to elementary work and practical applications as taught in agriculture, chemistry, and the various colleges now combined into engineering.

In 1893, the courses were replaced by three separate colleges: the College of Letters, reverted to its original purpose, required Greek and Latin and offered the A.B. degree; the College of Social Science gave "a liberal education without Greek" and offered the B.L. and Ph.B. degrees (the latter was dropped after one year); and the College of Natural Science offered a program leading to the B.S. degree. This organization, with Irving Stringham as dean of all three colleges, was maintained until 1915. In that year, the colleges were amalgamated into the College of Letters and Science, the B.L. and B.S. degrees were discontinued, and the A.B. degree was extended to all programs of the new college. At the same time, the junior certificate was established, whereby a program of lower division courses designed to broaden the student intellectually was required to be completed in the first two years. For the first time science was required of all students, though the requirement could be met by high school courses. The new college also raised the major requirement from 15 to 24 upper-division units.

Two important changes in the college have taken place within the last 20 years. In 1947, the dean assumed budgetary control over the departments of the college, a responsibility previously exercised by the President of the University. In 1954, Dean Alva R. Davis initiated action establishing a Special Committee on Objectives, Programs, and Requirements which, with the aid of a foundation grant, designed a program giving students in the college greater freedom within broadly conceived areas of guidance. This program was approved by the Academic Senate in 1957 and became effective for freshman students entering in September, 1958.

Now (1965), nearly 75 departments, research organizations, and special programs comprise the college, and although their activities are extremely diversified, they fall into five major subject matter groups: the arts, language and literature, biological sciences, physical sciences, and social sciences; in addition, there is physical education, aerospace studies, and naval and military science. The University's SEISMOGRAPHIC STATIONS come under the jurisdiction of the college, as did the LICK OBSERVATORY until July 1, 1965, when administrative control was transferred to the Santa Cruz campus.

When the College of Letters and Science was established in 1915, there was no dean. In 1922, Monroe E. Deutsch was appointed first dean of the college (1922-30), followed by George D. Louderback (1930-38), Joel H. Hildebrand (1938-44), George P. Adams (1944-47), Davis (1947-55), Lincoln Constance (1955-62), and the present dean, William B. Fretter (1962- ).

School of Librarianship

Instruction in library science at the University was offered by the general library staff as early as 1902 and continued intermittently, primarily on a summer session basis, through the First World War. Due largely to the efforts of Sydney B. Mitchell, then associate University librarian, a Department of Library Science was organized in the undergraduate College of Letters and Science in 1918. This became the graduate School of Librarianship in 1926, with Mitchell as its founding dean.

A one-year curriculum provided basic professional education for those wishing to assume positions in school, public, special, and university libraries. A certificate in librarianship was awarded until 1947, when the bachelor of library science degree was authorized. With an expanded curriculum, this became the master of library science degree in 1955. Advanced study leading to the degrees of doctor of library science and doctor of philosophy was authorized by the University in 1954. From 1928 until 1954, the school had been one of five graduate library schools offering a second-year master's degree; this curriculum was discontinued with the commencement of the doctoral programs.

Following a period of relatively constant student enrollment throughout the 1930's and of sharp decline during the war years, enrollment in the school has steadily Increased since 1945. In the latter year, 27 students were graduated from the first-year curriculum. By 1955, this number had risen

---

to 52 and by 1965, to 118. In this same 20-year period, eight full-time faculty members joined the instructional staff, making possible a curriculum which reflects the many levels of present-day librarianship.

In 1964, the University authorized the establishment of the Institute of LIBRARY RESEARCH which, in cooperation with the School of Librarianship and the School of Library Service at Los Angeles, will provide opportunities for faculty and student research and for advanced or specialized postgraduate training for practicing librarians.--HENRY F. WHITE

School of Optometry

After a number of years of negotiation between the President, the Regents, and a committee of the California Optometric Association, an agreement was reached in 1921 that the University would establish a program in optometry within the Department of Physics, starting in the fall of 1923, providing the California Optometric Association could obtain financial support for the program. In the two-year period between 1921 and 1923, the committee raised a sum of $9,000 to finance the first year of the program. In the meantime, the California Optometric Association sponsored legislation to increase the annual renewal fee of the certificate of registration of each optometrist in the state by eight dollars. "This sum shall be used at and by the University of California solely for the advancement of optometrical research and the maintenance and support of the department at the university in which the science of optometry is taught." (Sect. 3148, Ch. 7, Div. 2, B and P Code.)

The program in optometry continued as a division in the Department of Physics until 1940, at which time the Department of Optometry in the College of Letters and Science was established as an upper division department offering a two-year program based on two years of preoptometry. In 1941, the School of Optometry was established, authorized to administer a two-year curriculum based on the completion of the requirements for the degree of associate in arts in the College of Letters and Science and leading to the degree of bachelor of science and the certificate in optometry.

In January, 1948, the curriculum was expanded to three years, based on the associate of arts degree, making the total program five years in length, effective with the class entering the School of Optometry in September, 1948. This expanded program led to the B.S. degree at the end of the fourth academic year and the certificate and master of optometry at the end of the fifth year. In 1965, with Academic Senate and Regental approval, the curriculum was increased to four years based on two years of preprofessional education. This six-year program will terminate in the degree of doctor of optometry and will become effective with the class entering the School of Optometry in 1966.

In February, 1946, the Graduate Council approved a graduate program leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in physiological optics. This program is administered by a group of the faculty representing physics, physiology, psychology, optometry, and ophthalmology.

On June 23, 1948, the Optometry Building, formerly Durant Hall, was dedicated. The conversion of Durant Hall was made possible by a building fund of $380,000, $80,000 of which was raised by the California Optometric Association and the balance by an appropriation of the California legislature.--MEREDITH W. MORGAN

School of Public Health

School of Public Health is one of 13 in the United States. Its goals are to protect man from sickness and death and to promote his physical, mental, and social well-being through teaching, research, and public service.

The origins of the school go back to many academic and professional leaders of public health and medicine in California. They include Robert Legge and John Force, longtime chairmen of the University's Department of Hygiene. During the late 1930's, Karl F. Meyer's Curriculum in Public Health demonstrated the urgent need for a School of Public Health. Public health and medical leaders, including Lawrence Arnstein, Ford Rigby, and William Shepard, presented these needs to the California State Legislature. The resulting bill, AB 515, signed by Governor Earl Warren in 1943, appropriated funds for the school, which was established in 1944 at the Berkeley, Los Angeles, and San Francisco campuses. The organizing dean, Walter Brown, retained Margaret Beattie and Walter Mangold as the faculty nucleus from the antecedent Department of Hygiene. In 1955, the school moved into Earl Warren Hall near the state health department, with which the school is closely linked. In 1960, the University-wide administration of the school was revised to establish two separate schools, one at Los Angeles and the other at Berkeley, with continuing responsibilities to the San Francisco campus.

While the baccalaureate degree program has continued in public health--biostatistics, alternative first level preparation for other public health areas has enabled the school to devote its major resources to the graduate level.

Graduate curricula lead either to professional or academic degrees. The professional degrees, master of public health and doctor of public health, signify competence for positions of administrative leadership in official and voluntary health agencies. The academic master and doctor of philosophy degrees prepare students for careers in research and teaching in specific aspects of the health sciences, such as biostatistics, demography, environmental health, epidemiology, and medical microbiology. The school also conducts a residency program for physicians seeking certification by the American Board of Preventive Medicine.

The 150 graduate degrees annually awarded and the 335 graduates enrolled treble the 1950 figures and double those when Warren Hall was first occupied.

The school enjoys close liaison with the other professional schools and colleges as well as the academic departments and institutes in Berkeley and San Francisco. Its NAVAL BIOLOGICAL Laboratory is devoted to aerobiology and related microbiological research; the SANITARY ENGINEERING Research Laboratory, maintained with the College of Engineering, is the scene of pioneering inquiry in the environmental health sciences.

In cooperation with the Western Regional Office of the American Public Health Association, the Schools of Public Health at Berkeley and Los Angeles provide an intensive off-campus program of continuing education to update knowledge of public health workers of California and the other western states.

The school has close affiliation with official and voluntary health organizations of the bay region. The school represents the University in the Berkeley Unified Health Plan, by which the city, unified school district, Visiting Nurse Association, and the University provide health services to the Berkeley community. The plan benefits not only the quality of these services but also the instruction and research of the school. Moreover, the plan fosters the friendship of town and gown.--CHARLES E. SMITH, M.D., CHIN LONG LIANG, REUEL A. STALLONES, M.D.

School of Social Welfare

Three historic trends contributed to the origin of professional education for social work at Berkeley: the multiplication of specialized institutions for charity and correction; the agitation for social reform; and the development of social science. They entered academic consciousness by way of the economics department in 1904 through the work of Ernest C. Moore and Carl C. Plehn, but it was primarily through the interests and efforts of Jessica B. Peixotto, an expert on "social economics," who had practical experience in the charities of Berkeley and on the State Board of Charities and Corrections, that an organized curriculum developed. From 1904 to 1912, she taught courses in Contemporary Theories of Social Reform, Poverty, The Child and the State, Care of Dependents, and Crime as a Social Problem.

In 1912, the Department of Economics, stating that "the widespread interest in the control of poverty has given rise, in recent years, to a demand for the services of the trained social worker," announced the inauguration of the Curriculum in Social Economics. The program included a year of graduate study, mainly in economics with field work in the Associated Charities of San Francisco. The plan in general followed the ideas and aspirations of professional schools of social work already established in New York and Chicago. This basic idea--a graduate program combining social science and psychological studies with practical experience in welfare agencies--has endured to this day. Since graduates mostly went into casework, over the

---

years the psychological component of the curriculum came to be more important than "social economics." Professional preoccupations changed, from child welfare and community organization in the 1920's to relief and social security in the depression of the 1930's.

Although the student body grew slowly, progress was steadily made in the period between the two World Wars under the successive leadership of Professors Lucy Ward Stebbins, Emily Noble Plehn, and Martha Chickering. In 1927, the instruction was formalized into a Curriculum of Social Service leading to a graduate certificate in social service, which was accredited in 1928 by the American Association of Schools of Social Work. In 1939, a new era was inaugurated in social welfare education on the campus under the leadership of Harry M. Cassidy, who was called from the directorship of the public welfare department of British Columbia to head a new Department of Social Welfare. In 1940, a two-year master's degree program was inaugurated and in 1944, his planning efforts reached fruition when the Regents approved his plan for a graduate, professional School of Social Welfare with a two-year curriculum leading to a professional master of social welfare degree.

The School of Social Welfare achieved its most rapid growth and development after World War II. Its student body grew so rapidly that it went from 12th to second in size among accredited graduate schools of social work in the United States and Canada. Its master's degree program includes every specialty recognized by the profession of social work. In 1959, a doctor of social welfare program was approved by the Regents.

At present, social welfare education on the Berkeley campus includes: an undergraduate group major in social welfare in the College of Letters and Science; a two-year master's degree program which graduates every kind of social caseworker, social group worker and social worker specializing in community organization and administration; doctoral students equipped to teach and do research; and a wide-spread extension program throughout northern California serving the diversified educational needs of practicing social workers.--MILTON CHERNIN, JAMES LEIBY, BERYL GODFREY

Cultural Programs

The Berkeley campus has become a major center of Bay Area cultural activity. In the earliest years of the University's history, there is recorded a "romantic Italian drama in three acts entitled Marco Spada" presented by the University Dramatic Association on May 20, 1870. Along with other early dramatic groups, this one was short-lived. Two student organizations, the Durant Rhetorical Society, a carry-over from the College of California, and the Neolaean Literary Society, organized in 1871, met at private homes for literary or musical evenings. President Gilman initiated Friday afternoon University assemblies at which faculty members or visitors spoke. After his resignation, these programs became less regular.

During the 1880's public transportation to the campus improved and a town began to grow up adjacent to the University. Private citizens began to take interest in campus cultural affairs. An art collection and a gallery in which to display it was acquired by the University in 1881 as a gift from Henry D. Bacon of Oakland. The Berkeley Choral Society, a town and gown group organized in 1885, supplied volunteer directors for a student orchestra and the College Choir.

In 1891, three faculty members, William Carey Jones, William D. Armes, and George M. Richardson, sponsored the Berkeley Athenaeum "to furnish the best possible public entertainment in letters, music and art to the University and to the people of Berkeley, by drawing to the University the best talent coming to the State." In 1892, Louis Dupont Syle, a serious student of the theater, joined the English department faculty. Under his direction, students produced full-length plays and presented them in rented halls and theaters of Oakland and Berkeley.

Mrs. Phoebe A. Hearst, who became a Regent in 1897, established the Minetti String Quartet in residence on the campus and opened her Berkeley home for concerts and art lectures to which faculty members and students were freely invited.

The gift of the Greek Theatre by William Randolph Hearst in 1903 gave formal impetus to the presentation of music and drama on the campus. A Musical and Dramatic Committee headed by Armes brought Sarah Bernhardt, Margaret Anglin, Maude Adams, Luisa Tetrazzini, Ruth St. Denis, other famous artists, and national recognized orchestras and concert bands to the Greek Theatre stage. After a Department of Music was established in 1905, its chairman, J. Fred Wolle, formed and directed a University of California Symphony Orchestra composed of local professional musicians. In 1906, the English Club, at the suggestion of Charles Mills Gayley, produced the first of an annual series of Shakespearean plays in the Greek Theatre. Sunday Half-Hours of Music given by talented amateurs were presented at the theatre free of charge from March to October.

Armes died in 1918 and was succeeded by Samuel J. Hume. Hume's title was director of the Greek Theatre, but he managed all forms of campus cultural affairs. He also developed student dramatic talent through the organization of the Wheeler Hall Players, who gave indoor performances of modern plays. Art exhibits from out of state appeared more frequently on campus through Hume's efforts in the Western Association of Art Directors. Paul Steindorff, San Francisco orchestra leader, was appointed University Choragus and directed orchestral and choral groups composed of students, faculty members, and Interested Berkeleyans.

Hume resigned in 1923 and a new policy for campus cultural affairs was established. The management of professional attractions was made the responsibility of a Committee on Music and Drama with Professor William Popper as chairman. Responsibility for student productions was delegated to the Associated Students. This policy was followed until 1941 when the Department of Dramatic Art was established and the student-sponsored Little Theater which had flourished under the direction of Irving Pichel and, later, Edwin Duerr, was transferred to its jurisdiction and became the University Theater.

Popper retired in 1945 and Baldwin Woods, director of University of California Extension, was made chairman of the Committee on Music and Drama (later Committee on Drama, Lectures and Music). The lecture department of the University Extension assumed responsibility for the business management of the committee's work. As funds became available in postwar years, the scope of the committee's work was widened.

In 1955, Donald Coney, the University librarian, became chairman of the committee. In 1960, the committee's budget was transferred from University of California Extension to the campus. At the same time, its name was again changed to Committee for Arts and Lectures. The programs of the committee were enriched by an allocation of funds from the Garret McEnerney bequest to support its work.

From the beginning, the development of cultural programs on the campus was hampered by the lack of adequate halls, theaters, and galleries. The situation was partly relieved by the remodeling of the "old power house" art gallery and the completion of the Alfred Hertz Memorial Hall of Music in 1958. The next year, Kroeber Hall with its Worth Ryder Art Gallery and Lowie Museum (anthropology) exhibit space further relieved the problem. Performance of the drama and the dance remained confined, however, to the restrictions of the lecture platform in Wheeler Auditorium.

Construction began in 1966 on a new auditorium-theater building that accommodates a small multiform theater seating 500 to 600 persons, and a large auditorium seating 2,000 persons. The Regents have also authorized construction of a University Art Museum, which will include an art museum and the Hans Hofmann Art Gallery.

Cooperation between the Associated Students and the Committee for Arts and Lectures has been continuously maintained. The committee assumed responsibility for management of large scale affairs such as the annual Folk Music Festival until they became well established. It also joined forces with the Associated Students to organize a University night at the San Francisco Spring Opera.

The committee has also handled ticket and business matters for the Departments of Dramatic Art and Music, for All-University Concert series, and for the Intercampus Art Exchanges.

In 1963, the committee sponsored 381 events attended by 215,630 people. Univer

---

sity events handled by the committee were attended by 45,361 people.--MD, MAS

Departments of Instruction

Aerospace Studies

The University's contribution to the development of military aviation in the United States spans a period of 50 years. It began with the establishment of a School of Military Aeronautics in 1917, and is represented today by the Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps Program offered by the Department of Aerospace Studies.

The United States entered World War I with an Air Service consisting of less than 1,500 men, and training facilities were urgently needed to provide ground instruction to thousands of Air Service cadets before their entry into flight training schools. The University of California, along with Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cornell and Ohio State Universities, the Universities of Illinois and Texas, and later two others, responded with the establishment of United States Schools of Military Aeronautics in May of 1917. Classrooms, housing, teachers, and some equipment were furnished by the University, and the government provided military instructors, uniforms, and a tuition fee of $40 for the first four weeks and $5 per week thereafter. A specialized eight-week curriculum, later expanded to 12, included theory of flight, meteorology, principles of radio, aerial photography and tactics. These schools received almost 23,000 cadets and graduated over 17,500; the one at Berkeley had a peak enrollment of 1,500 and graduated some 2,000 before closure during the 1919-20 academic year.

The aeronautical schools were followed in 1920 by the introduction of the first Air Service ROTC Program at the Universities of California and Illinois, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and Texas A & M University. The specialized course of instruction was essentially the same as that offered by the aeronautical schools and by 1926, aircraft engines, machine guns and even a mounted aircraft could be found on the Berkeley campus. The depression years, however, brought budgetary and other problems and the original Air Force ROTC Program was discontinued in 1932.

The United States Air Force became a separate service in 1947, and a new Air Force ROTC Program came to Berkeley on July 1, 1951, with the establishment of a Department of Air Science. Since then, the traditional four-year program has undergone major improvements. Voluntary lower division enrollment was adopted in 1962 and together with a number of other changes, resulted in a 60 per cent reduction in Air Force officer faculty members and a 75 per cent annual increase in the number of cadet graduates by 1965. The ROTC Vitalization Act of 1964 brought the addition of a two-year program, scholarships and a modern generalized curriculum. This new version of Air Force ROTC was symbolically depicted in 1965 with a departmental name change to aerospace studies. This department, today, is one of over 150 located at selected colleges and universities throughout the United States and together they are responsible for the military education of the majority of all new Air Force officers.--G. J. ANDERSON

Agricultural Economics

The department's primary activities are research and undergraduate and graduate teaching in agricultural production, processing, marketing and distribution, economic determinants of supply and demand, natural resources development, and agricultural policy. In research and graduate teaching, activities are closely coordinated with the GIANNINI FOUNDATION.

First established as a division of the College of Agriculture on July 1, 1926, the department was the result of a merger of economic and social work which was offered in the Divisions of Farm Management, Rural Institutions, Agriculture, and in a small portion of Agricultural Education. The first effort in teaching was in farm management, an undergraduate course in 1909, followed by a graduate course three years later together with a course in agricultural history. The year 1915 saw a Division of Rural Institutions established, marking the first division concerned with work of a social and economic nature in the College of Agriculture.

After the merger of 1926, research, graduate, and undergraduate courses grew into a pattern of activity similar to that in today's department. Steady solid growth has continued to an enrollment of 59 graduate and 92 undergraduate students (1965). In both areas more substantial emphasis has been placed on mathematics and economic theory as a base for empirical analysis. In the undergraduate work, agricultural business has been increasingly stressed. Foreign graduates from developed as well as underdeveloped nations have registered in large numbers. Staff members frequently have been called to serve abroad. The staff (16) offers approximately 16 courses in each of the graduate and undergraduate areas of study, while research occupies the major part of the staff as a whole.

A statistical laboratory is maintained by the department and access to an even more complete computer center is available. The Giannini Foundation Library, which has one of the world's finest collections of publications and data relating to agricultural economics, is available to the staff and graduate students.--E. C. VOORHIES

Anthropology

The Anthropology department was established by the Regents on September 10, 1901, and the first course, one in North American ethnology, was given in the spring semester of 1902 by Alfred L. Kroeber. An introductory course providing a general survey of anthropology, including physical anthropology, ethology, and archaeology, was introduced in 1905-06.

The teaching staff of the department increased slowly. By the time of the first World War, there were, in effect, two and a half teaching positions. Another was added in 1927 and still another ten years later. One more position was added in 1946 and one in 1948. Since 1958 the department has expanded explosively because of enrollment increases and growing demand for teachers of anthropology and for anthropologists willing to serve in development programs. The department had 24 teaching positions in 1964-65.

The first master's degree in anthropology was granted in 1904 and the first Ph.D. in 1908. A second Ph.D. was granted in 1911, but the third was not granted until 1926. Since that date, graduate instruction has been a major part of the department's activity, and it has become one of the major suppliers of professional anthropologists in the country.

The Department of Anthropology grew out of Mrs. Phoebe Apperson Hearst's interest in establishing a program of anthropological research at the University, a program which began in 1899. Mrs. Hearst supported University archaeological expeditions in Egypt, Italy, and Peru and research on archaeology, ethnology, and native languages in California; she provided all funds for salaries, facilities, and research in the department until 1906, when support of anthropology was taken over by the Regents on a much reduced scale. Another outgrowth of Mrs. Hearst's program was the ROBERT H. LOWIE MUSEUM of Anthropology, which has become one of the greatest anthropological museums in the country and constitutes an important asset to the department's teaching program.

Under the leadership of the department's first chairman, Frederic Ward Putnam, an anthropology library was started, and Pliny Earle Goddard, the second instructor on the staff, was appointed librarian. The library remained small until it was reorganized in 1952. It became a branch of the general library in 1956 and by 1964 contained more than 16,000 volumes.

After functioning for over half a century in temporary quarters, the department, museum and library were housed permanently in a new building in 1959. The new building is named in honor of Kroeber, whose distinguished career in anthropology was almost entirely identified with the Berkeley department and museum.

The department has always emphasized research, and particularly field research. It began a program of research publication in 1903, when the first number of the University of California Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology appeared. A second series, Anthropological Records, was established in 1937. The work of the department has, since 1939, been reported regularly in the Annual Report of the Robert H. Lowie Museum of Anthropology.

In 1948 a University of California Archae

---

ological Survey was organized under the direction of R. F. Heizer to carry out research in the archaeology of California. The survey began publication of a series of reports in its first year of operation. In 1960 the survey was reorganized on a broader geographical basis as the ARCHAEOLOGICAL RESEARCH Facility of the department, serving all the department's archaeological programs.--JOHN H. ROWE

Architecture

The origins of the Department of Architecture may be traced to 1894, when architect Bernard Maybeck was engaged to teach instrumental drawing and descriptive geometry in the Department of Instrumental Drawing and Engineering Design. Upon entering his teaching duties, Maybeck found a half-dozen or so engineering students whose interests were primarily in building design rather than in engineering structure and for their benefit he began an informal course in architecture which met in his own home. Maybeck played an important role in the events which led to the publication of the program prospectus for an International Competition for the Phoebe A. Hearst Architectural Plan for the University of California on December 3, 1897. The competition brought international attention and recognition to the University. The winner of the competition, M. Emile Bérnard of Paris, found himself unable to accept the position of supervising architect and John Galen Howard of New York City, one of the award-winning competitors, was appointed in his place and charged with the study and execution of the general campus development.

In his inaugural address of October 25, 1899, President Benjamin Ide Wheeler emphasized the need for professional training in architecture in the University and with the appointment of the supervising architect, Howard, asked that he establish a Department of Architecture. The department, with John Galen Howard as its first chairman, began in 1903 as an atelier of the office of the supervising architect of the University, but by 1905 a curriculum in architectural history and theory and work in engineering combined with a basic training in the liberal arts was formalized. In addition, Mrs. Hearst contributed a fine collection of architectural books which became the nucleus of the architectural library.

In 1906, a second staff member, architect William C. Hays, was added to serve the needs of an increasing number of students. In 1909, the first regular class of six students received their degrees following the curriculum instituted in 1905.

In 1913, a School of Architecture comprising the third and fourth years of departmental instruction and additional graduate studies was instituted. From the inception of the school, its director and the chairman of the department have been the same person: John Galen Howard, from 1903 to 1927, and Warren C. Perry, from 1927 to 1950, when William W. Wurster assumed his duties.

A College of Architecture was formed in 1953 by administrative merger of the school and the Department of Architecture (a department of the College of Letters and Science). At this time, the curriculum took the direction of correlating the design professions of architecture, landscape architecture, and city and regional planning, which led to the formation of the College of Environmental Design in 1961 with Wurster as dean.

Dean Wurster retired in 1963. Under the chairmanship of Charles W. Moore, the department has been restudying its curriculum and a great deal of faculty and student activity and research have taken place in the areas of technology, the design process, and social effects of the physical environment. From a small informal department with a handful of students, the Department of Architecture has now grown to 800-900 undergraduate and approximately 30 graduate students, with a staff of 57.--KENNETH H. CARDWELL

Art

When the University opened in 1869, the Prospectus listed a course in free hand drawing required of all freshmen and juniors in the agricultural curriculum. Despite this early initiation into the University's course structure, it was not until 1923 that an autonomous Department of Art emerged. During the first half century, art subjects, usually some form of drawing, persistently appeared in the catalogues under the sponsorship of engineering, mining, mechanics, agriculture, or architecture. By 1897, 22 courses were offered, including a life class, carving, clay modeling, and some history courses, among them ancient art and historic ornament. By 1901, most of these had disappeared and drawing was again anchored firmly and practically to engineering design.

In the early years of this century, art courses appeared in the listings of the Department of Architecture. This has particular relevance to the present Department of Art because of individual teachers who provide a direct line of descent. For example, in 1906, E. Earle Cummings was appointed instructor in sculpture. He served continuously until 1937 when he was succeeded by Jacques Schnier, who became the senior member of the sculpture wing of the department and was still serving the University in 1966. 1906 was also the year when Perham Nahl was appointed instructor in water color and pen and ink. Nahl served until his death in the mid-1930's.

With its establishment in the College of Letters and Science during the 1920's, two types of stress developed around the young department. There was a confrontation between those primarily concerned with conserving firmly settled values and those intrigued with the adventure of the search for the new. In addition, the faculty was uncertain whether this curious, unstable art activity belonged in a university, not to mention the College of Letters and Science. These issues were eventually resolved after a hard struggle due to the monumental work of two men, Worth Ryder and Stephen Pepper. Ryder conceived the curriculum still basically followed in practice instruction and was primarily responsible for the original appointments of at least six men who are now senior members of the department. It was Pepper, professor of philosophy and chairman of the Department of Art (1938-52), who became its great champion within the University and who spoke eloquently to the nation about a balanced art program in higher education. The balance involved the three elements of studio practice, theory and criticism, and history of art. An ancillary great achievement of Pepper's was the acceptance of the creative artist as a member of the University faculty on equal footing with the scholar.

Curiously, the first fully trained art scholar in the department did not appear until 1938. This was Walter Horn, now the distinguished medievalist. It has been primarily due to the energy and imagination of Horn that a staff of art historians of nationally recognized excellence has been formed. In addition he initiated and directed what has become an excellent slide and photograph collection as well as a great art history library. The Ph.D. degree in the history of art has been offered since 1948.

As the department evolved, the two divisions (studio practice and history) have tended to develop ever higher standards in performance and scholarship. No longer can the same man give courses in painting and art history, which was done in the 1920's, 1930's, and into the 1950's. Studio practice absorbed sculpture from architecture in 1959; it has been expanded to a faculty of five and has a major of its own. Painting and drawing has a staff of 12 artists, including six appointed since 1960. Some of the new men have ties to the tradition established by Ryder and Pepper and others do not. Six art historians have been added since 1960. This has broadened the scope of art history offerings. Faculty additions since 1960 number 14.--JAMES MCCRAY

Astronomy

When the University began instruction, astronomy was a required course for all senior engineering students. A half-year elective course was offered to seniors in the College of Letters. The instructor was George Davidson, chief, Pacific Division, U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey. In 1872, Frank Soulé, assistant professor of mathematics, was named professor of civil engineering and astronomy. In 1892, Soulé assigned the two courses (Practical Astronomy, prescribed in engineering, and Descriptive Astronomy, the elective) to Armin 0. Leuschner, then instructor in mathematics. Thereafter, Soulé confined his teaching to civil engineering, but held the "astronomy" part of his title until 1900.

In the early years, courses were taught by means of lectures, charts, and textbooks, with an occasional trip to the survey offices in San Francisco where Davidson demonstrated the use of instruments. The legislature appropriated $5,000 in 1882 for astronomical in

---

struments, and in 1884 added $2,500 for a building in which to house them. The small Students' Observatory was completed in 1886. By 1926, there were seven buildings (of wood) on "observatory hill," containing classrooms, offices, three equatorial refracting telescopes (largest aperture--6 inches), one reflector, and three astronomical transits. The department moved to Campbell Hall in 1959. Construction of a new Leuschner Observatory (so named by the Regents in 1951) was completed in 1965. It is located ten miles east of the campus. This observatory houses two reflectors: one of 20-inch aperture; the other, 30-inch. Modern auxiliary equipment on these two telescopes provides faculty and graduate students with a greatly enhanced research facility.

After the acquisition of LICK OBSERVATORY in 1888, questions arose concerning the relationship between the two departments of astronomy. In 1896, the Regents determined that "The names of the two branches of general Astronomical Department of the University shall be, 'The Lick Astronomical Department,' which shall be at Mt. Hamilton, and the 'College Astronomical Department' which shall be at the seat of the University." Three years later, at the request of the Academic Council, the "College" department was renamed "The Berkeley Astronomical Department."

Leuschner, who joined the faculty as an instructor in mathematics in 1890, was appointed assistant professor of astronomy and geodesy in 1894; associate professor of astronomy and director of the Students' Observatory in 1898; and, in 1900, chairman of the department. He held the two latter titles until his retirement in 1938. Leuschner developed a new method of calculation of orbits. Through his initiative the observatory became a center for the computation of the orbits of comets, minor planets, and satellites. He had many collaborators, including members of the department and expert computers of the orbits of the Watson minor planets, a project of which he had charge.

The directors following Leuschner were: R. Tracy Crawford (1938-46), Sturla Einarsson (1946-50), Otto Struve (1950-59), Louis G. Henyey (1959-64), and John G. Phillips (1964-).

Impetus was given to graduate study in 1898 when a program leading to the doctorate in astronomy was established and when three fellowships were established at the Lick Observatory. The number of Ph.D. degrees awarded between 1898 and 1965 was 120; slightly over half had been Lick fellows.

The RADIO ASTRONOMY Laboratory, established in 1958 as a unit of the astronomy department, operates the Hat Creek Observatory in northern California. Radio telescopes, 33 and 85 feet in aperture, and a variety of receivers are available to faculty and graduate students for advanced research. Harold F. Weaver is the laboratory director.

Astronomy was a two-man department in 1898, a four-man department in 1910, and a five-man department in 1922. The following were members of the department from 1922 to 1938: Leuschner, Crawford, Einarsson, William F. Meyer, and C. Donald Shane. Robert J. Trumpler was appointed professor in 1938 and retired in 1951.

Astronomy was a ten-man department in 1964-65, with the following members: Henyey, Phillips, Weaver, Leland E. Cunningham, Ivan R. King, George Wallerstein, Eugene R. Capriotti, Paul W. Hodge, Charles R. O'Dell, and Hyron Spinrad.

In 1964-65, there were enrolled in the department 189 students in four sections of Astronomy I; there were 65 undergraduate majors and 45 graduate students enrolled in the department. Ten undergraduate courses were taught by members of the department.--STURLA EINARSSON

Bacteriology and Immunology

A Department of Bacteriology and Pathology at the University was established in 1911 under the chairmanship of Dr. Frederick P. Gay. The department, as a part of the medical school, was housed in a building on College Avenue and ministered largely to the needs of medical students. Under the leadership of Dr. Karl F. Meyer, chairman from 1924-1946, and with the collaboration of Drs. Max S. Marshall, Ivan C. Hall, Anthony J. Salle, and Theodore D. Beckwith, the offerings in bacteriology were broadened and research programs were initiated in several areas of microbiology.

In 1928, Drs. Meyer and Marshall transferred the medical courses to San Francisco and an academic department was created in the College of Letters and Science, with quarters in the Life Sciences Building. In 1931, Dr. Albert P. Krueger joined the staff and shortly thereafter Drs. Beckwith and Salle moved to the Los Angeles campus. During the 1930's, undergraduate instruction consisted of a course in general bacteriology, one in pathogenic organisms stressing the broader aspects of host-parasite relationships, a brief course in pathology, and an undergraduate project course in research. Graduates participated in the research programs of their instructors.

The 1940's saw the acquisition of several faculty members: Drs. Michael Doudoroff, Sanford Elberg, Jacob Fong, Roger Stanier, and Edward Adelberg. A vigorous growth in the department's activities took place; instruction and research were expanded to include virology, ecology, morphology, the biochemical patterns of microbial life, immunology, genetics, and experimental pathology. Through effective expansion of the group system, it was possible for a candidate in microbiology to work with any member of the group and to obtain a degree in microbiology regardless of the departmental affiliation of his sponsor.

A Naval Medical Reserve Unit was established in 1934 and during World War II it operated laboratories in the Life Sciences Building, specializing in aerobiology. Subsequently, the unit expanded into the NAVAL BIOLOGICAL Laboratory, Naval Supply Center, Oakland, where its unique facilities make it a valuable part of the University.

The arrival of Dr. John H. Northrop, Nobel Laureate, in 1949, ushered in a new phase of departmental development. Dr. Stewart Martin became a staff member in 1951 to foster work in experimental pathology and animal virology and microbiology. Through Drs. Doudoroff and Stanier there developed a close collaboration with the group in molecular biology; this was strengthened by the appointment of Dr. Alvin J. Clark in 1962. The need for additional faculty members interested in pathogenic microorganisms and immunology was recognized when Drs. John Phillips and David Weiss joined the staff in 1957. Dr. Gunther Stent was appointed in this same year to intensify the departmental activities in virology. Additional emphasis on immunology and immunochemistry resulted in the appointments of Drs. Leon Wofsy and Benjamin Papermaster in 1964; it is further reflected in the department's present designation as the Department of Bacteriology and Immunology. In July, 1965, the medical microbiologists left the department to join the faculty of the School of Public Health.

The departmental chairmen since 1946 have been Drs. Albert Krueger, Sanford Elberg, Edward Adelberg, Roger Stanier and Jacob Fong.--ALBERT P. KRUEGER

Biochemistry

Biochemistry, until 1948, was taught on the Berkeley campus mainly in the Department of Biochemistry of the medical school (which moved to San Francisco in 1958), although an introductory course in plant biochemistry was given in the Department of Plant Nutrition (later, agricultural biochemistry) in the College of Agriculture, and some aspects of bacterial biochemistry were taught in the Department of Bacteriology. In 1948, a new Department of Biochemistry was organized in the College of Letters and Science under the chairmanship of Wendell M. Stanley, who had just joined the Berkeley faculty. This new department and the Department of Agricultural Biochemistry moved in 1951 into the Biochemistry and Virus Laboratory. Later (1956), these two groups were combined under the chairmanship of Esmond E. Snell. In the summer of 1964, the department occupied the new Biochemistry Building on the northwest comer of the campus.

The Berkeley department started with eight faculty members and about 12 undergraduate students. The faculty has gradually grown to a total of 18 and the student enrollment has increased to 90 undergraduate majors, 70 graduate majors (most of whom are preparing for the Ph.D. degree), and 20 postdoctoral fellows receiving advanced research training. The department now (1965) offers 23 undergraduate and graduate courses with a total enrollment of 1,100 students. The number of students enrolled in biochemistry courses has risen rapidly in recent years because of the increasing applications

---

of this discipline in other biological sciences and probably also because of the fundamental and widely publicized discoveries in biochemistry during the past decade.

The department offers separate introductory courses (both lecture and laboratory) for major students in biochemistry and for students in other biological sciences. These courses are usually taken during the senior year because of the extensive prerequisites in the biological and physical sciences. At the graduate level, a number of lecture courses cover in-depth several important aspects of biochemistry, such as proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, enzyme synthesis and control, mechanisms of enzyme action, and physical biochemistry. Two graduate laboratory courses provide extensive experience in the use of basic research techniques.

Research is an important activity of the department; several members of the faculty hold joint appointments in research units of the University, such as the Agricultural Experiment Station, Virus Laboratory, and the Hormone Research Laboratory. During the past year some 53 papers, based upon research done in the department, have been published in scientific journals. The scientific contributions of members of the faculty have been recognized by a variety of honors and awards.--HORACE A. BARKER

Botany

Instruction in botany was first offered (1869-70) at Berkeley by Joseph LeConte as part of a course in natural history and was continued in this form through 1874-75. Botany then came under the aegis of agriculture, where it was taught first by Eugene Hilgard (1876-82) and subsequently by Edward L. Greene, as a part-time employee from 1882-84, and as a full-time faculty member from 1885-89.

A separate Department of Botany was established for year 1890-91 in the College of Natural Science. In 1891-92, the curriculum included five courses taught by a faculty of one professor, one instructor, and one assistant. The development of the University HERBARIUM and the creation of a garden of native plants were both begun.

Greene resigned his faculty post in 1895. He was replaced as professor of botany and chairman of the department by William A. Setchell, who continued in that role for 39 years, retiring at the end of June, 1934.

The curriculum for 1896-97 comprised 17 courses, including special studies, advanced and graduate studies, botanical seminary, and the first offerings in plant physiology and cytology. By this date, the faculty consisted of one professor, one full-time instructor, and one half-time instructor.

There was steady progress without extensive curricular changes between 1897 and 1920. Enrollment increased and there was some parallel increase in the size of the faculty. A general lecture course, begun in the 1890's with an enrollment of from 100 to 200, had increased to nearly 1,000 by 1922. Research and class instruction in cryptogamic botany, taxonomy, cytology and histology prospered, while plant physiology waned. Following World War I, enrollment increased greatly in all courses, and plant physiology was reestablished. By this time the staff consisted of six faculty members and eight to ten teaching assistants. In 1930, botany moved from the Botany Building and the Palmer House to the newly opened Life Sciences Building, where it is still located.

Upon Setchell's retirement in 1934, a major revision of curricula in plant science for the entire campus was promulgated by an administrative committee. Duplications in course offerings were eliminated, and some courses with their instructors were transferred from agriculture to botany. In this way plant physiology was notably strengthened, and the department acquired its next two chairmen, Dennis R. Hoagland (1934-36) and Alva R. Davis (1936-42; 1945-47). The general policy was established that basic plant science would be taught in botany, and the applied phases would be taught in agriculture and forestry.

During recent years, more attention has been given to presenting botany as a cultural subject for the general student, and a course in general biology has been developed in cooperation with the Department of Zoology.

Since World War II, the department has enjoyed sizable increases in faculty and now comprises 13 faculty members, 27 teaching assistants, and seven nonacademic employees. The extensive expansion and improvement of its space and laboratory equipment is no less remarkable. The chairmanship, now on a rotating basis, has passed through the hands of Lee Bonar, Lincoln Constance, Adriance Foster, Leonard Machlis, Ralph Emerson, and back to Machlis. The early excellence in the fields of crytogamic botany (Setchell, Nathaniel Gardner, Bonar, George Papenfuss), cytology (Thomas Goodspeed), morphology and anatomy (Foster, Johannes Proskauer), and taxonomy of vascular plants (Willis Jepson, Herbert Mason, Constance) has been maintained and balanced by strong developments in physiology (Machlis, John Torrey, Roderic Park, Daniel Branton), experimental mycology (Emerson, Melvin Fuller), genecology (Herbert Baker), biosystematics (Robert Ornduff), developmental morphology (Watson Laetsch), and histochemistry (William Jensen).--LEE BONAR

Business Administration

See BERKELEY CAMPUS, Colleges and Schools, School of Business Administration.

Cell Physiology

Cell Physiology came into being on July 1, 1961 as a new department in the College of Agriculture at Berkeley. It was organized as an administrative unit to foster research in selected areas of cellular physiology and biochemistry that are basic to agriculture. The research program of the department is concerned mainly with bioenergetics as it applies to photosynthesis, nitrogen fixation, and metabolism. The research is being conducted at a fundamental level without any special responsibility for a particular species or crop.

The department was originally staffed in its entirety by personnel formerly affiliated with the Department of Soils and Plant Nutrition but in 1965 had only two staff members in that category. The present staff includes six full-time academic appointees and two full-time nonacademic appointees in regular, University-budgeted positions. In addition, the department has a number of academic and nonacademic appointees who are supported by extramural grants. All of the regular academic appointees carry concurrent appointments in the Agricultural Experiment Station and some of them have little or no teaching duties.

The department was given no responsibility for classroom instruction. However, it was authorized to offer a course for graduate research, Cell Physiology 299, which is a vehicle for accepting qualified graduate students for individual programs of research and study that lead to the M.S. and the Ph.D. degrees in three interdepartmental graduate curricula: biophysics, comparative biochemistry, and plant physiology.

The main research contributions of the personnel have been in the area of the biochemistry of the energy conversion process in photosynthesis. They have discovered photosynthetic phosphorylation and have reconstructed complete photosynthesis outside the living cell. This work has received international recognition and has attracted to the department postdoctoral fellows from the United States and overseas who constitute, on a rotating basis, a permanent component of the research personnel of the department. On returning to their home countries, many of the postdoctoral fellows have been given new opportunities to continue the research in photosynthesis in which they were trained. Some of them are now university professors or directors of institutes in such centers as Goettingen, London, and Madrid.--DANIEL I. ARNON

Chemical Engineering

Chemical Engineering began by that name at Berkeley in the 1940's, but had been anticipated from the time the University was founded. This area of knowledge underlies all large-scale alteration of chemical composition by reactions or separations as conducted for socio-economic purposes. Frederick Cottrell, the University's first true chemical engineer, invented electrostatic dust-precipitation around 1906. In 1912, Gilbert N. Lewis, as incoming dean of the College of Chemistry, instituted a chemical technology major, subsequently directed by Merle Randall. In 1942, Donald McLaughlin, Wendell Latimer, Randall, Llewellyn M. K. Boelter, and others formed a "graduate group" to offer the M.S. degree in chemical engineering.

September, 1946 marked the start of formal undergraduate instruction, offered in the College (and Department) of Chemistry with complementary work in the College of Engineering. Philip Schutz, the program's

---

first unofficial chairman, LeRoy Bromley, and Charles Wilke formed the charter group. Succumbing soon to a tragic illness, Schutz was followed by Theodore Vermeulen. In 1947, this group was joined by Donald Hanson and Charles Tobias and, somewhat later, by David Lyon of the LOW TEMPERATURE Laboratory. More recent appointees still in the department today, in the order of their arrival, were Eugene Petersen, John Prausnitz, Charles Oldershaw, E. Morse Blue, Alan Foss, Otto Redlich, Simon Goren, Judson King, Edward Grens, John Newman, Richard Ayen, Robert Merrill, and Michael Williams.

The new undergraduate curriculum, paced by a succession of sympathetic deans (Latimer, Joel H. Hildebrand, Kenneth S. Pitzer, Robert E. Connick) rapidly gained recognition. A series of hard-won milestones followed: formal approval of programs leading to the Ph.D. degree (1947) and B.S. degree (1948); a change in departmental name to chemistry and chemical engineering (1949); creation of a subdepartmental division with Vermeulen as chairman (1952), succeeded by Wilke in 1953; national accreditation (1952); creation of a separate department (1957); and occupancy of Gilman Hall (1963) as a center for this burgeoning program. In 1963, Hanson became chairman.

The undergraduate program prepares a student for diverse applied-science functions. About two-thirds of B.S. graduates go directly into industrial employment, the remainder to graduate study in various technical fields. Undergraduate majors have held steadily at an average near 45 per year. Since 1946, 191 master's and 74 doctoral degrees have been awarded. In 1964-65 alone, 29 M.S. and 17 Ph.D. candidates completed their work, giving chemical engineering one of the highest ratios of graduate degrees to full-time faculty members.

Teaching and research alike in chemical engineering have focused upon quantitative description of the equilibria and rates for multicomponent multiphase chemical systems, with respect to molecular transport, physics of fluids, heat transmission, electrolytic phenomena, and chemical reactions and catalysis. Research collaboration has occurred with other departments and agencies, including the FOREST PRODUCTS RESEARCH Laboratory, the SEA WATER CONVERSION Laboratory, and the LAWRENCE RADIATION Laboratory with Glenn T. Seaborg, Isadore Perlman, and Leo Brewer. The department has had significant financial assistance from governmental agencies, Petroleum Research Fund, Research Corporation, and companies such as Standard Oil of California, Dow Chemical, DuPont, Stauffer, Sun Oil, Esso Research, and Jersey Production. Also, a student chapter of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers has been sponsored by that institute's northern California section.--THEODORE VERMUELEN

Chemistry

See BERKELEY CAMPUS, Colleges and Schools, College of Chemistry.

City and Regional Planning

An independent Department of City and Regional Planning was recommended and officially created in 1948. T. J. Kent, Jr., was appointed as its first faculty member and chairman and in the spring of 1949, a two-year graduate curriculum was approved. That summer a new degree, master of city planning (M.C.P.), was also authorized. The first full group, 14 graduate students, entered in September, 1949.

During the 1950's, the students entering each year numbered from 12 to 20; currently, some 30 students enter the M.C.P. degree program annually, with another six to ten graduate students admitted without reference to a degree. During the first 15 years, the curriculum focused on urban physical planning, particularly on the preparation and carrying into effect of an urban general plan. Effective in September, 1964 under a completely revised curriculum, each student elects one of three emphases: urban physical planning; housing, renewal, and development; or planning and programming for urban systems. The first most nearly follows the earlier curriculum; the latter two reflect institutional expansions in the practice and theory of city planning.

A Ph.D. program to educate outstanding persons for mature responsibilities in teaching and research was approved in October, 1965. The program is envisaged as highly individualized, reflecting each student's interest and the capacity and interests of the faculty of this department and of other departments within the University.

For the past several years, the department has offered courses required of all undergraduate students in architecture and most undergraduate students in landscape architecture. Additional elective courses, both graduate and undergraduate, are offered for students from other departments.

For the first ten years, the department was administratively independent. Under the general supervision of a campus-wide Faculty Group in City and Regional Planning appointed by the chairman of the Graduate Council, the chairman of the department reported directly to the chancellor. With the creation of the College of Environmental Design in 1959, the department became a constituent unit, its chairman and faculty reporting through the dean of the college and the dean of the Graduate Division. The college, quite naturally, provides opportunities some yet to be developed for extra-departmental programs, such as a program in urban design. It is hoped that a regional planning program can be shaped within the near future, several departments outside of the college standing to make strong contributions.

An Institute of URBAN AND REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT was approved and came into existence in July, 1963; it was designed to reflect campus-wide interests. A new unit within the institute, the Center for PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT RESEARCH, was simultaneously created and its senior members have been drawn largely from the faculty of this department. A second unit, the Center for Real Estate and Urban Economics (reorganized from the former Real Estate Research Program; see REAL ESTATE RESEARCH AND EDUCATION) is closely related to a faculty group within the School of Business Administration.--DONALD L. FOLEY

Civil Engineering

Civil Engineering was one of the six original colleges of the University; its inclusion was in accordance with the University's purposes as a land-grant institution. From 1869 to 1930, it operated as the College of Civil Engineering; in 1930, civil engineering and irrigation (which had been established in 1901) became departments of a newly established College of Engineering. The two then became separate divisions of the Department of Engineering in 1947, a combined Division of Civil Engineering and Irrigation in 1951, and finally a combined Department of Civil Engineering in 1958. In 1958, Divisions of Hydraulic and Sanitary Engineering, Structural Engineering and Structural Mechanics, and Transportation Engineering (recently created under separate organization) were established in the department. Thus, the present (1965) organization of the Department of Civil Engineering incorporates not only civil engineering as originally established, but also irrigation and transportation, as well as hydraulics (which until 1958 had been administered by mechanical engineering). Closely associated with civil engineering is the Institute of TRANSPORTATION AND TRAFFIC Engineering, founded by legislative act in 1947.

Enrollment in civil engineering was fairly constant, averaging about 50 students a semester in the early decades of the University's existence, but a few years after the turn of the century enrollment tripled. It then grew slowly to about 250 students in 1930, increased to 400 in 1940, and was 500 in 1957, just before the lower division was transferred to general engineering. At that time there were about 300 upper division and 100 graduate students in civil engineering; now (1965) there are about 200 upper division and 300 graduate students. The faculty has grown correspondingly to its present number of about 40 professors and ten lecturers, plus the necessary teaching assistants.

In the early years the principal instruction was in undergraduate courses in surveying, mapping, properties of materials, structural design, and structures such as buildings, bridges, dams, and water-supply and sewerage systems. Now there are some 50 upper division courses and a larger number of graduate courses, with elective groups in construction engineering, hydraulic and water resources engineering, sanitary engineering, soil mechanics and foundation engineering, structural engineering, structural mechanics, and surveying-geodesy-photogrammetry.

As in other branches of engineering, laboratory work is an important feature of teaching and research in civil engineering. There are organized laboratories with staff and facilities in the fields of bituminous ma

---

terials and pavements, engineering (construction) materials, hydraulics, photogrammetry, sanitary chemistry, soil mechanics, and structures. The facilities are located on the Berkeley campus and at the RICHMOND FIELD STATION, a large proportion of the six engineering buildings on the campus being devoted to laboratories. For many years civil engineering conducted an annual summer surveying camp, essentially a field laboratory, but in 1943 the camp was discontinued because of war conditions. It has not been reinstated, in large part because of the shift in emphasis from manipulative skills to analysis, design, and research.--JOE W. KELLY

Classics

Instruction in Latin and Greek was prominent in the curriculum of 1869-70, the first academic year of the University. Martin Kellogg, later seventh President of the University (1893-99), taught all classes as professor of ancient languages, having been professor of Latin and mathematics in the College of California since 1860. His was one of the first 12 appointments that the Regents made to the University faculty. In the first three years, Kellogg, as the only teacher of classical languages, was prepared to teach six or seven classes a term, although, since the University had few students in these years, some of the advanced courses may have had no students. But as total student enrollment increased, Kellogg's classes grew in size, since Greek and Latin (in specified courses) were required for the A.B. degree. In 1872, George Woodbury Bunnell was added to the faculty as assistant professor of Latin and Greek, becoming professor of the Greek language and literature in 1875; from 1876, Kellogg's title was professor of the Latin language and literature. In 1873, Kellogg and Bunnell were assisted by an instructor in Latin and ancient history; in 1875, by two instructors in Latin and Greek. From 1875 until 1890, four men (in some years three) taught classical languages and subjects. A fifth man, Isaac Flagg, joined the staff in 1890. In 1891, Leon J. Richardson was appointed assistant in Latin, beginning an active service of 47 years.

In 1894, the duties of the Presidency took Kellogg from his classes; he returned to teaching as professor emeritus in 1900, conducting classes until his death in 1903. He was succeeded as professor of Latin by William A. Merrill. Bunnell, who retired in 1894, was succeeded by Edward B. Clapp. From 1896, the Announcement of Courses shows separate Departments of Greek and Latin, of which Clapp and Merrill were chairmen for many years. Greek and Latin remained separate departments until 1937, when they were combined in the present Department of Classics under the chairmanship of Ivan M. Linforth. Sanskrit, which had been a separate department from 1906 under Arthur W. Ryder, entered the classics department in 1940 with the appointment of Murray B. Emeneau as assistant professor of Sanskrit and general linguistics and remained there until 1965, when Sanskrit instruction was transferred to the linguistics department. Emeneau's courses in linguistics had already been transferred from classics to the newly formed linguistics department in 1953. In 1965-66, the classics faculty had 15 members, not counting six teaching assistants.

Before 1880, Kellogg and Bunnell gave lecture courses in Greek and Roman history, geography, mythology, and archaeology. In the 1880's, Kellogg lectured on linguistics and comparative grammar (under the heading of Classical or Comparative Philology). About 1920, the Greek department increased its offerings of lecture courses (requiring no knowledge of Greek) in Greek literature and civilization. In 1965, the classics department, in addition to a program in Greek and Latin language and literature, offered 20 lecture courses on classical subjects, some of which enroll from 100 to 500 students.

The announcement for 1891-92 shows a graduate course in Latin; two appear in 1893-94. Since then, the number of graduate courses has steadily increased, until they now form about 20 per cent of the program. These are advanced courses and seminars in Greek and Latin authors, archaeology, epigraphy, and paleography, in which classical scholars and teachers receive their training.

Significant for classics at Berkeley was the founding of the Sather Professorship of Classical Literature, by bequest of Jane K. Sather, which brings a distinguished classicist each year to the Berkeley campus, where he resides and lectures for a term.--JOSEPH FONTENROSE

Criminology

See BERKELEY CAMPUS, Colleges and Schools, School of Criminology.

Design

As early as 1911, instruction was being offered in courses in domestic art, specifically in textiles and "household design of primitive peoples." Another arrangement was sought in 1914 with the appointment of a committee on home economics under the chairmanship of Jessica Peixotto of the Department of Economics. Professors Myer E. Jaffa, William C. Hays, Charles G. Hyde, and Mr. Eugen Neuhaus were members of the department. The committee was ably seconded by the Dean of Women, Lucy Ward Stebbins, whose report to President Wheeler in 1914 argued the case for the professional instruction of university women above the mere vocational level in fields such as nutrition and decorative art. The result was a Department of Home Economics in two divisions, household art, as it now came to be called, and household science. This arrangement continued for four years from 1915 to 1919. The first instructor designated for household art was Mary F. Patterson, who had joined the faculty in 1914. Beginning in 1919, the department assumed separate status and was known under the title Department of Household Art until 1939. For the next quarter of a century it was known as the Department of Decorative Art. In 1964, the department received its present designation and was transferred from the College of Letters and Science to the College of Environmental Design. It retained certain ties with letters and science, such as offering an undergraduate major in this college.

Throughout its history the department has devoted the larger part of its interest to design. Instruction in the lower division, which had for years included the practical study of clothing, turned more emphatically toward general theory of design in the years immediately preceding the second world war. Since that time studio work in several materials has been expanded and more extensive historical work in numerous areas has been offered. Development has culminated in a balance between the theoretical and practical studies in the curriculum. Graduate instruction leading to the M.A. degree has been offered since the department's inception.

The core staff in the department in the 1920's consisted of Mary F. Patterson, who served as chairman for some 15 years, and Hope M. Cladding. With the appointment of anthropologist Lila M. O'Neale as associate professor in 1932, the department began a continuing association with the University's Department and Museum of Anthropology. In the late 1930's, Lucretia Nelson and Winfield S. Wellington joined the department. After the war, the members who achieved the professorship were Mary Dumas, Anna H. Gayton, Lea Miller, Charles E. Rossbach and Herwin Schaefer. Willard V. Rosenquist and Peter H. Voulkos served as associate professors. Professors Nelson, Rossbach and Wellington served as chairmen during a period of the expansion of the department to 17 members and of corresponding growth in the curriculum. Over the years the department has also developed a considerable collection in textiles, ceramics, glass and other materials.

In 1964-65, the department began to turn even more intensively toward the design field in the framework of the new college. Karl Aschenbrenner of the Department of Philosophy served as acting chairman during this transitional year. After being housed for many years in a redwood frame building overlooking the women's playing fields, the department settled into quarters in Wurster Hall.--KARL ASCHENBRENNER

Dramatic Art

The Department of Dramatic Art was established in 1941, but the cause of educational theater on the Berkeley campus was served by a variety of organizations almost from the beginning of the University. The first production on record was a "romantic Italian drama in three acts entitled Marco Spada" presented by the University Dramatic Association on May 20, 1870 during the second semester of University instruction. The University Dramatic Society was founded in April, 1877, and the Berkeley Dramatic Club, in October, 1878. In the early 1890's, Louis Dupont Syle, a member of the Department of English, directed students in the production of full-length plays of serious content. Campus theatrical activity was furthered by President Benjamin Ida

---

Wheeler in the early years of the twentieth century, notably by conceiving of the Greek Theatre, built in 1903 in a natural amphitheater used for productions since 1894.

The Greek Theatre was opened with a production by students of Aristophanes' The Birds in Greek on September 24, 1903, under the direction of James T. Allen. Thereafter, under the management of a committee chaired by William Dallam Armes, it formed a stage for many student productions and for professional actors, among whom were Ben Greet, Mme. Sarah Bernhardt, Maude Adams, Nance O'Neill, Sothern and Marlowe, Robert Mantell, and notably, Margaret Anglin, who appeared in revivals of Greek drama at intervals from 1910 until 1926. Student productions were continued under the direction of Charles D. von Neumayer and by the English Club, under the direction of Garnet Holme. In 1920, the Greek Theatre Players, under the direction of Samuel J. Hume, assisted by Irving Pichel, replaced the English Club productions.

Dramatic activity under student auspices began in 1922 with a production in Hearst Gymnasium of Harley Granville-Barker's Prunella directed by Morris Ankrum.

For the next 20 years, the Associated Students' "little theatre without a theater" produced student plays under such directors as Baldwin McGaw, Michael Raffetto, Nester Paiva, Everett Glass, and from 1931-40, Edwin Duerr.

The Department of Dramatic Art, under the chairmanship of Benjamin H. Lehman, replaced the organized student activity in 1941, and a formal major program was instituted in 1945. Fred Orin Harris became chairman in 1944, a post he held until 1960, when he was replaced by Travis Bogard. Under the chairmanship of Harris, the department began a play production of distinguished dramas of all countries and periods, among which were memorable presentations of Shakespeare's King Lear, Aeschylus' Oresteia, and Eugene O'Neill's Lazarus Laughed, all under Harris' direction. At the same time the course offerings were developed into a significant academic discipline.

In 1961, under Bogard's chairmanship, the department instituted a program of study leading to the master of arts degree, and in 1965, it offered the first Ph.D. degree program in drama at the University of California. At the same time, the play production program expanded both its major production schedule and its studio workshop presentations to a point where its productions were attended by approximately 36,500 persons yearly. Recent productions of note include Shakespeare's Antony and Cleopatra directed in the Greek Theatre by Miss Margaret Webster, and Sophocles' Antigone, directed by Takis Muzenidis, director of the Greek National Theatre.--TRAVIS BOGARD

Economics

The term "Political Economy" first appeared in the UC Register, 1871-1872, which announced a series of lectures on the subject by members of the faculty. In 1875, Bernard Moses was appointed professor of history. A year later his title was changed to professor of history and political economy. From 1876 to 1890, Professor Moses taught two undergraduate courses in political economy, which were described as "a critical study of the history of economic thought" and "a general view of the principles and laws of Political Economy in its present position."

During the 1890's, additional faculty appointments were made and course offerings were expanded to include Economic Theory, Economic History, Theories of Social Progress, Economic Condition of Laborers in England, Finance and Taxation, Banking and Currency, and Statistics. The first graduate courses were offered in 1897. These various courses appeared in the Register first under history and political economy and later under history and political science.

The Department of Economics was established in 1902, with Adolph C. Miller as its first chairman; his staff included Carl C. Plehn, Wesley C. Mitchell, Lincoln Hutchinson, and Ernest C. Moore. In its first year (1902-03), the department offered 11 undergraduate courses in economics, five in commerce, and two in charities and corrections. In 1940, a small number of professional courses in social work were transferred to the Department of Social Welfare, and in 1942, the commerce courses were transferred to the business administration department.

By 1964-65, the faculty of the department had increased to 33, and course offerings to 32 undergraduate and 41 graduate courses, plus honors, special study and research courses. Two hundred and ninety undergraduates were majoring in economics; 278 Ph.D. and 50 M.A. degree candidates were at various stages of graduate work. For the spring semester of 1965, enrollment in undergraduate courses was 2,526, with 644 in graduate courses.

Since 1902, the University has awarded 316 Ph.D. and 795 M.A. or M.S. degrees to graduate students in economics.

Associated with the department is the Econometrics Workshop, a facility for student and faculty training and research in the application of mathematical and statistical tools to economics. It includes a unique collection of research materials and two computing laboratories with a time-sharing link to the Computer Center and the Management Science Laboratory.

In recent years, the department has participated in various technical assistance programs in cooperation with governmental agencies and private foundations. Since 1956, the Ford Foundation has made substantial grants to be used to strengthen teaching and research in economics at the University of Indonesia. In 1961, the Ford and Rockefeller Foundations made grants to carry out a five-year technical assistance project in Greece, to establish a Center for Economic Research in Athens, and to support research of American economists dealing with the Greek economy, as well as to provide training and research facilities for both Greek and American graduate students. This year (1965) the Department of Economics has contracted with the Agency for International Development to provide technical assistance over a five-year period to Brazil for long-term economic planning.--IRA B. CROSS, MALCOLM M. DAVIDSON

Education

See BERKELEY CAMPUS, Colleges and Schools, School of Education.

Electrical Engineering

In 1875, when President Daniel Coit Gilman appointed Frederick G. Hesse to head the College of Mechanics, only North Hall and South Hall had been built. Hesse started his work in a single room in North Hall, giving lectures only, since no facilities as yet existed for laboratory or shop work. The first student was graduated from the College of Mechanics in 1874. In 1878, the first Mining and Mechanic Arts Building (later renamed the Civil Engineering Building) was completed. In 1893, Hesse selected Clarence Linus Cory to be assistant professor of mechanical and electrical engineering. Immediately, Cory, Joseph A. Sladky, superintendent of the machine shops, and Joseph Nisbet LeConte, instructor in mechanical engineering, concentrated on plans for electrical laboratories in the new Mechanics Building, then under construction. Upon its completion in 1894, Cory and LeConte, largely with student help, installed electrical equipment surpassed by few, if any, universities in the country. Research started immediately.

In 1901, Cory was made dean of the College of Mechanics and for more than a generation was recognized as a farsighted and vigorous leader in his profession. Cory Hall, which now houses the Department of Electrical Engineering, was named in his honor. After his retirement in 1930, the Colleges of Mechanics and Civil Engineering were combined to form the College of Engineering, containing the Department of Civil Engineering and the Department of Mechanical and Electrical Engineering. In 1931, the latter department was split into the separate Departments of Mechanical Engineering and Electrical Engineering. In 1942, the Colleges of Engineering and Mining merged to form a single administrative unit, the College of Engineering, and a single academic unit, the Department of Engineering, with the various fields, such as electrical engineering, known as divisions. In 1958, the Division of Electrical Engineering again became the Department of Electrical Engineering.

The original electrical engineering curriculum was rigidly prescribed, including chemistry, physics, mathematics, English, German, shop work in machine tools and pattern making, mechanical drawing, descriptive geometry, analytic mechanics, kinematics, strength of materials, thermodynamics, hydraulics, surveying, and elec

---

trical machines. Until the middle 1920's, this curriculum changed very little, except for the elimination of the language requirements and their replacement by free electives. Then the growing importance of communications and electronics forced the elimination of the shop courses and surveying and the establishment of power and communications options. Recent scientific and technological developments, such as automation, computers, solid-state, quantum-electronic and micro-electronic devices, and the growing importance of bioelectronics, plasmas, magnetohydrodynamics, and sophisticated systems for transmission and analysis of information and for optimal control, resulted in the establishment of four options in electrical engineering, allowing the student to follow an integrated sequence of courses in his major field of interest and still find time for cultural courses.

Approximately 3,800 B.S. degrees, 850 M.S. degrees, and more than 150 Ph.D. degrees have been granted in electrical engineering, with 91 Ph.D. degrees awarded since 1960. Full-time graduate enrollment in electrical engineering is now 340, with undergraduates (juniors and seniors) numbering 466. The electrical engineering faculty, excluding teaching fellows and research assistants, numbers 76. The large increase in graduate study and research is largely due to the establishment of the ELECTRONICS RESEARCH Laboratory, which handles research contracts with the federal and state governments and with private industry for the department. Today, over 200 of the electrical engineering graduate students receive substantial financial aid from fellowships or teaching or research assistantships.--LESTER E. REUKEMA

English

The department at Berkeley was inaugurated in 1869, with one professor, William M. Swinton, who was also librarian and secretary of the Academic Senate. He was succeeded in 1874 by Edward Rowland Sill, a minor poet and essayist; after Sill left in 1882, the professor was Albert S. Cook, a distinguished philologist, who departed in 1888. These gentlemen were from time to time assisted in their work by graduate assistants, of whom the best known is Josiah Royce, class of 1875.

The subjects taught were the history and structure of the English language, the history of English literature and rhetoric. Much of the effort of the department was devoted to instruction in elementary composition, a subject detested by the mass of the undergraduates. English rated very low in the list of subjects in which students could be interested.

The department as it is presently organized began with the arrival in 1889 of Charles Mills Gayley (1858-1932). His first task was to reorganize the department in accord with the expansion of the University, made possible by the passage of the Vrooman Act of 1887. He had at the beginning only two other men on the staff, William Dallam Armes and Cornelius Beach Bradley, who was the first man in the department to rise through the ranks from instructor to professor. In the reorganization of the department the number of courses was increased from 13 to 19; in 1891 American literature was first introduced as a subject of study. Specialists in various fields were called. The first graduate instruction was offered in 1892, though it was not until 1906 that the first Ph.D. in English was awarded--to Benjamin P. Kurtz, who also remained with the department throughout his entire career.

In the broad outline of its structure the department and its curriculum are much as Gayley left them. The freshman course in literature and composition is largely a "service course, most of the students enrolled do not intend to study English as a major subject. Many of the upper-division courses, especially those in the great figures of English literature, are attended by non-majors. The curriculum still centers its interest on the most important authors; it still emphasizes the historical and critical approach.

The number of students in the department must have been very small in the early years of the University; no figures are available. In the spring of 1965, there were 723 undergraduate majors in the department and 429 graduate students. The number of Ph.D. degrees awarded by the department in 1965 was 13. The discrepancy between the large number of students and relatively small number of degrees is explained by the fact that the department prepares a very large number of teachers for high school and junior college teaching in which the advanced degree is not required.

The staff has also expanded greatly. In 1900, there were eight professors and instructors; in 1925, 20; the department at present has over 85 members. Expansion of staff has naturally brought diversity of interests, resulting in the creation of new departments. The first of these was Slavic, founded in 1901 by George R. Noyes, who came as instructor in English and Slavic. The interest of Alexis F. Lange in pedagogy was influential in the creation of the Department of Education. Martin Flaherty, who began as instructor in rhetoric, founded the Department of Public Speaking (now Speech) in 1915; Charles Raymond founded the Department of Journalistic Studies (now Journalism) in 1937. Travis Bogard is the present chairman of the Department of Dramatic Art, begun in 1941, and comparative literature (Alain Renoir) is on its way to becoming a department.--ARTHUR E. HUTSON

Entomology and Parasitology

Entomological research and teaching in the University of California had scattered origins at Berkeley. Eugene W. Hilgard conducted research on grape phylloxera and codling moth as early as 1875 and lectured on economic entomology. James J. Rivers, curator of the University Museum from 1881 to 1895, was also active in entomology. As entomological problems increased, research and teaching in economic entomology expanded. In the 1880's, special instruction in entomology was begun by Charles H. Dwinelle and Edward J. Wickson. Although not formally trained as entomologists, these early experimentalists responded vigorously to the problems of the state and became deeply involved in entomological research.

Entomology as a separate field was first recognized with the appointment in May, 1891, of Charles W. Woodworth, the first trained entomologist to assume teaching duties in California. He was instrumental in the retention of entomological instruction in the College of Agriculture and was responsible for the early economic orientation of research. For 29 years, Woodworth headed entomological activities. The title, Division of Entomology, first came into common use about 1902 as a unit within the Department of Agriculture. During Woodworth's tenure, the division greatly expanded with the appointment of key men, who were to guide the development of entomology for the next half century. In 1920, William B. Herms, professor of parasitology, succeeded Woodworth as chairman, and the name of the division was changed to entomology and parasitology. Chairmen since 1943 have been Edward O. Essig (1943-51), E. Gorton Linsley (1951-59), and Ray F. Smith (1959-). In 1952, the division became a separate department.

During the Woodworth regime, a few students graduated in entomology, and several received the M.S. degree. The first Ph.D. in entomology was awarded in 1924. In the next 40 years, 238 Ph.D. degrees were conferred in entomology and parasitology. In the 1930's, the activities of the division expanded with increased numbers of students and a heavier emphasis on basic fields. Following World War II, the department again expanded. The initiation of research and teaching in plant nematology, insect pathology, and acarology, and the initiation of the California Insect Survey were major achievements.

In 1923, research in biological control was organized in a separate administrative unit with the creation of the Division of Beneficial Insect Investigations. The name was changed to the Division of Biological Control in 1946, and it became a department in 1952. The Laboratory of Insect Pathology, established in 1945 as a unit within the Division of Biological Control, became a separate research department in 1960. In January of 1963, the administration of entomology and parasitology was again restructured. The three departments of biological control, insect pathology, and entomology and parasitology were combined within the framework of a single new Department of Entomology and Parasitology with four research divisions. Major revision of both undergraduate and graduate curricula in recent years has provided greater breadth to training, and significant expan

---

sion has occurred in forest entomology, biological control, pathology, systematic entomology, and parasitology.--RAY F. SMITH

Forestry

See BERKELEY CAMPUS, Colleges and Schools, School of Forestry.

French

The Department of French, established in July, 1919, in anticipation of increased enrollment following World War I, took over the instruction in French previously under the Department of Romanic Languages. Its initial staff comprised two professors, one associate professor, four assistant professors, one instructor, five associates, four assistants, and one lecturer; the 1919-20 UC Register lists 21 courses. Ten years later, there were 28 courses taught by a staff of 22, including six assistants. World War II caused a sharp decline in enrollment and in courses offered, but after the war, enrollments resumed their upward trend, reaching a total of 2,561 in the 1965 spring semester (1,556 lower division, 845 upper division, 160 graduate). Fifty courses (mostly year-sequences) were announced for 1964-65: nine lower division, 21 upper division, and 20 graduate. As the department grew, the proportion of higher-ranking staff members has gradually increased. The Berkeley General Catalogue, 1964-65 names (exclusive of emeriti) seven professors, two associate professors, seven assistant professors, five acting instructors, and two lecturers. Some 50 teaching assistants furnished additional instruction.

The department provides, beyond the basic lower division program, a well-balanced offering in the French language, ancient and modern, and in all periods of the literature. Increasing emphasis on graduate study is shown by the fact that of some 70 doctoral dissertations directed by staff members since 1919, nearly half were completed during the period 1954-65; 26 such dissertations are currently in progress.

With a view to the needs of prospective teachers, on both the secondary and the collegiate levels, French has generally been the medium of instruction in upper division and graduate courses. In recent years, however, the department has also offered as a service to students in other departments, several literature courses requiring no knowledge of French, as well as non-credit courses for students preparing their graduate reading examinations. During World War II, instruction in military and technical French was provided for those about to enter the Armed Forces.

In 1938, the Maison Française, an ad hoc corporation sponsored by the department and directed by staff members and non-University friends of France, purchased a house on Dwight Way to serve as a residence for women students and as a cultural center for others interested in French. This enterprise functioned successfully until 1942, when difficulties due to war conditions necessitated its abandonment.

In 1915, the French Government gave the University a collection of some 6,000 volumes, representing notable achievements of French scholarship, which had been exhibited at the Panama-Pacific Exposition. The Doe Library housed the collection for many years in a special room that served also as a French seminar. After the department's removal to Dwinelle Hall, such of the books as particularly concerned French studies were transferred to a departmental library in the new building. The French Government has subsequently enriched this library with additional gifts and has, over the years, recognized the department's work in other ways, notably by conferring the Légion d'Honneur on nine members of its staff.--PERCIVAL B. FAY

Genetics

In 1912, a 35-year-old assistant professor of agricultural education, Ernest B. Babcock, proposed that he be allowed to develop a course in the principles of plant and animal breeding. In July, 1913, Babcock was named professor and head of the newly established Division of Genetics, the first academic department of that name in the United States. A year later, a young biochemist named Roy E. Clausen joined the department, which, for the academic year 1914-1915, had a total budget of $5,735.83. The sum covered the salaries of the two men and a stenographer, other costs, and $131.62 earmarked for "research expenses."

Growth was slow, and the present faculty complement of seven was not reached until 1959. Instruction at the beginning had an agricultural orientation but as the young science of genetics acquired increasing general significance, the department's teaching responsibilities expanded accordingly. A graduate group in genetics was established with the department as focal point. This led to an increasingly broader coverage of many aspects of genetics and evolution not necessarily related to agriculture, a trend accelerated when the Davis section of the department became autonomous in 1958. Currently, the graduate group contains not only all of the department members but geneticists from disciplines as diverse as molecular biology and poultry husbandry, or forestry and psychology. The department administers a National Institutes of Health training grant which can eventually support 12 predoctoral and five postdoctoral fellows a year. Over a hundred doctorates have been awarded since the first Ph.D. was granted in genetics in the 1920's. Undergraduate majors in letters and science and agriculture are now being offered, and a range of courses serves campus-wide needs at all levels.

The history of the department's research similarly followed the expansion of the whole subject of genetics. Plant breeding research gave way to experimental taxonomy, and formal genetics of Drosophila to cytogenetics of tobacco and of insects. Little by little, radiation genetics, population genetics, developmental genetics on both morphological and biochemical levels entered departmental activities. A variety of organisms from red bread molds to rats has been investigated. More recently, ecological and biochemical genetics have received added attention. The hundred-odd dollars of the first research budget no longer suffice to support these studies; federal and state funds have increased this figure by several orders of magnitude.

The department's achievement is reflected in the fact that five of the 11 persons who have served on the faculty have been elected to the National Academy of Sciences, and four have been chosen Faculty Research Lecturers. The department enters into its second half-century prepared to meet the challenges of academic reform and the explosion of scientific knowledge.--MICHAEL LERNER

Geography

One of the smaller departments in the University, geography is also one of the older ones. Although the second President of the University, Daniel Coit Gilman, was a geographer, his preoccupation with administration allowed him to lecture on the subject only irregularly. In 1898, the first professor of geography was appointed. He was George Davidson, who had held the honorary title of non-resident professor of geography and astronomy since 1870. Davidson had been a leading scientific figure in the west ever since he had come to California in 1850 to initiate a coastal and geodetic mapping program for the federal government. Between 1877 and 1884 he was a member of the Board of Regents. His appointment in geography, at the age of 72, came after he left the government service. He taught for seven years, and was responsible for the appointment of Ruliff S. Holway to the geography staff in 1904. The year after Davidson retired, Holway took on the direction of the growing department, retaining it until his retirement in 1923. During this period the department had been closely allied with geology, several of the geography staff members having received their graduate degrees in that subject. Instruction emphasized physiography, meteorology, oceanography and mapping, although several courses in commercial geography were given in the College of Commerce. The first master's degree in geography was awarded in 1908.

With the appointment of Carl O. Sauer, formerly of the University of Michigan, as professor of geography and chairman of the department in 1923 there was a marked shift of emphasis, especially towards cultural and historical geography and Latin America. What is sometimes referred to as the "Berkeley school" of cultural geography began to evolve at this time. Close links were forged with anthropology, to the point that a merger of the two departments was at one point seriously considered. Sauer had brought with him from the east a graduate student named John Leighly, the department's first Ph.D., who was to be responsible for the development of climatology within

---

the department. When Sauer stepped down as chairman in 1954, after 30 years, the post fell naturally to Leighly. With Leighly's retirement in 1960, it was assumed by James J. Parsons, himself a Berkeley graduate.

At the undergraduate level geography has always had a substantial service role. Graduate students have generally outnumbered undergraduate majors. Through June, 1965, the department had awarded a total of 56 Ph.D. and 92 M.A. degrees. Most of these graduates have gone into academic work. Enrollment in geography courses has risen sharply in recent years. In 1965, there were 50 undergraduate majors enrolled while there were some 60 graduate students. In recent years economic and urban geography, Asia, and the Soviet Union have been added to the subjects that have been traditionally stressed in the department. The ten-man faculty currently includes former senior staff members at Singapore, Rio de Janeiro, and Vancouver. There have been numerous visiting appointments, especially of prominent European geographers.

Originally housed with geology in Bacon Hall, geography moved to the basement of South Hall in 1923 and later to Agriculture Hall and to Giannini Hall. Since 1960 it has occupied the top floor of the new Earth Sciences Building, the geography of the entire San Francisco Bay Area appropriately spread before it.--JAMES J. PARSONS

Geology and Geophysics

Joseph LeConte's initial title was professor of geology, natural history, and botany, and he gave the first courses both in geology and in the life sciences. Indeed, for several years almost every student on the Berkeley campus attended his lectures in physical geology.

The department was originally housed in South Hall, described at the time as "an enduring structure of brick and stone," and it remained there for 38 years. And, at first, South Hall also provided space for the museums of geology, mineralogy, economic botany, and ethnology.

As early as 1872, Eugene W. Hilgard, professor of agriculture, had taught mineralogy; in 1879, in response to the growing demand for mining engineers and geologists, the Department of Geology added courses in ore deposits and petrography, given by A. Wendell Jackson.

The appointment of Andrew C. Lawson in 1890 was particularly important. While LeConte continued to teach the popular, introductory course in physical geology until 1898, Lawson taught mineralogy, crystallography, petrography, and economic geology; and he initiated the fundamental course in field geology, the first of its kind in the west and probably in America. In his second year, he started the first graduate courses; in his third year he was mainly responsible for the establishment of the distinguished scientific publication series of the University Press. His paper, "Geology of Carmelo Bay," appeared in May, 1893 as Vol. 1, No. 1 of the Bulletin of the Department of Geology.

John C. Merriam, later to become president of the Carnegie Institution of Washington, was appointed honorary fellow in paleontology, and gave the first course in that subject on the campus in 1894. Within three years, the number of paleontology courses grew to eight. By the turn of the century, the number of graduate courses in geology and paleontology had risen to four; the teaching staff until then usually consisted of three regular members and as many temporary assistants.

Between 1909 and 1921, Merriam headed a separate Department of Paleontology; when he left for Washington, it was reunited with the Department of Geology, to be separated once more in 1927.

Already in 1887, the University had established the first SEISMOGRAPHIC STATIONS in the Americas, one at Berkeley and the other at Lick Observatory. It now operates 18 stations. But the first course in seismology was not offered until 1912 by Elmer F. Davis. In the next year, Davis gave two courses, and in 1922-23, Father Macelwane gave four, two of them at the graduate level. In the same year, John P. Buwalda started instruction in physiography and established the valuable summer field course in geology, later to be carried on successfully for 33 years by Nicholas L. Taliaferro. This development was largely an outgrowth of the need for more geologists by the petroleum industry.

From 1906 to 1944, George D. Louderback was a leader in the affairs of the department and of the campus as a whole; for 11 years he was chairman, and for an equal span he was dean of the College of Letters and Science. By 1925, the department was offering 7 lower division, 27 upper division, and 16 graduate courses.

In 1946, a separate geophysics major was set up; in 1957, a special course was begun for engineers; and in 1963, the name of the department became what it is today. Principal emphasis had been on the field, structural, sedimentary, stratigraphic, and historical aspects of geology until about twenty years ago; increasing emphasis has since been placed on igneous and metamorphic petrology, the deformation of rocks and minerals at high pressures, paleomagnetism, mineral equilibria at high pressures and temperatures, and mineralogical studies by such means as the electron probe and x-ray fluorescence. These more quantitative studies have necessitated more elaborate equipment and more technical assistance.

The Berkeley General Catalogue, 1964-65 lists five lower division, 17 upper division, and 19 graduate courses in geology and mineralogy, along with five upper division and six graduate courses in geophysics. To meet this continued expansion, the academic staff has grown to ten in geology and to four in geophysics.

Student enrollments used to reflect changing needs of the petroleum and mining industries more than they do today; now there is additional need for students trained in engineering and groundwater geology, and in various kinds of geochemistry and geophysics. Graduate training has become virtually indispensable for employment in all fields. In the fall of 1962, graduate enrollment was 50 (including 11 in geophysics); in the spring of 1965, it rose to 68 (including 16 in geophysics).--HOWEL WILLIAMS

German

Instruction in German language and literature was a part of the University's program from its beginning in Oakland in 1869. At first, German was but one of the four commonly taught languages of Western Europe, for all of which one professor of modern languages (Paul Pioda) was responsible. The first appointment of a man, Albin Putzker, to teach only German became effective in 1874 and the organization of a separate department, with two members, was carried out about ten years later. The curriculum during the first 20 years or so was limited; there were few electives and there was very little that could be called graduate work. The professors had heavy teaching loads (12-14 hours per week) and one and the same man would normally teach beginning language, Middle High German, Gothic, and Goethe and Schiller--all during the same term. Because German was required for many scientific majors, it was studied by about one-third of the student body. But there were few German majors. In 1895, for example, there were no graduates with a degree in German; in 1896, there were ten German majors awarded the B.L. degree, but none received the M.A., the M.L., or the Ph.D. degrees in that subject.

There was a marked change after the turn of the century, with the advent of President Benjamin Ide Wheeler in 1899 and the appointment in 1901 of Hugo K. Schilling, the man who dominated the department for the next quarter century, as professor of German. By 1907, the number of full-time staff members was eight, the number of courses (undergraduate and graduate) was greatly proliferated, the elective system flowered, and the number of students greatly increased; in 1906, there were 25 who received the A.B. degree with a major including German and two who took the M.A. degree.

During the decade beginning in 1910, there were several losses by death or retirement and consequently several new appointments. The staff thereafter remained comparatively stable until after the end of World War II. There was a sharp drop in student enrollment during and after World War I and the department suffered some adverse publicity because of the alleged pro-German sentiments of some of its members. There was, however, a steady increase in numbers of students in the 1920's and 1930's, reaching a total of about 1,600 on the eve of World War II. The decline during the war years was more than offset immediately after the war; in 1946, there were 2,172 students in all courses.

Since the end of the war, the staff of the

---

department has been almost completely reconstituted (in 1965, there was only one active member whose tenure pre-dated 1941). In the middle 1960's, there were 23 full-time staff members, 65 to 70 teaching assistants, and three non-academic employees. These people served a student population which, in 1963, numbered 1,893 in the lower division, 438 in the upper division, and 121 enrolled in graduate courses. The department has become in all respects the largest German department in the United States. It continues to afford a liberal, humanistic education to some 90 to 100 undergraduate major students and a professional training as scholars and teachers to some 80 or 90 graduate students.

During its first half century, its staff was not noted for the amount and the quality of its published writings. Since that time, however, the many important contributions to the history and criticism of German literature--where the interest of its members was centered--have brought distinction to the department.

Among the department's influential members during its first century (omitting those still active in 1965) may be mentioned the following: Albin Putzker (1874-1906; head of department, 1874-1900); Hugo K. Schilling (1901-30; chairman, 1901-24); Clarence Paschall (1902-43; chairman, 1924-37); Lawrence M. Price (1914-51); Clair Hayden Bell (1909-54); Edward V. Brewer (1921-54; chairman, 1945-54); Archer Taylor (1939-58; chairman, 1940-45); C. Grant Loomis (1941-63; chairman, 1957-62); and Hans M. Wolff (1946-58.) --M. S. BEELER

History

The first instruction in history at Berkeley was in charge of William Swinton, whose primary faculty assignment was in English, but also included logic. Swinton, a former Civil War correspondent with an honorary A.M. from Knox College, Toronto, was a stormy petrel whose resignation was required by the Regents in 1874. For the next year several members of the faculty, including President Gilman, shared the work in history, but in 1875 Bernard Moses, a Michigan graduate with a Ph.D. from Heidelberg, took over as professor of history and political economy. Except for some assistance from the Department of Classics in ancient history, Moses carried the entire teaching load in these fields for many years. By the end of the 1880's, however, he had added two instructors to his staff. Economics became a separate department in 1902, and political science in 1903. History then stood alone with nine full-time staff members. During these years the chief departmental officer was known as its "head," but in 1919 the title was changed to chairman.

Throughout the 1870's and 1880's, instruction in history was very meager, but as a result of the rapid growth of the University in the 1890's a variety of courses in ancient, medieval, modern European, and American history began to appear, with each field taught by one or more specialists. Large classes became common, and with the years grew immoderately. Henry Morse Stephens, who taught at Berkeley from 1902 to 1919, regularly met classes in modern European history of about 750 students.

The special interest of the Berkeley department in Spanish-American history began with Moses in the 1890's, and was further promoted by the acquisition of the Bancroft Library in 1905, and by the addition of Herbert E. Bolton to the history staff a few years later. Bolton and his followers, with substantial aid from the Native Sons of the Golden West, also gave much attention to early California and the other Pacific coast states. For undergraduates, the chief Bolton contribution was the History of the Americas, a beginning course that featured the whole American experience, including South as well as North America.

Lack of library facilities long hampered departmental efforts in non-American subjects, but Stephens used his influence to obtain important collections of western European sources, while Robert J. Kerner, who joined the department in 1928, did a similar service for eastern Europe and eastern Asia. The whole number of student enrollments in history grew from 1,269 in 1903-04 to 6,896 in 1964-65. A few graduate students began to appear in the 1890's, but the first Ph.D. in history was not granted until 1908. By 1965, the department had produced a total of 475 Ph.D.s and was teaching 426 graduate students. From Moses's time on down, members of the department engaged actively in writing and research as well as teaching, and produced a steady stream of books and articles. In later years, such new interests as social and intellectual history and the history of science began to take their place in the curriculum.--JOHN D. HICKS

Hydraulic and Sanitary Engineering

See BERKELEY CAMPUS, Departments of Instruction, Civil Engineering.

Industrial Engineering and Operations Research

The Department of Industrial Engineering and Operations Research developed from one of the oldest disciplines established at Berkeley. The College of Mechanics began as required by law when the University opened in 1869. In 1931, the Colleges of Mechanics and Civil Engineering combined into the College of Engineering and the Department of Mechanical Engineering was established.

By 1954, a Division of Industrial Engineering was established in the mechanical engineering department. Its unchanged basic objectives were to educate students in the fields of production engineering, the economics of engineering methods, and related policy and administration matters.

Professor E. Paul DeGarmo became division chairman in 1954. As the program grew, a separate Department of Industrial Engineering was founded in 1956, with DeGarmo remaining as chairman until 1960. Professor Ronald W. Shephard headed the department from 1960 to July, 1964. Professor Robert M. Oliver has been chairman from July, 1964 to the present. On July 1, 1966, the name of the department was changed to the Department of Industrial Engineering and Operations Research.

Formerly, the emphasis in industrial engineering at Berkeley centered on the economic analysis of time and motion studies of men in their production activities, the role of materials and methods used in manufacturing processes, and in the design and use of tools and fixtures which played an extremely important part in the development of automated assembly lines and mass production techniques. Today's emphasis is, however, on the design and control of highly integrated systems, with large numbers of interrelated components, in which logistic problems, transport, project development, congestion, reliability, information, and data processing play a large role. In these areas, the economics of action is an essential element. Most courses dealing with the analysis and design of metal processing, forming, and shaping techniques recently have been returned to the mechanical engineering department, while there has been an expanded number of courses offering mathematical programming, network flow and combinatorial techniques, queueing, inventory, and reliability theory, work systems measurement, and human factors design.

A broad undergraduate curriculum been maintained and a graduate program developed which offers options in administrative engineering, human factors in technology, and operations research. The academic program in operations research is supported by research activities in the OPERATIONS RESEARCH Center; the human factors program also has new laboratory facilities. These facilities along with the department office are located in Etcheverry Hall, one of the newest buildings on the Berkeley campus.

From a division in 1956 with an undergraduate enrollment of 74 and a graduate enrollment of three, the Department of Industrial Engineering has grown to a department with 53 undergraduate students and 97 graduate students in 1964-65. In that year, 18 B.S., 26 M.S., and 11 Ph.D. degrees were awarded.--MARGARET MEALIFFE

Italian

The study of Italian began on the Berkeley campus in 1891 with an elective elementary course offered within the Department of Romance Languages. One or two such courses were taught each year by professors of French or Spanish until 1900, when the subject was first included in the departmental announcement. Two upper division courses were added in 1905-06 and the first graduate course--in French, Spanish, and Italian--was added in 1908. From this time until 1919, the department had only one teacher of Italian.

The independent existence of the Department of Italian, which began in 1919, was followed immediately by a greatly increased

---

student enrollment and a corresponding multiplication of course offerings. Instead of some 30 students ordinarily taking Italian as in the past, about 180 enrolled for the fall term of that year. Off-campus interest, also, soon became important. Upon invitation from the department and the Circolo Italiano (a students' organization), prominent San Francisco Italians began to participate in cultural events at the University, such as, in 1921, a "dignified commemoration" of the 600th anniversary of the death of Dante Alighieri. This spirit of cooperation, according to the President's Report (1921-1922), "augured the beginning of a closer association" that would make the University "an important center for the cultivation of Italian history, art, and literature."

The President's prediction was soon borne out by events. In later reports he recorded the presentation by Italians of a bust of Dante for the library; the appointment in 1923 of a distinguished scholar, Herbert H. Vaughan, as professor of Italian; and the gift of the Fontana Library, dedicated on May 29, 1924, by the Italian Ambassador.

Meanwhile, another cherished dream, the establishment of a chair of Italian culture at the University, was also coming true, although the campaign for raising the necessary funds took about eight years. Of the more than 500 contributions received, the first, and one of the largest, was $5,000 from Amadeo P. Giannini, president of the Bank of Italy; the smallest was $.50. Contributors included many interested individuals, some of whom were born in Italy, and organizations as diverse as the San Francisco Opera Association and the Scavengers' Protective Union. With 875 shares of Bank of Italy stock worth $260,000, the formal inauguration of the chair took place on October 6, 1928, the President of the University presiding. This endowment has since made possible the presence on campus, over the years, of 15 visiting Italian scholars of distinction representing many different fields.

The Department of Italian has grown from a single teacher in 1919 to include, in 1964-65, three professors, one associate professor, three assistant professors, three lecturers, four associates, two visiting professors, and 26 teaching assistants working for higher degrees. The number of students has increased to 1,409 for the fall term of 1964-65. A departmental library of approximately 1,000 choice volumes supplements the general University collection.--MARIA TERESA PICCIRILLO

Journalism

Charles H. Raymond, the first professor of journalistic studies and founder of the original group major in journalism, began his University career as professor of English. In 1936-37, Raymond taught four journalistic studies courses in the English department. The following year, the courses were adapted and moved to the group major in journalistic studies which was offered for the full academic year 1937-38. Raymond became professor of journalistic studies, teaching six courses, all in upper division. The subject field included history of journalism, news and editorial writing, the country newspaper, and propaganda and the news. After his death in the spring of 1939, the year's work was completed by Professor Eric Bellquist of the political science department and Edwin Emery, a former Daily Californian editor and graduate student in history who had been assisting Raymond. Emery, now teaching at Minnesota, is editor of Journalism Quarterly.

Succeeding Raymond as departmental chairman, Robert W. Desmond came to the campus in 1939 as professor and the single faculty member for the group major. Desmond served as chairman from 1939 to 1954 and again as acting chairman in 1962-63. The group major in journalistic studies developed into a full major in journalism in 1941, with three faculty members, two lower division, and nine upper division courses. In addition to news writing, reporting, and editing, courses included history of journalism, contemporary editorial problems, newspaper management, and press and world affairs.

In 1951, the department introduced the graduate program leading to the degree of master of journalism. In addition to the lower and upper division courses preparing for the major, ten graduate courses were offered in the academic year 1951-52. When Philip F. Griffin became the department's third chairman, a post he was to hold from 1954 to 1959, the department's faculty had grown to ten. The course offerings included one in the lower division, 16 in the upper division, and seven in the graduate division. Since 1959, Professor Charles M. Hulten has served as chairman. By 1959, the upper division courses had increased to 21 and the graduate courses to nine. As of 1965, the department offers one lower division, 20 upper division, and 11 graduate level courses. Courses include magazine article writing, press and society, research methods and analytical studies, press law, radio journalism, newspaper advertising, publishing problems, comparative world journalism, critical reviewing, international information programs, and public opinion, propaganda, and the mass media.

In the years from 1937 to 1965, the department has graduated 1,061 men and women, many in distinguished positions in journalism. Seventy-eight received the master of journalism degree, 983 the bachelor of arts degree. During 1964-65, 508 were enrolled in undergraduate courses and 77 in graduate courses. From the department's earliest beginnings, the faculty has emphasized the functions and responsibilities of the information media. The study of journalism has been closely identified and integrated with the study of the social sciences and humanities. Since 1948, the department has brought in eight special guest instructors eminent in their fields, including two Regents' Lecturers, to enrich the department's offerings. Two more have been approved as Regents' Lecturers for 1965-66.

It was decided in 1965 to discontinue the undergraduate major in journalism as of 1968. However, both undergraduate and graduate journalism courses will continue to be offered. There is increased emphasis on the development of the graduate professional program, using a newly revised master degree curriculum as a base.--CHARLES M. HULTEN

Landscape Architecture

In 1913, Thomas Forsyth Hunt, then dean of the College of Agriculture, took the first positive step in the establishment of what is now the Department of Landscape Architecture. Hunt was a ruralist in every sense of the word--interested in the social as well as the economic life of people. As one factor in his broad and farsighted program, Hunt recognized the desirability of developing in the minds of young people an appreciation of aesthetics as they might be applied to improve the rural home and community. He therefore requested that a division be established in the Department of Agriculture with a program of teaching and of public service directed toward this end. He chose the name, Division of Landscape Gardening and Floriculture, and brought John William Gregg from the faculty of Pennsylvania State College to head the division and direct the program. Facilities consisted of rooms in Agriculture Hall and two small greenhouses in the area east of Giannini Hall. This provided reasonably good space for drafting, instruction in plant propagation and culture, and the study of plant materials.

While the emphasis in this early period was upon problems of the rural home and community, the problems of the expanding urban population were clearly seen, and at an early date instruction in landscape architecture in the broadest sense was developed. The Announcement of Courses for 1915-1916 listed some 12 courses, two of which were graduate courses related to civic art and town planning. Instruction in floriculture and other purely agricultural studies eventually was shifted to other departments, and the curriculum was expanded to include courses in descriptive geometry, art, engineering, and architecture, as well as botany, genetics, and other agricultural sciences. The name of the department has changed from Division of Landscape Gardening and Floriculture, to Division of Landscape Design (Department of Agriculture), to Department of Landscape Architecture (College of Environmental Design).

Over the years there has been more and more emphasis on the study of the city and suburban areas, the open spaces of the city, and the outdoor recreational needs of all people. There is also considerable attention focused on national and state parks, national forest, and wild lands generally. This trend toward study of urban design problems on one hand and problems of the regional landscape on the other has continued to the point that by 1965 the graduate student could

---

choose one or the other area of emphasis.

In 1955, Mrs. Beatrix Farrand gave her Red Point Library to the department. This library was described by the University librarian as the best subject library that bad ever come to the University. In 1957, Mrs. Anson Blake deeded her 11-acre property to the University for use by the Department of Landscape Architecture as a laboratory for teaching and research. This is a rapidly developing and important facility.

The department has enjoyed steady growth and development. Student enrollment stands at 85 undergraduate and 25 graduate students; the faculty complement is ten, with some joint appointments in city and regional planning and in architecture.--H. L. VAUGHAN

Law

See BERKELEY CAMPUS, Colleges and Schools, School of Law.

Librarianship

See BERKELEY CAMPUS, Colleges and Schools, School of Librarianship.

Linguistics

From the foundation of the University at Berkeley, instruction was offered by language departments in various phases of the history and description of languages. From 1901 to 1906 a Department of Linguistics under Chairman Benjamin Ide Wheeler offered courses, and in 1904 conferred the Ph.D. on Pliny Goddard (dissertation on the Hupa language). Thereafter, through the initiative of Alfred L. Kroeber, the Department of Anthropology added work in recording and describing unwritten languages, and in tracing their genetic relations. In 1940, instruction in some of these subjects was consolidated by several appointments in linguistics. The linguistics courses were offered in the Departments of Classics and Oriental Languages. In 1947, a group in linguistics offered a Ph.D. degree in linguistics. An M.A. degree was added in 1948. The department was re-established in 1952. An undergraduate major was offered beginning in 1959-60.

Since 1952, the department has built up its course offerings as its enrollment and teaching staff have grown. In 1964-65, undergraduate majors numbered 48 and graduate majors 57. The faculty has consisted, in part, of full-time appointments, and, in part, of appointments shared with other departments; beginning in 1965-66, appointments of the latter type became the exception. Faculty in this year numbered 12.

The curriculum at the undergraduate level inducts the student into an understanding of the diversity of languages, of their nature as instruments of communication and as structured systems, and of their history as changing systems. The graduate student learns the techniques of analyzing structures descriptively and of tracing their histories. He is trained in the history of linguistic theories. Students at all levels are required to attain a knowledge, more or less expert, of a number of languages, especially those of Western civilization, but preferably including others from outside this group. Many doctoral dissertations have been descriptions or comparative accounts of native languages of the Americas, Africa, or Asia. In recent years there have been additions to the curriculum in such subjects as mechano-linguistics (e.g., machine translation), experimental phonetics, and dialectology.

At the time the department was founded in 1952, it was entrusted with a research project entitled Survey of California Indian Languages. It was judged that the University's peculiarly local obligation to the world of knowledge lay in providing descriptions of the state's many aboriginal languages and in initiating comparative linguistic work that would lead to a reconstruction of the human prehistory of California and, by implication, of much of the American continent. The survey at the same time has provided a highly valued research opportunity for graduate students in the department.

A large part of the 41 volumes (as of 1965) of the University of California Publications in Linguistics is based on survey research by faculty and graduate students. This series of publications also reflects the department's interests in South and Southeast Asia, the Pacific, romance philology, and various aspects of Indo-European studies. The University's strength in these fields of linguistics has been amply recognized by the reviewers.

In 1964, the Linguistic Atlas of the Pacific Coast, established earlier in the Department of English, was transferred to linguistics. Results of this survey of English dialects in California and Nevada are being correlated with what is known about American settlement history and patterns of westward migration.--M. B. EMENEAU

Mathematics

In 1869, the Regents of the University completed its first faculty with the appointment of William T. Welcker, West Point graduate and Confederate veteran, as professor of mathematics. West Point tradition, as judged by the texts that were used, seems to have determined the three years of mathematics instruction. The mathematics admission requirements, met then by examination, were approximately today's minimum. The first graduates to serve on the faculty were George C. Edwards and Leander Hawkins (both Ph.B., 1873), who were appointed instructors in mathematics in 1874.

Ten years and then trouble! The Regents became enmeshed in some political or personal quarrel and in May, 1881, summarily declared vacant the chair of mathematics and the Presidency of the University, to the dismay of friends, graduates, and newspaper editors. The next year, however, Welcker was elected state superintendent of public instruction, thereby becoming an ex officio Regent. In 1898, shortly before his death, he was reinstated as professor emeritus.

In May, 1882, after an interregnum of one year, W. Irving Stringham (Ph.D. Johns Hopkins) was appointed professor of mathematics. In 1885, the University awarded its first Ph.D. degree, but the candidates were allowed to designate several fields of candidacy. For example, Louis G. Hengstler, instructor in mathematics in 1893, was a candidate in political science, mathematics, and German literature, and received the degree in 1894 with the thesis, "The Antecedents of English Individualism." Stringham made notable contributions to mathematics and to the University.

There was no other full professorial appointment in the department until 1907, when Mellen W. Haskell (Ph.D. Goettingen), who came as assistant professor in 1890, was so appointed and became, on Stringham's death in 1909, essentially the chairman of a rapidly growing department. The title, however, was not used until 1920. When Haskell retired in 1933, the department contained a notable group--Benjamin A. Bernstein, Thomas Buck, Derrick N. Lehmer, John H. McDonald, Charles A. Noble, Thomas M. Putnam, Bing C. Wong, Sophia Levy and others.

Griffith C. Evans (Ph.D. Harvard) was the last of the long-term chairmen, coming from Rice Institute in 1934, serving until 1949, and becoming emeritus in 1954. Now the office rotates in the department with service of three to five years--past incumbents are, in order, Charles B. Morrey, D. H. Lehmer, John L. Kelley, Bernard Friedman, and Murray H. Protter. Professor Henry Helson is the present incumbent. The STATISTICS LABORATORY, which later became a separate department, was started by Professor Jerzy Neyman in 1939. As early as 1936 Alfred Tarski wrote, "There are few domains, of scientific research which are passing through a phase of such rapid development as Mathematics"; and this self-motivating property, as well as the rapid advance of the natural sciences and the later demands of national security, has led to an extraordinary growth of the department. It now numbers 75 members with 35 professors, five of them members of the National Academy of Sciences. The above list of younger chairmen and the names of Hans Lewy, Alfred Tarski, and Frantisek Wolf are only a sample of the mathematicians who are making the department an internationally outstanding one.

During World War II, members of the department were in armed services, in war research in Washington or doing extra work otherwise.

The "Year of the Oath" (see FACULTY, Academic Freedom) served again as a reminder that even universities have their troubles. Several members of the department left the University rather than sign the loyalty oath, while others believed the problem to be temporary, and one or more served on committees which labored to protect the University and bring the wanderers home again. The 1964 Free Speech Movement found the department again divided, and what has been said of the graduates of another famous university might be said of this University's mathematicians, that "it is a

---

poor quarrel that does not find some of them an each side."--G. C. EVANS

Mechanical Engineering

The MORRILL LAND GRANT Act, passed by Congress in 1862, stipulated in part the establishment "...of at least one college where the lead object shall be...to teach such branches learning as are related to agriculture and mechanic arts...." Of the four technical colleges established by the organic act of the University (1868), those of mechanics and agriculture were first organized. The Biennial report to the Regents of the University for 1873-75 states that the object of the College of Mechanics is to "educate mechanical engineers, machinists (as far as they are constructors of machinery) and others who wish to devote their energies to such technical and industrial pursuits as involve a knowledge of machinery."

Instruction in electrical engineering was offered in 1892, and in 1903 the dean of the College of Mechanics served also as the chairman of the Department of Mechanical and Electrical Engineering.

By 1913, the curriculum in mechanical engineering had eliminated, through matriculation requirement or by deletion, socio-humanistic courses, algebra, geometry, trigonometry, freehand and mechanical drawing, and in their place added more mathematics engineering. Electrical and mechanical engineering were identical except for one course, in each of the junior and senior years. With the industrial growth of California, attention was focused on hydraulics, electrical power, and hydroelectrical installations with course offerings in these fields. During World War I interest in aviation grew and shipyards were established on the Pacific coast. These developments created a demand for training for the war effort and establishing courses in aerodynamics, marine engineering and naval architecture.

The change in classroom instruction during the 20 years between World Wars I and II was a gradual withdrawal from emphasis on machine design, construction and performance evaluation to the application of the laws of nature to the evaluation of systems and their components. An extension of this approach has expanded the number of courses and the fields of study offered to such an area that several fields of study have split from the department to form other departments, while those remaining have been established as divisions of the department. Chronologically, the Department of Mechanical Engineering was established in 1931, designated as the Division of Mechanical Engineering in the Department of Engineering in 1946, and again returned to the status of the Department of Mechanical Engineering in 1958. The Division of Engineering Design separated from the Division of Mechanical Engineering in 1947. The Division of Industrial Engineering separated from mechanical engineering in 1956. The Departments of Nuclear Engineering and Naval Architecture became separate in 1958. The divisions organized in 1958 and constituting the Department of Mechanical Engineering are aeronautical sciences, applied mechanics, heat power systems (changed to thermal systems, 1965), and mechanical design.

The enrollment in the College of Mechanics grew steadily from the beginning of the University until it reached a maximum of 10.85 per cent (293 students) of the University undergraduate enrollment in 1908. In 1964, the enrollment was less than two per cent (299 students) of the University undergraduate enrollment.

The development of the laboratories paralleled the classroom instruction. The initial object was to demonstrate construction, maintenance, and operation of machinery. The second step reduced the vocational aspect somewhat and stressed the performance characteristics of the machine. In 1929, the woodshop and machine shop instruction was eliminated from the curriculum. The junior and senior laboratories stressed a broad concept of system analysis and developed a pattern to introduce the student to the critical approach desired in graduate research.

In December, 1940, a department-instituted survey in the San Diego, Los Angeles and San Francisco areas confirmed the desire of industry for assistance in training and up-grading employees in their engineering departments. With the sponsorship of the U.S. Office of Education, instruction was begun in February, 1941, under the Engineering Defense Training program (EDT); however, it was soon apparent that its utility would be greatly increased by inclusion of science and management courses in production and supervision, hence instruction was given under Engineering Science Management Defense Training (ESMDT). From 1942 to 1945, the word "defense" was changed to "war," and during this period a total of 151,202 men and women were trained for industrial occupations by the University. In addition, courses were also given for the Armed Forces.--S. A. SCHAAF

Medical Physics

See DONNER LABORATORY.

Military Science

A military department was established at the University of California in 1870 under a provision of the Morrill Land Grant Act of 1862. The military instruction required of all undergraduate male students for four years was designed to provide trained military manpower in the event of a national emergency. Two hours per week of instruction consisted of tactics, dismounted drill, marksmanship, camp duty, military engineering, and fortifications. The original 200 male students were organized to form one battalion of four companies. In 1873, an armory was established in North Hall.

By the early 1900's, about 1,000 students, organized as a regiment of infantry with band and signal detachment, were receiving instruction in military science. The military department had moved to new offices and a new armory in the old Harmon Gymnasium. In 1904, the U.S. War Department and the Academic Council reduced the period of mandatory military training from four years to two years and the enrollment dropped to about 850 students. A rifle range was established in Strawberry Canyon and a horse-mounted detachment of about 15 students was temporarily established. It was also during this period that the objective of University military training shifted to the concept of providing commissioned and non-commissioned officers to command voluntary organizations in time of war. It also became possible for cadet officers who distinguished themselves to receive a commission as a Second Lieutenant in the Regular U.S. Army.

With the advent of World War I, the Reserve Officers' Training Corps (ROTC) was established, and in 1917 the University included this program in the standard curriculum. The cadet corps expanded to over 1,500 male students; they continued to be organized into one regiment of three battalions, but by the early 1920's there were 20 companies.

The concept of cadet summer training was developed and voluntary encampments for practical military instruction were established at such locations as Pacific Grove, California, and at the Presidio in San Francisco. During World War I, the U.S. Army also used the facilities of the University for special training programs such as the Signal Corps School of Military Aeronautics.

Prior to World War II, military science instruction was divided into branches based upon the organization of the U.S. Army. A four-year program was developed with instruction leading to a commission in the infantry, coast artillery, ordnance, signal, or engineer corps.

During World War II, the advanced phase of military science instruction was suspended, but once again the U.S. Army established a special program at the University to provide training in technical fields.

After World War II, the curriculum was expanded to include branch training leading to a commission in quartermaster, transportation, or military police corps. The corps of cadets numbered about 1,300.

In 1955, a branch immaterial course of military science instruction was again established, eliminating the branch training program. In 1962, mandatory military science instruction for lower division male students was suspended. During the period from 1962 until the present the voluntary ROTC program has averaged about 425 cadets; they are organized into two battalions.

From its beginnings at the University, instruction in military science has spanned advancements in military tactics from musketry and horse-mounted cavalry to nuclear weapons and counter-insurgency. About 4,500 U.S. Army commissions have been awarded at the Berkeley campus.--DONALD L. JOHNS, CAPTAIN, U.S. ARMY

---

Mineral Technology

When the College of Mining merged with the College of Engineering in 1942, the Department of Mining and Metallurgy was created with Walter S. Weeks as chairman. The industrial growth of California was reflected in the addition of new curricular options: physical metallurgy (1942), ceramic engineering (1948), and geological engineering (1956) were added to the existing programs in mining, economic geology, metallurgy (extractive), and petroleum engineering. The name of the department was changed to the Department of Mineral Technology in 1948 to more accurately describe the curricular options.

Since the immediate post-World War II years, there has been a steady decrease in the undergraduate enrollment and a constant increase in graduate enrollment. Correspondingly, the curricular content has become less technical and more scientific in approach.

In the early 1950's, faculty and graduate student research activities were greatly expanded as a result of cooperation of the Institute of ENGINEERING RESEARCH. In 1957, plans were made to modernize the laboratories and other facilities to accommodate these activities and the increased graduate enrollment. These plans materialized into an alteration and rehabilitation program for the Hearst Mining Building and the construction of specialized laboratories for geophysics, geochemistry, geological engineering, electron microscopy, x-ray diffraction, mass spectrography, and other activities related to mineral technology.

In 1960, the Department of Mineral Technology, in cooperation with the chemistry department and sponsored by the Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, formed the INORGANIC MATERIALS RESEARCH LABORATORY. A new laboratory building in Strawberry Canyon was completed and occupied in the spring of 1965. Other research activities of the department have been in space science, marine mining, and the Mohole project.--JAMES T. MOYNIHAN, JR.

Molecular Biology

The history of the Department of Molecular Biology begins with the earlier establishment of two other departments: biochemistry and virology. In 1948, Wendell M. Stanley came to Berkeley from the Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research to organize and to be director of a new research organization, the VIRUS LABORATORY. He and two associates, C. Arthur Knight and Howard K. Schachman, were at the same time appointed to faculty positions in the existing Department of Biochemistry, a department closely affiliated with the medical school in San Francisco (although located on the Berkeley campus). Stanley assumed the additional task of recruiting staff for a new Department of Biochemistry to be attached to the College of Letters and Science. In 1952, this department, as well as the Virus Laboratory, moved from its temporary quarters in the Forestry Building into a new Biochemistry and Virus Laboratory Building near the East Gate. Six years later, the medical school Department of Biochemistry moved to the San Francisco campus.

The Department of Virology was established July 1, 1958, in recognition of the prominent role that graduate and postdoctorate training had assumed in the activities of the Virus Laboratory staff. This department was housed in the Biochemistry and Virus Laboratory Building. The staff, under the chairmanship of Stanley, organized a course of study and research leading to the master of arts and the doctor of philosophy degrees in virology. The department emphasized in its teaching and research the biochemical, biophysical, and biological aspects of animal plant, and bacterial viruses. It was the first Department of Virology in a major university.

In April, 1962, Chancellor Edward W. Strong appointed a committee to "plan a department of instruction and research concerned with relating biology and the physical sciences." Although this objective generally described the traditional approach of the Department of Virology and the Virus Laboratory, the program proposed by the chancellor was broader in scope and its acceptance culminated in the creation of a Department of Molecular Biology. Its initial staff numbered 16: all ten members of the Department of Virology, with the other six drawn in full- or part-time from the Departments of Bacteriology, Chemistry, and Physics. Among the members of the new department were three Nobel Prize winners and five members of the National Academy of Sciences. Formal operations under the chairmanship of Robley C. Williams started in July, 1964; at the same time the Department of Virology was disestablished. In the fall of 1964, the Department of Biochemistry moved into a new building and the former Biochemistry and Virus Laboratory Building became the Molecular Biology and Virus Laboratory Building. In 1965, the department offered three undergraduate courses and eight graduate courses, and the enrollment of graduate students working for advanced degrees was 46.

The nature of molecular biology, requiring a substantial background in biology, chemistry, physics, and mathematics, makes it a proper field of study at the graduate level, but does not preclude its eventual enlargement into an undergraduate major program as well. The teaching and research staffs of the department and the Virus Laboratory (some with joint appointments) are working in diverse areas of molecular biology ranging from the origins of life on earth to the mechanisms of growth and development, the reproduction of viruses, the genetic code, and the nature of cancer.--C. A. KNIGHT

Music

The music department at Berkeley, one of the oldest in the United States, was founded in 1905 by an act of the legislature, which appropriated $6,000 "to provide for two years (sic!) the salary of a Professor of Music." The establishment of a formal department resulted from musical interest already existing on the campus. A contemporary account (1906) mentions the symphony concerts at Berkeley with 10,000 people attending "the Wagner Concert."

At first, the only member of the was John Frederick Wolle, who conducted a professional orchestra for University concerts and taught harmony, counterpoint, choral music, and orchestral music. Charles L. Seeger, Jr., who succeeded Wolle (1912-19), amplified the curriculum to include (among other courses) composition, orchestration, introduction to musicology (1916; probably the first "musicology" course in the United States), and music appreciation. The last mentioned was given by Edward G. Stricklen (d. 1950), who joined the faculty in 1913 and later served as chairman (1919-29; 1931-37). During the 1920's two other notable teachers joined the staff: Glen Haydon (chairman, 1929-31) and Modeste Alloo, (1923-34), who brought the University orchestra to a high point of achievement.

During the 1930's some of the senior members of the present faculty joined the department (Charles Cushing, Marjorie Petray, Edward Lawton, David Boyden) and the long and productive tenure of Albert Elkus as chairman began (1937-51; d. 1962). The main divisions of the curriculum, discernible under Seeger, were clarified and systematized along these lines: 1) ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and composition; 2) performing groups such as chorus and orchestra (individual instruction in instruments or the voice has never been a part of the department's curriculum); 3) the history and literature of music; and 4) courses in musical literature for the non-music major. The faculty was strengthened by new and notable appointments (Randall Thompson, Arthur Bliss, Manfred F. Bukofzer, Roger Sessions, William D. Denny, Ernest Bloch, Winifred B. Howe, the Griller Quartet), one effect being a marked increase and upgrading of graduate instruction in historical research and composition. The department began to offer the Ph.D. in musicology (1942) and more and more graduate students sought the M.A., offered at least since 1921 either in composition or the history of music.

The early 1950's were difficult times with the retirement of Elkus, the resignation of Sessions (1953), and the tragic death of Bukofzer (1955). However, the scope and activity of the department expanded after 1951 under the successive chairmanships of Joaquin Nin-Culmell (1951-54), Bukofzer (1954-55), Boyden (1955-61), and Joseph Kerman (1961-64). The number of courses for the non-music major was augmented. This expansion and some additions to the performing organizations (e.g., chamber band, collegium musicum) were important factors in raising the total enrollments of the department by 60 per cent between 1954 and 1964. During these years, too, the faculty strengthened the teacher training program and reorganized the graduate programs in

---

composition and research to meet the needs of increasing numbers (53 graduate students, fall 1964). The size and excellence of the music library in both teaching and research areas continued to grow under the guidance of librarian Vincent Duckles.

This increased activity could scarcely have occurred without an enlarged faculty and a new music building. From ten regular members in 1950, the faculty increased to 17 in 1964 (appointments since 1950: Andrew W. Imbrie, Edgar H. Sparks, Kerman, Seymour J. Shifrin, Duckles, Arnold Elston, Edward E. Lowinsky, Lawrence H. Moe, Daniel Heartz, Alan S. Curtis, David B. Lewin, Michael C. Senturia, Richard L. Crocker). The opening of Hertz Hall and Morrison Hall in 1958 gave the department a permanent home (after 50 years of migration), comprising a concert hall, office space, practice facilities, and proper housing for classes and the music library. A whole new vista of music was opened by the installation of the O'Neill organ in Hertz Hall (Lawrence Moe, University organist, 1957; chairman, 1964-). Hertz Hall also became the home of the weekly noon concerts (begun, 1953), many of which are given by students. The music buildings have also become a visible and tangible symbol of the department to students and faculty.

Over the years the music department has contributed to the local scene and far beyond. Graduates of the department go forth as future teachers, composers, scholars, librarians, and performers, among others; and the faculty includes scholars, composers, and performers of national and international reputation.--DAVID D. BOYDEN

Naval Architecture

In his first report to the Governor (Nov. 1, 1900), President Benjamin Ide Wheeler wrote that among the most pressing needs of the University was "...a school of Naval Architecture and Engineering. The eminent position which shipbuilding has taken here by San Francisco Bay makes it incumbent upon the University to furnish the best instruction in what has now come to be a characteristic California art...."

There is no record of action on this recommendation until 1918-19, when a program in naval architecture became a formal part of the curriculum. From that time to the present, undergraduate courses in naval architecture have been offered. Until the formation of a separate department in 1958, these courses formed one of the options in the former Division of Mechanical Engineering.

Except during the expansion of a training program during World War II, the number of students taking the undergraduate courses was usually small, reflecting depressed conditions in the American shipbuilding industry. Even today only three American institutions besides the University offer accredited degree programs in naval architecture: University of Michigan, Massachusetts Institute of Technology and Webb Institute.

Perhaps because of the small number of educational sources of naval architects, the Navy Department in 1950 began to encourage an expansion of this field at Berkeley, first by gifts of important experimental equipment and later by establishing financial support in the form of research contracts. In 1953, the Regents approved a full professorship in naval architecture; earlier courses had usually been taught by individuals with mechanical engineering titles.

Beginning about 1956, questions began to arise about the direction which education in the expanding field should take, and a departmental committee was formed to study the matter. Among the recommendations of the committee were: a) that a separate Department of Naval Architecture should be established, and b) that only graduate degree programs in the field should be offered.

The latter recommendation was a significant innovation in naval architecture education in this country. The old, established departments at Michigan, M.I.T. and Webb were largely undergraduate departments, with the strong professional flavor which had long been characteristic of education in this field in America and abroad. The plan at Berkeley emphasized a program of scientifically oriented education at the graduate level with less purely professional content. It was aimed at providing opportunities for engineers and scientists specializing in the expanding technologies of aero-space and hydro-space, which are peripheral to naval architecture, as well as those intending to practice directly in it.

The Engineers Council for Professional Development accredited the master's degree program in 1959, the first such accreditation in this country. The department has three tenure faculty members, two with naval architecture titles, one with the engineering science title. The number of graduate students in the department has grown to between 25 and 30 since it was established; the Department of Commerce (Maritime Administration) and the Navy Department have augmented the number by sponsoring engineers and scientists in their employment as graduate students.

Specialized experimental research facilities began with the establishment of the College Avenue towing tank in 1937, where hundreds of ship models were tested for west coast industry; for many years it was the only such facility west of Michigan. It was replaced in 1955 by a larger and more modern tank at the RICHMOND FIELD STATION. Static and dynamic ship structural testing facilities were added beginning in 1960, to form the present NAVAL ARCHITECTURE LABORATORY.--H. A. SCHADE

Naval Science

In 1925, the Congress passed a Navy Omnibus Bill authorizing the establishment of a Naval Reserve Officers Training Corps. The Bureau of Navigation of the Department of the Navy immediately began negotiations to establish units at several of the leading universities throughout the country, including the University of California. In August of 1926, University officials and the bureau completed final arrangements and on August 20, the first NROTC unit in the country was established on the Berkeley campus. Commander (later Fleet Admiral) Chester W. Nimitz was sent to the University as professor of naval science with the responsibility of organizing the unit. Enrollment was limited to 200 students and offices and classes were combined in North Hall. Navy instructors taught seamanship and ordnance, and University instructors were utilized to teach navigational astronomy and marine engineering. Midshipmen were sent on summer cruises and also were allowed to take short trips with various naval units at San Francisco or Mare Island.

During the 1930's, the unit expanded both its curriculum and student enrollment. In 1930, instruction was begun leading to a commission in the supply corps reserve, and in 1932, instruction was begun leading to a commission in the Marine Corps Reserve. In 1933, the unit moved its offices from North Hall to Harmon Gymnasium. Throughout the 1930's various enrollment increases were authorized by the Department of the Navy, and by 1940, the unit totaled 300 midshipmen.

The greatest changes in the unit, however, occurred during and after World War II. During the war the unit served as a base for an expanded V-12 program at the University, and occupied International House in addition to offices in Harmon Gymnasium. In 1945, the V-12 program was terminated and enrollment was limited to 100 entering freshmen. In 1946, the Holloway Program, providing for federal scholarships to select midshipmen, was instituted at Berkeley and for the first time led to a commission in the regular Navy. Two years later, Callaghan Hall was constructed to serve as a naval armory and training center in order to provide midshipmen with more intensive practical instruction in navigation and ordnance equipment. In 1963, the NROTC unit consolidated all of its offices and classrooms by moving from Harmon Gymnasium to Callaghan Hall.

Since the war, emphasis on instruction has changed from the original concept of training reserve officers available for active duty only in national emergency, to providing the Navy with regular career officers. Recent curriculum changes include requirements in psychology, leadership training, mathematics and physics, in addition to the professional courses in ordnance, navigation and marine engineering.

Recently the Regents designated a commons room in Callaghan Hall in honor of Fleet Admiral Nimitz. The developmental plans combine library and study facilities and provide the midshipmen with an inspirational meeting place for social and organizational functions.--J. DUNHAM REILLY, CAPTAIN, USN

---

Near Eastern Languages

Near Eastern studies began at Berkeley with the establishment of the Department of Semitic Languages in 1894. Coming so soon after the founding of the University, this was an added indication of the desire of the founders of the new institution to emulate the great universities of the Eastern seaboard where Hebrew and its "allied tongues" had been, together with Greek and Latin, part of the core of a liberal education in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries.

Reverend Jacob Voorsanger of San Francisco offered his services to the University, without compensation, and was appointed professor of Semitic languages and literatures. Later, a second member was added to the staff with the appointment of Max Margolis as assistant professor in 1897. The first budgetary allotment to the department was made in 1898 with the promotion of Margolis as associate professor and his inclusion on the salary roll.

Enrollment in the department grew with the doubling of the staff and a proliferation of courses. To Elements of Hebrew were added courses in various periods and types of Hebrew and the "allied tongues," such as Arabic, Aramaic, Ethiopic, and Syriac, were soon a part of the curriculum. Annual statistics of enrollment, which showed a growth from 11 students in 1894-95 to 114 in 1902-03, fluctuated greatly during the early years when two professors and sometimes an assistant made up the full complement of the department. Lecture courses on the Old Testament or on the ancient Near East accounted for the bulk of the enrollment while language courses generally included fewer than ten students on the elementary level and dwindled to a single student on the advanced level. Few students continued their studies on the graduate level--to some extent because the field did not offer many professional opportunities at that time. Only one Ph.D. degree (1905) and three M.A. degrees were granted before 1950.

The department remained more or less the same through the first half of the twentieth century. During much of that period the staff consisted of William Popper, who succeeded Margolis in 1905 and retired in 1944, and Henry L. F. Lutz, who joined Popper in 1920 and retired in 1953. Work in the whole range of languages, literatures, and cultures of the ancient, medieval, and modern Near East was divided between these two men.

Under the chairmanship of Walter J. Fischel, who succeeded Popper in 1944, the name of the department was changed to Near Eastern languages, reflecting the growing interest in cultures, such as Iranian and Turkish, not covered by the previous name. In 1956, the greatest steps forward were taken with the appointment of several young scholars to the staff and the addition of South Asian languages, the modern languages of the Indian sub-continent, to the departmental roster. Since that year, there has been steady growth: in staff, to a present total of 20 full-time members; in general student enrollment, from 229 in 1956-57 to 819 in 1964-65; and in graduate students, with one Ph.D. and 16 M.A. degrees completed since 1950.

One aspect of the national trend in the study of non-western culture was the rise of area studies. In 1956, the University's Department of Political Science appointed a specialist in Near Eastern government and politics and area specialists have been appointed in other fields. This development led, in 1962, to the creation of a Committee for MIDDLE EASTERN STUDIES in the Institute of International Studies, to coordinate the Near Eastern offerings in departments outside the language department.

The large and growing library collections owe their origin to the early efforts of Voorsanger, whose congregation, Temple Emanuel, gave the first funds for the purchase of books on Hebrew and the Bible. The University's Egyptological and Assyriological collections housed in the Lowie Museum of Anthropology go back to expeditions sponsored by benefactors of the University in the early years of the century.--WILLIAM M. BRINNER

Nuclear Engineering

Graduate studies in the field of applications of nuclear energy had their inception on the Berkeley campus in the fall of 1955 when the first M.S. program in nuclear engineering was offered by the Division of Mechanical Engineering. This program was developed largely as a result of the foresight and effort of Professors Edward Teller, Richard A. Fayram, and Nathan W. Snyder and reflected conclusions on curriculum arising from discussions at the 1954 Berkeley Conference on Nuclear Engineering. Initially, the program consisted of 26 units of prescribed work in nuclear reactor theory, mathematics, materials science, fluid mechanics, heat transfer, and applied thermodynamics.

There were seven students in the first group at Berkeley, six of whom received their M.S. degrees in June, 1956. The program underwent steady growth, with 14 students receiving the M.S. degree in June, 1957 and 23 in June, 1958. Course work beyond the M.S. level was initiated in 1956, and the program became more formalized with the appointment of Mills as professor and vice-chairman of mechanical engineering for nuclear engineering. The tragic accidental death of Mills in the spring of 1958 was very keenly felt by the staff, occurring as nuclear engineering was about to be elevated to department status.

In the fall of 1958, Professor Lawrence M. Grossman, who had joined the group in 1957, was appointed acting chairman of the Department of Nuclear Engineering. Thomas H. Pigford joined the staff as professor and chairman in the fall of 1959.

Under Pigford's chairmanship, the faculty was greatly augmented, Ph.D. programs expanded, and laboratory space and experimental facilities increased. The student enrollment rose rapidly to its present level of approximately 95 graduate students.

The students in the department are drawn from many different undergraduate majors, including the various branches of engineering, engineering science, physics, and chemistry. A flexible course schedule and a rigorous set of examinations have been established for the Ph.D. program. Since 1958, the department has awarded 19 Ph.D. degrees. The recipients of these degrees have gone on to positions in branches of the nuclear industry or government laboratories. Others have entered the academic field. A significant proportion of the students in nuclear engineering are from European countries and the Middle and Far East. Most of these have returned home to their own countries to aid in the development of national or industrial programs in the applications of nuclear energy.

The department has received a number of research contracts and equipment grants to support graduate student research and laboratory courses. Two Atomic Energy Commission (AEC) equipment grants have been used for the purpose of equipping graduate student laboratory courses. The AEC has also provided research funds for studies in nuclear fuels and materials, thermionic energy conversion, and transient heat transfer with phase change. A National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) grant for the study of ion erosion of surfaces has led to work related to the ion propulsion program. Experimental work in pulsed neutron techniques and radiation detection devices is also being carried out. In addition, theoretical studies in nuclear reactor theory, neutron transport problems, magnetohydrodynamics, and two-phase fluid flow are in progress. A close relationship has been established with the LAWRENCE RADIATION LABORATORY both at Berkeley and at Livermore, and several thesis projects have been completed in collaboration with that organization.

Perhaps the most significant development under Pigford's chairmanship was the staff's preparation of a proposal and safety analysis for the construction of a new one-megawatt research reactor. This project was funded in 1963 by the National Science Foundation and the reactor is now under construction. The reactor is housed in a new building on the campus, Etcheverry Hall, part of which was especially designed to accommodate the new facility. The department's laboratories and offices were moved to the new building in January, 1965. In July, 1964, Professor Hans Mark was appointed department chairman.--LAWRENCE M. GROSSMAN

Nutritional Sciences

The home economics movement at Berkeley began with a series of lectures by Ellen S. Richards of Massachusetts Institute of Technology in the summer of 1909. The early proponents of interest in this field of education were chiefly Jessica B. Peixotto, professor of social economics, Miss Lucy Ward Stebbins, assistant professor of

---

social economy and dean of women, and President Benjamin Ide Wheeler. A committee was appointed about 1911 to study offerings in this field. The first new appointee (1912) was Miss Ida Secrist, who was in the field of textiles and was called lecturer in domestic art. In 1914, President Wheeler appointed Mary F. Patterson assistant professor of domestic art. In 1915, Agnes Fay Morgan, who had just received the Ph.D. degree in chemistry from the University of Chicago, was appointed assistant professor of nutrition in the Division of Nutrition of the College of Agriculture. This division continued in existence until 1925, but the nutrition and dietetics courses were incorporated into the new Department of Home Economics in the College of Letters and Science in 1916.

By 1916, some agitation for training home economics teachers had sprung up among California high school principals and teachers. In the spring of 1916, President Wheeler acceded to the demand by establishing a Department of Home Economics, chaired by Mary Patterson. In six weeks, a two-story, shingled redwood building called the Home Economics Building was constructed at the northeast corner of the campus on a site now occupied by the Engineering Materials Laboratory.

By 1918, the home economics department was split into two divisions, household art and household science, administered respectively by Mary Patterson and Agnes Fay Morgan. These shortly became departments in the College of Letters and Science, each offering a major for the A.B. degree. By 1917, four master's degrees in household science had been granted.

Each department had only two or three faculty members, but nevertheless offered courses in supervision of practice teaching and methods of teaching home economics, as well as graduate seminars. By 1922, animal rooms had been built into the basement of the building and research on vitamin and proteins was underway. The first Ph.D. degrees in nutrition were awarded in 1930 and 1932 and new courses were added in both so that interior design, home consumer economics, and, by 1935, institution management and training in hospital dietetics were offered.

In 1930, household science moved to the new Life Sciences Building, household art to a temporary building on the south side of the campus, and the old Home Economics Building was razed. In 1938, the Department of Household Science entered the College of Agriculture and was renamed home economics. Most of the household art offerings and faculty did not join this movement but remained in the College of Letters and Science, forming the basis for the present Department of Design. All the textiles, clothing design, and construction courses entered the new Department of Home Economics.

Hospital dietitian's intern training in cooperation with the University of California Hospital in San Francisco was started in 1935 under the leadership of Helen L. Gillum. Nearly 200 dietitians finished this course. Twenty-three of these have gone on to graduate study, 21 to earn the M.S. degree and two the Ph.D. degree in nutrition.

Graduate study and research in nutrition were organized in 1930 under a graduate group in animal nutrition, with Carl L. A. Schmidt, chairman, composed of some 40 faculty members from several departments in Berkeley, Davis, and San Francisco. In 1946, Agnes Fay Morgan became chairman and in 1949, the name of the group changed to "nutrition." Thirty-five Ph.D. degrees in nutrition were awarded between 1931 and 1962 to graduate students working in the department. In addition, more than 133 master's degrees were earned in this subject. Nearly 300 scientific publications were the outcome of this activity of staff and students.

In 1954, Agnes Fay Morgan retired and Jessie V. Coles became chairman of the department. In the same year, the department moved into Agnes Fay Morgan Hall, constructed especially to house it. In 1956, the department's name was again changed to the Department of Nutrition and Home Economics. Ruth Okey took over the chairmanship and held it until 1960, when George M. Briggs was named to that position. In 1961, the Berkeley Department of Food Science and Technology, including the marine food science laboratory of the Institute of MARINE RESOURCES, joined the department, which added considerable strength in food chemistry and biochemistry. In June of 1962, the last of the general home economics major students were graduated and thereafter the name of the department became nutritional sciences.--AGNES FAY MORGAN

Optometry

See BERKELEY CAMPUS, Colleges and Schools, School of Optometry.

Oriental Languages

The first 30 years of the existence of the department (founded in 1896) represent essentially a story of the Agassiz Professorship of Oriental Languages and Literature, a chair endowed in 1872 by the forethought of Edward Tompkins, one of the University's founding fathers. Throughout the period, the three successive holders of the chair, John Fryer (1896-1914), Alfred Forke (1914-17), and Edward T. William (1918-27), directed, as sole professors, a curriculum of instruction in modern and classical Chinese with the help of temporary assistants.

A significant exception among the latter was the appointment of Yoshi Kuno, an alumnus of the University, who, beginning in 1901 and continuing until his retirement as assistant professor in 1935, developed a parallel curriculum in Japanese, thus laying the foundations of the University's distinction in both Chinese and Japanese studies.

The Oriental aspects of various humanistic and social science disciplines were then scantily represented on the campus. Therefore the three Agassiz professors felt obliged to offer a variety of popular courses on the history, commerce, diplomatic relations, foreign interests, and beliefs of the Orient. This burden on their time doubtless affected the fuller development of purely philological and literary studies.

The Agassiz professorship remained unfilled in the interval from 1927 to 1935, and the department entered into a period of reorganization designed to enforce standards of teaching and research commensurate with those prevailing in well-established fields of comparable academic endeavor. Under the guidance of Professor William Popper, the reorganization was successfully completed (1932-35), shaping the distinctive contours of the department's corporate personality of the present generation.

In 1935, Ferdinand D. Lessing became the fourth Agassiz professor. An expansion of offerings followed; courses in Manchu, Mongolian, and Tibetan were inaugurated, graduate studies enlarged, and the junior personnel stabilized. The coming of World War II found the staff well prepared to participate in a signal way in intensive language programs necessitated by the national effort.

The efficient Boulder Navy School (organized in Berkeley by three members of the department's Japanese staff), and the then unique offerings in Annamese (Vietnamese), Thai, and Mongolian conducted on the campus deserve mention.

Following the war, the staff played a not insignificant role in fostering University policies toward a broader coverage of Oriental subjects in other disciplines. The department's faculty was greatly enlarged and now numbers 12 full-time members, each a specialist in some field of Oriental philology. Korean and Indonesian curricula were successfully developed. The department proved receptive to the incorporation in its work of modern trends in linguistics without prejudice to its established philological and literary principles, methods, and ideals. In 1952, the linguist Yuen R. Chao became the fifth Agassiz professor.

The research work of the department was enhanced in 1947 by the expansion of its departmental collection into the East Asiatic Library with a scholarly and efficient staff.

Since 1932, graduate students have generally outnumbered undergraduate majors. The department has awarded 22 Ph.D. and 37 M.A. degrees; most of the recipients have pursued academic careers.--PETER A. BOODBERG

Paleontology

The beginnings of instruction in Paleontology are to be found in courses given in the 1870's and later by the extraordinarily versatile professor Joseph LeConte. LeConte taught geology and comparative anatomy in those early years, to say nothing of botany, French, and chemistry. He also found time to investigate and write prolifically on many subjects, particularly fundamental structural geology. His textbook, Elementary Geology, was widely used. It was this book that attracted the brilliant young scholar, John Campbell Merriam, to

---

the University as a graduate student in the late 1880's.

Merriam eventually went to Munich and received his doctorate there in 1893 under the renowned paleontologist Karl Alfred von Zittel. Merriam returned to the University the next year as an instructor in paleontology under LeConte. His research covered the invertebrates as well as the vertebrates. He increased the number of courses in paleontology to eight in 1897-98, and he developed the widely attended lower division general course which is still being offered.

Merriam's research and field program were generously aided by one of his former students, Miss Annie M. Alexander. Her support made possible extensive collections that eventually became a large part of the Museum of PALEONTOLOGY. Her early interest stimulated the creation, under Merriam, of a separate Department of Paleontology, which was split away from geology in 1909.

Merriam had previously been giving courses in the Departments of Geology and Zoology. He wished to consolidate his interests in one department, and to effectively provide for the training of students in all branches of paleontology. The new department was planned to offer courses that could not easily be merged into either zoology or geology. A broader training program leading to graduate instruction was developed. Field work was more readily planned and executed under the new setup.

The department remained under Merriam's leadership for nearly ten years. When he left to take the presidency of the Carnegie Institution of Washington, Bruce L. Clark took over as chairman. Clark decided to merge the department with geology, and this arrangement was continued for six years. In 1927, under William D. Matthew, the department again gained independent status. Matthew's early training had been in geology, nevertheless he realized the importance of a biological background in the training of students.

Charles L. Camp, who came in 1922, gave courses on the lower vertebrates, comparative myology, comparative osteology, and, later, the elementary course. His research dealt with Mesozoic reptiles and he collected in North America, South Africa, China, and Australia. He directed the University's South African expedition in 1947-48. He was director of the Museum of Paleontology from 1931 to 1950, and chairman of the department from 1940 to 1950.

Professor Bruce L. Clark began instruction in micropaleontology in 1928 and this subject has been broadly expanded, with a separate laboratory, since that time.

Instruction in paleobotany, begun in 1931 under Ralph W. Chaney, has also become a permanent feature.

Miss Alexander provided an endowment for the Museum of Paleontology in 1921. This institution was given independent status in 1931 as a center for research and the preservation of collections.

All members of the departmental staff actively engage in research, using the materials in the museum. Museum specimens are constantly available for classroom instruction. A series of teaching exhibits have been placed in the Earth Sciences Building, in which the museum and department have their quarters. These are available to the public.--C. L. CAMP

Philosophy

The Department of Philosophy was established in the year 1884-85 with the appointment of George Holmes Howison as Mills Professor of Intellectual and Moral Philosophy and Civil Polity. He occupied the University's first endowed chair, which was provided by a bequest munificent for that day, of Darius Ogden Mills, a pioneer California banker. When Howison came to Berkeley from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology he was already a man of considerable eminence, and he lent distinction to the new department from the time of its origin. There was no formal work in philosophy at Berkeley previous to this appointment. Mention should be made, however, of the presence in the English department of young Josiah Royce, who taught composition from 1878-1882 on the basis of his own text in logic. Royce was the first of several Berkeley philosophers who were drawn away to Harvard. After Howison, the Mills chair was occupied by visiting appointees for some years, then successively from 1932 to the present, by permanent appointees: Professors George P. Adams, Stephen C. Pepper, William R. Dennes, and Edward W. Strong.

The history of the Berkeley philosophy department falls into three distinct periods. The first, from 1884 to the end of the first world war, can perhaps be called the Howison period. Howison gave the department an Hegelian idealistic bent. With a strong, outgoing, almost missionary personality, he made philosophy a factor not only in the University but in the surrounding community as well. He organized a society for the discussion of philosophical questions which he called the Philosophical Union and which included ministers and laymen as well as faculty. The best-known philosophers of England and America came to speak before it--Ward, McTaggart, Rashdall, James, Royce, and Dewey. Here in 1898, William James presented his theory of pragmatism for the first time. In 1891, psychologist George M. Stratton became the second member of the department and was responsible for the early development of his subject in Berkeley. By 1920-21, there were nine members in the department, four in psychology and five in philosophy. The latter were George P. Adams, Clarence I. Lewis, Jacob Loewenberg, Stephen C. Pepper, and Charles H. Rieber. Howison had died in 1916. Lewis left for Harvard in 1921, and in 1922, Rieber moved to the Los Angeles campus. In the same year, psychology became a separate department.

The second period can be called one of critical philosophy. The younger members who were added during this time were David Wight Prall, who came in 1922 and went to Harvard some ten years later, William R. Dennes, Paul Marhenke, Donald S. Mackay, and Edward W. Strong. These men, together with Professors Adams, Loewenberg, and Pepper, made up the department until the succeeding period, which began about 1950. During this period, the Philosophical Union was converted into a series of scholarly lectures delivered by all the philosophy staff in residence. More than 2,000 students enrolled yearly in the undergraduate courses, and the number of graduate students increased to about 80. Mackay and Marhenke, both relatively young, died in 1951 and 1952. Shortly thereafter, Adams and Loewenberg reached retirement age. Thus, within the space of a very few years more than half the old staff was lost.

This was the turning point toward the third period now in being. The department belatedly realized how understaffed it was and began to recruit new members for it greatly increased enrollment. The first of the new staff members, Karl Aschenbrenner and Benson Mates, joined the department in 1948. The following years brought other changes so that after the retirement of Dennes in 1965, only Strong remained from the second period. The new department of over 20 members includes a number of younger men chiefly interested in logic, philosophy of science, and analytical philosophy. While not unmindful of past issues, this young group has an intensely contemporary orientation which reflects a deepening of philosophic vigor in the new generation. No less vigorous have been those whose interests are in ethics, aesthetics and in historical studies. All members are active in research and publication as well as in graduate and undergraduate teaching.--STEPHEN C. PEPPER

Physical Education

"Skilled direction regarding proper exercise" was endorsed by Presidents Reid (1882-84) and Holden (in 1886). In 1888, the Board of Regents allotted $3,000 for the establishment of the Department of Physical Culture with a staff of two: a director, who conducted medical examinations and prescribed exercises, and an assistant, who supervised the exercises prescribed. With but one gymnasium, the department was organized in 1889 primarily for men, who were required to take gymnastic exercise during the freshman and sophomore years.

In 1901, Mrs. Phoebe A. Hearst donated a gymnasium for women, of whom a year's course of directed exercise was then required. The single department carried on until 1914, when separate Departments of Physical Education for Men and for Women were established. In 1933, the physical education requirement was abolished and elective courses took its place. In 1942, the two departments became two divisions, under a single department chairman.

The activity program in the early years included primarily gymnastics and drill, with

---

emphasis upon body-building and the identification and improvement of developmental physical deficiencies. With the gradually emerging recognition of the importance of total dynamic health and well-being, stress has been placed as well upon self-direction and upon opportunity for development of skills for recreation and for aesthetic expression. In 1965, students might enroll for University credit in instructional classes in some 40 different activities, including gymnastics, team and individual sports, and several forms of dance. Enrollment for 1964-65 totaled 9,779.

The department, with the cooperation and support of the Associated Students and the University administration, has given leadership to an extensive program in intramural sports. In 1964-65, tournaments were held in 28 different sports. An extension of the intramural program was established in 1963 with President Kerr's sponsorship of intercampus-intramural competition.

As an undergraduate major for the bachelor's degree, physical education has successively been a department "in which major courses may be taken" (1909), an approved group-elective or major for the A.B. degree (1914-20), an organized group-major in physical education-hygiene (1922-39), a group major in physical education (1939-60), and a departmental major (1960-). Content of the major courses has grown in breadth and depth and aims to develop an understanding of the science and art of human movement based upon anatomical, physiological, psychological, sociological, and historical foundations. Between 1910 and 1965, 1,608 bachelor's degrees (1939-60), with specialization in physical education have been awarded. The largest undergraduate enrollments were registered in the 1930's and 1940's. Approximately two-thirds of these graduates were also enrolled in the teacher-education program developed in cooperation with the School of Education and directed primarily toward service in secondary schools.

The graduate program was formally established in 1930 when the M.A. degree was authorized. The Ed.D. degree in physical education was initiated in 1951. The staff and graduate students have made continuous and substantial research contributions, extending the knowledge of human movement particularly in the physiological, psychological, sociological, and developmental aspects. Research laboratories were established in both Hearst and Harmon Gymnasiums in the 1930's. Emphasis in graduate programs has been upon basic research rather than upon professional application. One hundred and seventeen M.A. and 18 Ed.D. degrees have been earned. Nearly all of the doctoral and many of the masters graduates are engaged in college and university teaching.

The staff in 1964-65 included the equivalent of 32 full-time faculty members, seven with professional status.

Among other projects of the department may be mentioned the presentation, since 1930, of an annual student dance concert, the teaching of dance classes for the Parthenia (1916-23), training of Reconstruction Aides (precursors of physical therapists), cooperation with the Associated Students in the coaching of some intercollegiate teams (1919-), supervision of the Strawberry Canyon Recreational Area and the Haas Clubhouse (1960-), and assisting with Peace Corps training (1962-). During the Summer Sessions, the department sponsored the first Play School under the direction of C. W. and Daisy Hetherington (1913). This school was later (1914-32) conducted under the aegis of the School of Education.--PAULINE HODGSON

Physics

The Department of Physics is as old as the University. The first professor of physics, John LeConte, was the first person elected to the original faculty (November 17, 1868). From 1876 to 1881 he also served as President of the University.

The physics department occupied one lecture room and one office in North Hall until the death of John LeConte (April 29, 1891). From 1912 to 1923 it occupied all of South Hall. In 1923 LeConte Hall (dedicated to John and Joseph LeConte) was completed at a cost of $443,000. The accommodations were doubled in 1950 with the completion of an addition to LeConte Hall at a cost of $1,200,000. In 1964 the department gained another equal amount of additional space with the completion of Raymond Thayer Birge Hall, at a cost of $2,400,000.

Frederick Slate became "head" of the department on the death of John LeConte, and he retained that position until his retirement in 1918. After that the department had "chairmen": E. P. Lewis, 1918 until his death on Nov. 17, 1926; E. E. Hall, until his death on Nov. 19, 1932; Birge, until his retirement in 1955; A. C. Helmholz, 1955-1962; and B. J. Moyer, 1962 to the present.

Physics was a one-man department until 1876 when John LeConte assumed the additional duties of President and then had the assistance of a temporary instructor. The first permanent addition to the staff was Frederick Slate in 1877. He was in charge of the physics laboratory which started in 1879 in one room in South Hall and was one of the first such laboratories in America. In 1887 W. J. Raymond became the third member of the staff. He retired in 1935. Lewis was appointed in 1895 and R. S. Minor in 1903. At the end of the first half century (1918) the staff consisted of Lewis, Minor, Hall, Raymond and three instructors. In 1918 Birge became instructor. From then on the staff rapidly increased in size and distinction. At the present time there are about 60 on the teaching staff.

John LeConte was elected to the National Academy of Sciences in 1878. Birge was elected in 1932, followed by E. O. Lawrence (1934), L. W. Alvarez and E. M. McMillan (1947), E. Teller (1948), R. B. Brode (1949), N. E. Bradbury (1951), E. Segré (1952), C. Kittel (1957), O. Chamberlain (1960), and G. T. Chew (1962). The Berkeley physics department now holds ten per cent of the entire physics membership of the academy. But more importantly, E. O. Lawrence was awarded the Nobel Prize in 1939, McMillan (with G. T. Seaborg) in 1951, Segré and O. Chamberlain in 1959.

Originally every student in the University was required to take three years of physics lectures. Shortly thereafter only certain types of students needed to enroll. In 1887 the total physics enrollment was 76; in the fall of 1964 it was 4,908.

The first Ph.D. was awarded in 1903. The total number awarded by 1918 was only 12, but 74 were awarded to 1933, 400 to 1955, and about 800 to 1964. John LeConte published some 100 papers during his life. The only other active research worker prior to 1918 was E. P. Lewis, who published some 70 papers. Printed lists of departmental publications by both staff and students were not started until 1925. The total published from then to 1933 was 199, and to 1963 it was 2,379.

Prior to World War I the largest number of physics graduate students was 25. After the war the number rapidly increased, in spite of rigid selection, to over 200 in 1933 and to over 400 at present. Half of these students do their research in the LAWRENCE RADIATION Laboratory, which is technically a part of the physics department.--RAYMOND T. BIRGE

Physiology-Anatomy

The roots of the teaching of physiology and anatomy go deep in the history of the University, in the case of physiology even antedating its charter. The 1867-68 Catalogue of the College of California listed among its eight-man faculty Dr. William P. Gibbons, lecturer in physiology. The 1869-70 Prospectus of the University of California stated that physiology and hygiene were to be taught to all freshmen. The name of the instructor was not given, but it is fairly certain that the redoubtable John LeConte was responsible for the teaching of physiology during the first years of the University's existence. The 1870-71 Register listed Dr. C. F. Buckley as professor of anatomy in the Medical Department. It is clear, then, that physiology and anatomy were heavily represented as important fields of learning in this earliest period of the life of the University.

In 1873, the center of gravity of teaching in these two subjects passed to San Francisco with the incorporation of the private Toland Medical College into the University. The new San Francisco Medical Department, thereby created, included on its faculty Dr. Melancthon W. Fish as professor of physiology. It also included Dr. A. A. O'Neil as professor of anatomy. During the remainder of the nineteenth century a succession of distinguished San Francisco physicians held the chair in anatomy. On the other hand, only two men were involved in the teaching of physiology during this period. Upon the re

---

tirement of Fish in 1887, a highly significant replacement was made in the person of Dr. Arnold A. D'Ancona. D'Ancona was a strong voice on behalf of the appointment of full-time teachers to the medical faculty, and was instrumental in bringing to the University the distinguished anatomist and surgeon Dr. Joseph M. Flint as professor of anatomy in 1901. Flint, unfortunately, was apparently discouraged by the dramatic San Francisco events of 1906 and returned to the east coast the following year.

The first two years of Medical School instruction were moved to Berkeley in 1906, but anatomy fell into a decline until 1915, when Dr. Herbert M. Evans came to Berkeley from Johns Hopkins University as professor of anatomy. During the next 38 years until his retirement in 1953, Evans not only built up the anatomy department, but also in 1931 established and then directed the development of the Institute of Experimental Biology, famed for vitamin and endocrine research. The University's HORMONE RESEARCH Laboratory under the direction of Choh Hao Li is the modern descendant of the institute.

Meanwhile, physiology underwent a comparable, but separate, evolution. In 1902, D'Ancona was able to secure the appointment of Dr. Jacques Loeb, already renowned for his research on artificial parthenogenesis, as professor of physiology. A condition of Loeb's acceptance was that he be established in a research and teaching laboratory on the Berkeley campus with a joint appointment in the College of Letters and Science and the San Francisco Medical Department, so that physiology could interact with the other basic biological sciences and with chemistry and physics. Accordingly, through the generosity of Rudolph Spreckels, a suitable building was erected in 1902 and named the Spreckels Physiological Laboratory. Until Loeb left in 1910 to join the newly-formed Rockefeller Institute in New York, the laboratory attracted graduate students and distinguished scientific visitors from all over the world, and many of the traditions of the department today stem from the impact of this great man. Following the 1906 disaster, the laboratory also served as the focal point for rebuilding the two preclinical years of medical school teaching.

After the departure of Loeb, the department was caught up in a struggle for dominance between the two associate professors of physiology, Samuel S. Maxwell and T. Brailsford Robertson, both of whom, interestingly enough, had the Ph.D. degree in physiology rather than the previously more customary M.D. The issue was finally settled in 1916 with the creation of a new Department of Biochemistry and Pharmacology, with Robertson as professor of biochemistry, and Maxwell as chairman of physiology. In 1919, Dr. Robert Gesell was brought in as professor of physiology, but he left in 1922 and the chairmanship reverted to Maxwell.

The fortunes of physiology waned during the next five years, and by 1927 when Maxwell retired, the teaching staff had dwindled to three.

In 1927, James M. D. Olmsted was appointed professor of physiology, coming to Berkeley from the University of Toronto, and was given the formidable task of rebuilding the department. This he did with zest, so that by the time the department moved to its present quarters in the Life Sciences Building in 1930, a totally new faculty had been constituted.

Olmsted relinquished the chairmanship in 1953, a year before his retirement, and it passed to Dr. Leslie L. Bennett. By this time, a Regental decision had been reached to move the first year of instruction of the School of Medicine from Berkeley to the San Francisco Medical Center, and in 1958 Bennett and four other members of the physiology faculty went to San Francisco to establish a separate department leaving three faculty members behind to continue the academic teaching of physiology in Berkeley.

Meanwhile, anatomy had undergone a similar experience. In 1956, Dr. John B. deC. M. Saunders, professor of anatomy and chairman of the department since 1937, was named dean of the School of Medicine, and Dr. William O. Reinhardt became chairman. In 1958, the department was split, Reinhardt and several others moving to San Francisco to start a department there. In this case, four faculty members remained to meet the teaching needs in Berkeley.

An administrative decision was reached by the University in 1958 to combine the Berkeley anatomy and physiology segments into one department, but with two separate budgets and two co-chairmen. Accordingly, Cook was appointed co-chairman for physiology and Dr. C. Willet Asling, professor of anatomy, was named co-chairman for anatomy in a single Department of Anatomy and Physiology.

On Cook's retirement in 1964, Nello Pace, professor of physiology, was appointed chairman of the re-named Department of Physiology-Anatomy, with Asling as vice-chairman for anatomy. For the first time the department became a single budgetary entity, and at present it comprises 14 faculty members and 84 graduate students. It has the responsibility for carrying out academic teaching and research in physiology and anatomy for the Berkeley campus, and offers a broad spectrum of course work, ranging from cell physiology to human dissection, at both the undergraduate and graduate levels. Emphasis is laid upon the integrative approach to the study of the life process.--NELLO PACE

Plant Pathology

The Department of Plant Pathology was founded by Ralph Eliot Smith, who came from Massachusetts on April 1, 1903 as assistant professor of plant pathology to study asparagus rust. At first, he was supported by funds supplied by the asparagus industry and offered a course in plant diseases.

A disastrous outbreak of pear blight in 1904 resulted in a state appropriation of funds to the University in 1905 for blight control. Appropriations were also made for a plant pathology laboratory at Whittier and an experiment station at Riverside, of which Smith was in charge for six years. He not only helped to formulate this legislation but also assisted in preparing a bill passed by the legislature of 1909 appropriating $15,000 to the University for plant disease research at Berkeley.

Meanwhile, Smith was assisted on the Berkeley campus by his sister, Elizabeth H. Smith, and by Ernest B. Babcock and William T. Home. Home offered courses from 1909 to 1928 and interested many undergraduates in plant pathology. Thomas E. Rawlins started virus research in 1926 and developed a course in microtechnique. James T. Barrett transferred from Riverside in 1929, offered courses in pathology and mycology, and, on a commuter basis, the first pathology course at Davis. The graduate research course was first offered at Berkeley in 1908 and by the early 1920's, increasing emphasis was placed on graduate study. Nearly 100 Ph.D. degrees have been conferred. Emphasis is placed in teaching and research on the nature and control of plant diseases.

For research on diseases of deciduous fruits, a field laboratory was operated at San Jose, with Bert A. Rudolph in charge. In 1927, James B. Kendrick, Sr., was appointed in residence at Davis and proceeded to build up that branch of the department.

The University's agricultural extension pathologist has always been closely affiliated with the department, beginning with C. Emlen Scott in 1931.

The department sponsored two Hitchcock professors, A. H. Reginald Buller and Elvin C. Stakman. In 1953, and less than a year before Smith's death, the department celebrated its 50th anniversary with a program which initiated a series of annual state-wide conferences for pathologists. Under the authority of the National Academy of Sciences, the department organized an international symposium at Berkeley in 1964 on factors determining the behavior of plant pathogens in the soil.

As part of the agricultural experiment station, the department has carried on research aimed at the control of pathogen threatening crop production, often in response to urgent pleas from pathogen organizations Occasionally such an organization provides supplemental funds. Such research has yielded many standard procedures such as spraying for pear blight and walnut blight, use of a disinfectant paint lethal to crown gall of fruit trees, and soil fumigation for diseases of strawberries and ornamentals.

Basic research has always been emphasized and in recent years has been augmented by grants from nation-wide foundations. Significant contributions have been made to the knowledge of the etiology of bacterial diseases; of the physiology of rusts and mildews; of the nature of plant viruses and virus diseases; and of the soil-inhabiting

---

pathogenic fungi: fusarium, verticillium, rhizoctonia, and armillaria.--MAX W. GARDNER

Political Science

The Department of Political Science is, perhaps, the lengthened shadow of one man, Bernard Moses. Appointed professor of history and political economy in 1875, he became head of the Department of History and Political Science, established in 1883, playing a vital role in the development of the social sciences and in bringing about the creation of a separate Department of Political Science in 1903.

A man of extraordinary depth, breadth, and vision, Moses' influence in the early days of the department was immense. Under his leadership, the curriculum was broadened to include courses which became permanent offerings. His immediate successor in 1911, David P. Barrows, carried these beginnings forward vigorously and was followed by chairmen who, in turn, left their clearly distinguishable imprints: E. M. Sait, R. G. Gettell, P. O. Ray, F. M. Russell, Peter Odegard, Charles Aikin, Robert Scalapino, and again, Charles Aikin. Barrows placed new emphasis upon international relations and foreign governments. His introductory course, Foreign Government, attracted 600-700 students.

The expansion of American colonial responsibility was reflected in the evolving curricula. The 1915 Panama Pacific International Exposition stimulated even greater interest in international studies and interracial problems, although the real impetus came after World War I and the establishment of the League of Nations. By 1921-22, the curriculum was modified to fall into four main fields: political theory, international relations, national government , and local government and administration. In 1927-28, a seven-field structure was developed. This program persisted until 1952-53. After some ten years, the growing emphasis upon political behavior was formalized. The 1965-66 curriculum reorganization eliminated the seven groups as such; lower division requirements were increased along with greater flexibility in electing specialized upper division courses. The undergraduate honors program, inaugurated in 1957-58, was expanded.

The graduate curriculum had seen constant development since the first offering in 1904, leading to M.A. and Ph.D. degrees in political science. In 1933, an M.A. degree in international relations was offered (terminated in 1965) and in 1962-63, an M.A. degree in public administration was authorized.

Of interest is the growth in course enrollments--189 registrations in 1903 to the last count of 5,111 enrollments in the fall of 1965. Undergraduate majors increased from 288 in 1933 (earlier official figures are not available) to more than 825 in the fall of 1965. Graduate students numbering 20 in 1921 rose to a high of 375 in the 1962 fall semester.

A tabulation of courses shows four political science courses announced for 1903-04 by a faculty of two. The listings in 1965-66 carry 59 undergraduate courses and 70 graduate courses and seminars, with 44 full-time and eight part-time faculty members.

Associated interests and activities of the department began to emerge soon after its creation. Beginning with Moses and Barrows, an impressive list of members over the years has participated in public affairs at all levels--local, state, national, and international. The Bureau of INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS came into being in 1921, to be assimilated in 1955 by the Institute of INTERNATIONAL STUDIES. The Bureau of Public Administration, encouraged by Rockefeller Foundation support in 1930, evolved into the present Institute of GOVERNMENTAL STUDIES.

At the invitation of the Italian government and the American Embassy in Rome, the department undertook in 1956 a program of graduate instruction in administrative science at the University of Bologna. Other extended programs, with liberal foundation support--Ford, Rockefeller, and Falk--are: the California Legislative Internship Program; a Rotating Professorship in Governmental Affairs; an extensive research project in Political Theory and Theories on International Relations with local and overseas aspects; and a Program of Training and Research in American Government and Politics.

Faculty service to the University has been constant since the early years of the department through the cooperation of the deans and other administrative officers, committee members, conference chairmen, advisers, consultants, etc. Three buildings on campus now bear the names of distinguished department members: Moses Hall, Barrows Hall, and the Hans Kelsen Graduate Social Science Library.--ELEANOR VAN HORN, ERIC C. BELLQUIST

Poultry Husbandry

See DAVIS CAMPUS, Departments of Instruction, Poultry Husbandry.

Psychology

The embryonic period of psychology at the University lasted 34 years. The first course in the subject was given in 1888 by philosopher George Howison. Howison's student, George Malcolm Stratton, studied at Leipzig under the experimentalist Wilhelm Wundt and, in 1896, returned to Berkeley with his Ph.D. and a large array of gleaming brass instruments to establish a psychological laboratory in the Department of Philosophy. Courses in psychology were then entered in the catalogue, one being described as "settled (sic) results of modern psychology."

Among the students in these early years were Warner Brown, later department chairman in Berkeley, and Knight Dunlap, later chairman at Johns Hopkins and the Los Angeles campus. Stratton left in 1904 to start a laboratory at Johns Hopkins but returned in 1908 with Brown, who had just received his Ph.D. at Columbia. With two Ph.D.'s in the laboratory, the course listings expanded under such titles as Sensation, Perception, Emotion, Memory, and such applied topics as modern psychology for the lawyer, physician, teacher, and minister appeared. In 1915, Olga Bridgman, M.D., received her Ph.D., the first Berkeley doctorate in psychology, and immediately joined the staff to give courses on the abnormal psychology of childhood. In 1918, Edward Chace Tolman, Harvard trained, joined the department. The rats he used in his experiments in learning saturated the wall-to-wall carpets of the dignified old Philosophy Building with such smells that parturition clearly was imminent. After severe labor pains, the psychology department was born on July 1, 1922, with a faculty of four and with Professor Stratton as chairman.

As the specialized sub-fields developed, the department's faculty steadily increased to 11 members by 1940. New courses were added in clinical and in child development with the establishment of the Institute of Child Welfare in 1927; in physiological, statistical, differential, and social psychology; in perception and representative design; in industrial psychology; and in personality. The number of undergraduate students also increased steadily. Fifty-nine Ph.D.'s were granted during this 20-year period, an average of four per year just previous to World War II. The leading areas of dissertations were experimental, animal, child development, and clinical psychology.

World War II left only four teaching faculty members to carry on. Next came postwar confusion! In the first post-war year, 1946, the number of undergraduate majors doubled the previous high pre-war figures, and there was a six-fold increase in the number of graduate students. Part of the increase was due to generous graduate stipends established by federal agencies, occasioned by public clamor for care of and research upon the causes of psychiatric rejects and casualties which the war had disclosed. To the pre-war faculty of 11 (three of whom were half-time), established over three and one-half decades, 17 new members were added during the next five years.

The faculty now numbers 42 and covers a wide area of specialization. The number of undergraduate majors has risen to about 500 and each may elect any of ten areas of concentration for his major. Forty-six undergraduate courses are listed. Graduate students average around 200 in number. About 25 Ph.D.'s are granted per year, spread over a wide range of sub-fields with many more dissertations in physiological, social, and industrial psychology in the last five years. This new balance in the departmental program was facilitated by the move to a new building, Tolman Hall, in 1961, and by the establishment of three semi-autonomous groups within the faculty, each offering its own graduate program: 1) clinical, personality, developmental, and social psychology; 2) experimental and biological psychology; and 3) general psychology. Research has been aided by grants, private and governmental, and by the establishment of the Institute of PERSONALITY ASSESSMENT (1949), the campus COMPUTER CENTER (1956), the

---

Field Station for Behavioral Research (1960), the Institute of HUMAN LEARNING (1961), and the Psychology Clinic (1963).--JEAN WALKER MACFARLANE

Public Health

See BERKELEY CAMPUS, Colleges and Schools, School of Public Health.

Scandinavian

The first step toward the establishment of a Department of Scandinavian was taken in 1945, when the Regents approved an experimental curriculum in Scandinavian languages and literature for a period of three years. This curriculum was to be financed by a gift of $15,000 donated by interested Scandinavians at the initiative of the California Chapter of the American Scandinavian Foundation.

Various unsuccessful attempts to establish a chair in Scandinavian had been made as early as 1897 in the form of a petition presented to the University by local Scandinavians. But the only Scandinavian field represented at the University until 1946 was Old Norse, which had been given at intervals since 1892.

The first professor of Scandinavian was Assar Götrik Janzén, then docent at the University of Lund, Sweden, who was invited to Berkeley as a visiting professor in 1946. A department was established provisionally the same year with the title Department of Scandinavian Languages and Literature. Toward the end of the three-year trial period, President Sproul noted officially, "that the interest of the students had been considerably greater than expected," and he proposed the department be made permanent.

When the Regents accepted the budget for the fiscal year 1949-50 on July 22, 1949, the establishment of the new department became a fact and Janzén was appointed to regular status. The program during the first years comprised survey courses in Scandinavian literature in English translation, language instruction in Swedish every year, and Norwegian and Danish in alternate years. In 1950, a part-time lecturer joined the one-man teaching staff. Beginning with the fall semester of the same year, an undergraduate major program in Scandinavian was established officially. In 1952, the name of the department was changed to Department of Scandinavian.

The major program required more teachers and in 1952 an assistant professor with Norwegian as his major language joined the staff. During the following years, more students in the department and related fields expressed interest in Scandinavian instruction at the graduate level. In 1954, the department requested authorization to offer instruction leading to the master's and doctor's degrees. The University authorized the department to offer an M.A. program in Scandinavian in 1955 and a Ph.D. program in 1958, when an assistant professor with Danish as his main field joined the staff.

Since the middle of the 1950's, there has been a growing interest in Scandinavian courses. As a result of this increase, the teaching staff has grown and now includes (July, 1965) two full professors, two associate professors, three assistant professors, and several teaching assistants.

At the same time, the department program has developed in breadth and depth and covers nearly every aspect of Scandinavian linguistics and literature. The language program includes regular instruction at all levels of Danish, Norwegian, and Swedish. Instruction in Faroese and Icelandic is given upon request in special study courses. Regular instruction in Old Icelandic and Old Swedish is given at the graduate level and Old Danish and Old Norwegian are covered in special study courses. The history and development of the languages is treated in seminars and a survey of Scandinavian dialects is given in a regular graduate course.

The program in literature includes survey courses in the history of Scandinavian literature from 1300 to the present, courses in the development of the Scandinavian drama and the Scandinavian novel, and special courses in Old Norse literature, the dramas of Henrik Ibsen, and the writings of August Strindberg and Søren Kierkegaard. On the graduate level, various literary trends and epochs are studied in depth in both regular courses and seminars.--HAAKON HAMRE

Slavic Languages and Literatures

The Department of Slavic Languages and Literatures on the Berkeley campus is one of the oldest in the United States and dates from the fall of 1901, when George Rapall Noyes was appointed as instructor in English and Slavic.

In its first year, the newly created department offered first and second year courses in Russian and one course in Bohemian (Czech) and had a total enrollment of 15 students. Within two years, it also offered a course in Polish and by 1908-09, included courses in Serbo-Croatian and Old Church Slavic.

The enrollment, small enough originally, fell off during the following two years, when the department counted only five students for each year. In 1904, Noyes began offering courses in Slavic literature and other Slavic topics for students without any knowledge of a Slavic language. His course in Russian literature was listed for the first two years in the program of the English department. Only after 1905 did the Slavic department claim it.

Despite the modest enrollments, President Benjamin Ide Wheeler continued to encourage Noyes to devote his entire energies to teaching Slavic. In 1907, Noyes complied and for the next decade was the sole member of the Slavic department.

With the outbreak of World War I and later, of the two Russian Revolutions, interest in things Slavic (and especially Russian) grew. In 1917, the department had two assistants appointed to help out in its expanded program and by 1923, the department personnel comprised three academic appointments: Noyes, Alexander S. Kaun, and George Z. Patrick. Kaun was the first student in the department to receive the Ph.D. degree in Slavic.

The department was now able to offer regular courses at the undergraduate level in each of the four major Slavic languages: Russian, Polish, Czech, and Serbo-Croatian. Old Church Slavic, Historical Grammar of Russian, and an occasional course in Lithuanian were also presented, as well as courses in English dealing with the literatures of each Slavic area. This type of curriculum continued as the basic program of the department. Enrollments now reached very respectable totals: for example--970 for the year 1924-25 and 1,323 for the year 1928-29. Almost all instruction, however, was on the undergraduate level, graduate study attracting a mere handful of students. Thus, one M.A. degree in Slavic was awarded in 1931, 1932, and 1933 and none in 1934 and 1935. Toward the middle of the 1930's, however, interest in the graduate curriculum began to increase and four Ph.D. degrees were awarded in 1938-42 (Raiko Ruzic, Elizabeth Malozemoff, Jack A. Posin, and Oleg A. Maslenikov, with the latter appointed to the departmental staff in 1942). In 1934, with Samuel H. Cross of Harvard, Patrick organized the Intensive Russian Language Course, given first at Harvard (1934), then at Columbia (1935), and then at the University of California (1936-37).

During World War II, the department participated in the Army Specialized Training Program and offered courses in Russian and Serbo-Croatian, featuring the "saturation" approach to language teaching.

With the serious illness of Patrick, the retirement of Noyes (1943), and the sudden death of Kaun (1944), the department changed radically. The new scholars to join the department were Waclaw Lednicki (1944), Gleb Struve (1946), Francis J. Whitfield (1948), and Czeslaw Milosz (1960). It then expanded its program in literature and in non-Russian language offerings and also increased the class contact hours in its courses in elementary Russian. The most significant change, however, took place in the graduate program. In response to the rise in the number of graduate students, the department, with its new staff, greatly augmented its schedule of seminars in Slavic literatures and linguistics. Since World War II, the department has awarded 18 Ph.D. degrees.

In 1964-65, the catalogue listed a teaching staff of 20, exclusive of teaching assistants. During the academic year 1964-65, the department counted 1,368 students enrolled in 77 courses, including 18 undergraduate majors who received A.B. degrees in Slavic languages and literatures and 50 graduate students working toward higher degrees.--OLEG A. MASLENIKOV

Social Welfare

See BERKELEY CAMPUS, Colleges and Schools, School of Social Welfare.

Sociology

This department was established

---

in 1946 through reorganization of the existing Department of Social Institutions, which had been created in 1919 under the leadership of Frederick John Teggart.

Edward W. Strong of the Department of Philosophy was appointed chairman of the new Department of Sociology and Social Institutions and served until 1952. Among the faculty members in 1947-48 were Margaret T. Hodgen, Robert A. Nisbet, Reinhard Bendix, and Kenneth E. Bock. Bendix and Bock, appointed in 1947, and Wolfram Eberhard, appointed the following year, have been with the department continuously since their appointments. The curriculum in these years included courses in social theory, historical aspects of society, contemporary institutions, and social processes.

Brought from the University of Chicago in 1952 to serve as chairman, Herbert Blumer did much to strengthen the department before resigning as chairman in 1958. During this period, Blumer and Kingsley Davis each had been elected president of the American Sociological Society; Davis, Charles Y. Glock, William Kornhauser, Seymour Martin Lipset, and Leo Lowenthal had been chosen fellows of the Center for Advanced Study in the Behavioral Sciences; the number of undergraduate majors had increased from 34 in the fall of 1952 to 84 in the spring of 1958; and the number of graduate students had increased from 69 to approximately 135.

The department, renamed Department of Sociology in 1961, has continued to hold distinguished place under the chairmanships of Bendix, Davis, and Philip Selznick. The American Sociological Association's MacIver Award, given for a publication that has made an outstanding contribution to the progress of sociology, has been awarded three times to department members (Bendix, Lipset, and Erving Goffmann). Selznick, Lipset, and Davis have been elected to membership in the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, and (in addition to those mentioned above) Selznick, Harold L. Wilensky, and Martin A. Trow have been chosen fellows of the Center for Advanced Study in the Behavioral Sciences. Blumer has been vice-president of the International Sociological Association, and Neil J. Smelser served as editor of the American Sociological Review. Faculty members who have directed research organizations include: Blumer, Institute of SOCIAL SCIENCES; John A. Clausen, Institute of HUMAN DEVELOPMENT; Lipset, Institute of INTERNATIONAL STUDIES; Glock, SURVEY RESEARCH Center; Selznick, Center for the Study of LAW AND SOCIETY; Davis, International Population and Urban Research, H. Franz Schurmann, Center for CHINESE STUDIES. Faculty members have also participated in the work of the Institute of INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS and the Center for the Study of HIGHER EDUCATION.

An energetic Graduate Sociology Club has published the Berkeley Journal of Sociology annually since 1955. This student-edited professional journal is perhaps unique in being devoted primarily to the contributions of graduate students.

The department now numbers 30 faculty members, 250 undergraduate majors, 195 graduate students. The curriculum encompasses courses in such broad fields as social change, demography, social psychology, social theory, methodology, institutions, sociology of culture, deviance, political and industrial sociology.--MARILYN MACGREGOR

Soils and Plant Nutrition

Instruction in soil science was initiated at Berkeley in 1874 by Eugene W. Hilgard, who was a pioneer investigator in the subject and the first director of the California Agricultural Experiment Station. In 1877, instruction was available in soil chemistry, soil physics, and in the genesis and classification of soils. By 1913, the subject had occupied the major attention of three divisions: agricultural chemistry (John S. Burd), soil chemistry and bacteriology (Charles B. Lipman), and soil technology (Charles F. Shaw).

The Division of Soil Technology gave primary emphasis to soil survey and morphology, but gradually expanded its scope to include soil physics and soil chemistry and in 1951 became the Department of Soils. The Department of Plant Nutrition originated in 1922, with Dennis R. Hoagland as chairman, by combining the Division of Agricultural Chemistry with the Division of Soil Chemistry and Bacteriology. In 1955, the Department of Plant Nutrition merged with the Department of Soils, forming a two-campus Department of Soils and Plant Nutrition (Berkeley and Davis sections). The two sections became autonomous in 1964 with the appointment of separate chairmen.

In 1912, only a small number of courses were available in the subject and there were few students. Nevertheless, it was during that year that Walter P. Kelley received the first Ph.D. degree in soil science under the supervision of Hilgard. Several additional Ph.D. degrees had been awarded before the first undergraduate curriculum was instituted in 1935. In that year, 12 undergraduate and two graduate courses were offered. The number increased in 1950 to 17 undergraduate and four graduate courses and in 1965 to 19 undergraduate and ten graduate courses. The 13 resident faculty members listed in 1945 had increased to 16 by 1955 and had decreased again to 13 by 1965 (nine professorial titles and four lecturers).

The primary teaching role of the department has been to develop well-trained technicians and scientists at B.S., M.S., and Ph.D. degree levels in the subject area. However, service to other departments has played an important part in the development of the teaching program. Thus, students of forestry, landscape architecture, and civil engineering have been able to supplement their programs through courses in soils and plant nutrition.

Approximately 300 B.S. degrees have been awarded in the subject since 1910. Of that number, 81 were awarded in 1938-42, and 71 in 1948-52, the first peak having been stimulated by the national soil conservation program, and the second by the influx of veterans after World War II. During 1945-65, approximately 25 graduate students per year majored in soil science, and approximately five graduate students per year received their supervision in soils and plant nutrition while majoring in plant physiology.

The research program of the department has emphasized the discovery and functions of elements essential for plant growth, the physical chemistry of soils, soil genesis and cartography, and soil physics. In recent years, additional emphasis has been placed on soil mineralogy and soil biochemistry. The departmental research program is closely integrated with that of the California Agriculture Experiment Station.--PAUL R. DAY

Spanish and Portuguese

In 1870, the Department of Modern Languages, under Paul Pioda, offered courses in French, German, Spanish, and Italian. Manuel Corella was appointed instructor in Spanish in 1872; his place was taken, in 1874, by Carlos F. Gompertz, who taught until 1881. In 1887, Félicien V. Paget was appointed to the staff and taught French, Spanish and Italian. The department was split into two parts in 1893: German and Romance. Paget had charge of the latter until his death in 1903, when he was succeeded by Samuel A. Chambers (French and Italian). In 1900, the department title was changed to Department of Romanic Languages.

It was in 1910 that the modern history of the Spanish department began. President Benjamin Ide Wheeler brought Rudolph Schevill from Yale, made him chairman of the Department of Romanic Languages and gave him a free hand in building up the library and staff; he was provided with funds for the purchase of books and periodicals. Percival B. Fay (French) and Sylvanus G. Morley (Spanish) joined the staff in 1914 and remained throughout their careers. Ramón Jaén came in 1917, but died after only two years of service. Erasmo Buceta came as a replacement for Jahn and remained until retirement. In 1919, the department was divided into three parts: French, Spanish, and Italian, each with its own chairman. Schevill remained in charge of Spanish.

During the 1920's, the Spanish department was aided considerably by the generosity of Don Juan Cebrián, a Spaniard who developed a prosperous construction business in San Francisco and used his means to promote cultural relations between his native and adopted lands, including munificent gifts of books to the library.

The year 1922 saw two important additions to the staff: Elijah C. Hills and Charles E. Kany. Hills was the first to give a course in elementary Portuguese (1923), but it was not until 1931 that, by his initiative, the title of the department was changed to Spanish and Portuguese. Portuguese had a variety of teachers, including visiting professors Fidelino de Figueiredo (1931, 1937) and Erico Verissimo (1944) before the appointment of Benjamin M. Woodbridge, Jr.,

---

in 1949. In 1924, Lesley B. Simpson joined the staff, and in 1927, Robert K. Spaulding. Arturo Torres-Ríoseco came to develop Latin-American studies in 1928.

Professor Hills died in 1932, leaving to the University much of his valuable library. Schevill became emeritus in 1944, and died in 1946. Morley became emeritus in 1948. Buceta retired in 1954, and died in 1964. Simpson and Spaulding retired in 1955 and 1956, respectively. Kany became emeritus in 1962, Torres-Ríoseco in 1965. The scholars who replaced them were Edwin S. Morby, Dorothy C. Shadi, R. Fernando Alegría, G. Arnold Chapman, Luis Monguió John H. R. Polt, and Louis A . Murillo. Yakov Malkiel, a linguist, came in 1942; in 1947, he founded and still guides the distinguished journal, Romance Philology. José F. Montesinos, a man of letters, entered the department in 1946 and became emeritus in 1965. Medievalist Diego Catalán came in 1965, and bibliographer Antonio Rodriguez-Moñino will join the staff in 1966.--S. G. MORLEY

Speech

In the later part of the nineteenth century, when Charles Mills Gayley of the English department introduced instruction in argumentation and debate, he could scarcely have foreseen that today's Department of Speech would grow out of that modest beginning. Yet interest in these subjects grew and some years later (1896), Martin C. Flaherty joined the English department to teach forensics. Flaherty was to be the predominant figure in developing speech instruction on the Berkeley campus for the next 45 years. In 1915, he founded the Department of Public Speaking and became its first chairman.

Courses in forensics, public address, and oral interpretation were central in these early years and a series of courses in acting was added. Just as the English department was the seedbed for the speech department, the latter began the courses which resulted in a separate Department of Dramatic Art in 1941.

Since 1940, a determined effort has been made to enrich the departmental offerings and to hire a staff capable of teaching and writing on the problems of human discourse across a range of aesthetic to scientific analysis, keeping in mind always the aim of adding a graduate program to the achievement represented by the undergraduate curriculum. Oral interpretation offerings expanded with new goals of teaching and research. The English for Foreign Students Program was reintroduced (one of the earliest courses in the department, subsequently dropped, had been Oral English for Foreigners). Also revived were earlier courses in British and American public address. The speech science (or speech behavior) staff was much strengthened. Courses in phonetics, semantics, symbolism, and rhetoric--classical, medieval, and modern--moved the department substantially toward its goal.

Flaherty was the first department chairman (1915-39). Succeeding him were Gerald E. Marsh (1939-55), Jacobus tenBroek (1955-61), Woodrow Borah (acting chairman 1959-60), Don Geiger (1961-64), and the incumbent Robert Beloof (1964-).

The department looks forward in the near future to the implementation of a graduate program in speech. The program, ideally, will be a logical extension of the department's historic dedication to the idea that rhetoric, or the study of human discourse, is both a profoundly important and highly complex subject. The program will be unique in its insistence that this subject may be profitably approached only through a basic grasp of the whole field and of the various scholarly and critical techniques used by each area. The department staff is convinced that in this way the scholar, working ultimately in his specialty, may approach his problems with sufficient sophistication to avoid the oversimplifications and misconceptions which can easily emasculate work in so elusive a subject.--ROBERT BELOOF

Statistics

The late 1920's and early 1930's saw an unprecedented growth in the use and development of statistical methods. Courses in statistical techniques proliferated to the extent that the Committee on Courses appointed a special subcommittee to review the situation and make recommendations on the possibility of concentrating statistical instruction within the Department of Mathematics. The subcommittee composed of Clarence W. Brown, George M. Peterson, Griffith C. Evans, Albert H. Mowbray, and C. Donald Shane (chairman) recommended in June, 1937 the appointment of a professional mathematical statistician to establish a sequence of courses within the Department of Mathematics. Jerzy Neyman, appointed for this purpose in 1938, became, in 1939, director of a unit called the STATISTICAL LABORATORY. The unit acquired a separate budget in 1947 and little by little became an essentially autonomous entity.

In 1954, upon recommendation by Chancellor Clark Kerr, President Robert Gordon Sproul requested that a separate Department of Statistics be created and that the budget of the laboratory be distributed between the department and an institute which would continue the research functions of the laboratory. This reorganization became effective in July, 1955.

Originally, the laboratory was organized essentially as a research unit and the enrollment, especially at the undergraduate level, was small and erratic. In the beginning, this situation persisted in the newly created department. However, by 1956 a reasonable pattern of enrollment had already established itself. This pattern continued, with an increase in enrollment of 20-25 per cent per year, until 1965.

At present, the department offers a wide spectrum of courses in probability and in theoretical or applied branches of statistics. The department cooperates with the College of Engineering in the engineering mathematical statistics program. The department also cooperates with the Department of Biostatistics in the School of Public Health in the administration of programs leading to the master's and Ph.D. degrees in biostatistics. Within the department itself, programs leading to the master's degree in statistics have been devised with a view to giving recognition to students in biological sciences, economics, agricultural economics, and other fields who want to acquire a substantial background in statistical methodology. Since 1955, the department has granted 68 Ph.D. degrees. Approximately half of the Ph.D. degree recipients continue statistical research and teaching at domestic or foreign universities. Others continue in private industry and occasionally in governmental positions. In 1964-65, the department had 49 graduate students enrolled for the master's degree and 62 enrolled for the Ph.D. degree. The growth in student enrollment has been partly reflected in the growth of the number of Ph.D. level faculty in the department, which increased from 11 in 1955 to 22.75 (full-time equivalent) in 1965. This faculty encompasses interests ranging from the most abstract and theoretical to the more practical fields. Research is being conducted, in measure theory, integration, the theory of statistics, dynamic programming, and theoretical and applied probability, as well as subjects relating to astronomy, carcinogenesis, epidemiology, meteorology, and many other substantive fields.

Since 1945, Neyman, director of the Statistical Laboratory, has organized the Berkeley Symposia on Mathematical Statistics and Probability. They occur at five-year intervals and gather for a period of six weeks a large number of eminent scholars from all countries of the world.--LUCIEN LE CAM

Structural Engineering and Structural Mechanics

See BERKELEY CAMPUS, Departments of Instruction, Civil Engineering.

Transportation Engineering

See BERKELEY CAMPUS, Departments of Instruction, Civil Engineering.

Zoology

Joseph LeConte inaugurated instruction in biology at the University of California the year it opened its doors. The setee of natural history which he occupied was later divided into four chairs (departments): botany, geology, zoology (by 1887), and paleontology (1910).

The mantle of leadership in zoology passed from LeConte to William E. Ritter from 1891 to 1909, and to Charles A. Kofoid from 1909 to 1936. Ritter and Kofoid laid the foundations of the department. The establishment of the SCRIPPS INSTITUTION of OCEANOGRAPHY at La Jolla by Ritter was initially an enterprise of the Berkeley Department of Zoology. Kofoid's chief contribution was the creation of a leading center of proto-zoology which was subsequently continued by Harold Kirby, also a chairman of the department, and presently by William Bala

---

muth and Dorothy Pitelka.

The Museum of VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY was founded in 1908 by Joseph Grinnell, its first director, and by Miss Annie M. Alexander, its benefactor. Under the directorship of the late Alden H. Miller, Grinnell's successor, the museum and department (director and curators hold academic appointments in the department) have become distinguished for teaching and research in ornithology (Miller, Frank A. Pitelka, Ned K. Johnson, Peter L. Ames), mammalogy (E. Raymond Hat, Seth B. Benson, Oliver P. Pearson, William Z. Lidicker), herpetology (Robert C. Stebbins), vertebrate ecology (F. Pitelka), and conservation (A. Starker Leopold). Excellent field facilities have been added to the museum: in 1937, the Frances Simes Hastings Natural History Reservation, a 1,600-acre tract in upper Carmel valley in Monterey county under the supervision of Jean M. Linsdale until his retirement, and now in charge of John Davis; and in 1965, the Sagehen Creek Wildlife and Fisheries Station (see WILDLIFE FISHERIES PROGRAM) near Truckee, California, developed in the 1950's by the late Paul R. Needham, now under Leopold, associate director of the museum.

Another unit within the department is the CANCER RESEARCH GENETICS Laboratory founded in 1950 by its present director, Kenneth B. DeOme, who, with the assistance of Howard A. Bern and Satyabrata Nandi from zoology and others, has developed a program in tumor biology. A unique laboratory in optics and metrology has been maintained since 1933 by Jonas E. Gullberg.

Invertebrate zoology became a strong field in the department owing to the early leadership of Sol F. Light and in recent years that of Ralph I. Smith and Cadet Hand, the latter the director of the new BODEGA MARINE LABORATORY. To long established activity in morphology and taxonomy, continued largely by Hand, have been added new lines of teaching and research in invertebrate zoology: physiology (Smith), neurophysiology (Donald M. Wilson), ecology (Oscar H. Paris), and endocrinology and neurosecretion (Bern).

Cell biology has been another area of departmental emphasis, which was begun with the appointment in 1927 of Sumner C. Brooks and extended in recent years by Daniel Mazia, Max Alfert, Richard C. Strohman, and Morgan Harris, the latter developing a laboratory for tissue culture. Genetics, early initiated by Harry B. Torrey and Samuel J. Holmes, received new impetus with the coming of Richard Goldschmidt in 1936, and his successor, Curt Stern, in 1947.

Other disciplines have been added, especially recently under the chairmanships of Harris and Pitelka: behavior (Peter R. Marla), neuroanatomy and histochemistry (Wilbur B. Quay), vertebrate physiology (Paul Licht), developmental genetics (Carl W. Birky, Jr.), and chemical embryology (William E. Berg and Fred H. Wilt), the last field supplementing the traditional histoembryology established many years ago by J. Frank Daniel and Joseph A. Long.--RICHARD M. EAKIN

Graduate Division

Graduate instruction was anticipated from the founding of the University, provision being made in the ORGANIC ACT for the degree of Master of Arts in the College of Letters to be awarded "in usual course." The first M.A. degree was conferred upon Gardner Frederick Williams in 1869 and the first Ph.D. degree (in chemistry) upon John Maxson Stillman in 1885. The faculty, although small, was distinguished and even prior to 1900, Ph.D. degrees were offered in seven fields of study. The list expanded every year thereafter, until now the Ph.D. degree is offered in 73 fields of study; and instruction leading to higher degrees of all types (including the Ph.D., M.A., and M.S. degrees and professional degrees at both the master's and the doctoral level) is offered in 97 fields of study. Another example of the growth of graduate study is provided by figures which show that from 1885 through 1953, 3,732 Ph.D. degrees were awarded, while 2,816 were awarded in the period from 1958 through September, 1965.

Although graduate study was offered as soon as the University came into being, there was no Graduate Division as such for a considerable number of years. The Academic Senate, through committee recommendations, set up conditions for postgraduate study. In 1872, a Committee on Marks, Examinations, and Honors recommended to the senate that there be special examinations for higher degrees, that scholarships be established to encourage graduate study, that two years of graduate study be required for the M.A., C.E., M.E., and similar degrees, and that three years of graduate study be required for the Ph.D. degree. In 1875, a Committee on Post-Graduate Courses spelled out the responsibilities of department heads for setting up courses and administering examination for higher degree candidates.

In 1885, the structure became more formal, with the creation of a standing committee of the Academic Senate known as the Academic Council. The council, which was composed of "all the professors and instructors in the College of Letters and the Colleges of Science at Berkeley" was to "coordinate, adjust, put into provisional operation and report to the senate, the general and special graduate and undergraduate courses of instruction in the colleges at Berkeley and the conditions of admission to such courses." By 1895, the time had come to give more precise recognition to graduate affairs and the Academic Council recommended that a Graduate Council be established as a standing committee of the senate to handle all matters pertaining to graduate instruction and graduate students. It was further provided that graduate students of the various colleges should be listed in official University publications as members of "The Graduate School of the University."

The Graduate Council established three committees to handle degree matters and one to handle graduate admissions. By 1911, however, it was apparent that the council (the membership of which included everyone concerned with graduate instruction) was too large to function efficiently. Therefore, the Graduate Council recommended that its powers and duties revert to the Academic Council and a Committee on Higher Degrees was set up to deal with higher degree procedures. The committee received enlarged powers over graduate affairs in the academic year 1914-15 and the term Graduate Division was first used at that time, primarily to eliminate confusion between the activities of the Graduate Division which embraced all graduate matters and those of professional schools within the University, which coming under Graduate Division control, offered graduate instruction in specific fields and were referred to as graduate schools. By 1916, the Committee on Higher Degrees was itself supplanted by a streamlined Graduate Council which assumed many of the powers and duties it has today.

With the size and complexity of the University steadily increasing, the Graduate Division was, in 1939, separated into two sections, northern and southern, each in the charge of a dean. The northern section included the campuses of Berkeley, Davis, San Francisco, and Mount Hamilton, with headquarters at Berkeley. In 1961, the University-wide administrative reorganization resulted in the establishment of a separate Graduate Division on each campus.

In 1908, the Regents had made provision for a dean of the graduate school. The first dean to serve in this capacity (during the academic year 1909-10) was Alexis F. Lange. He was followed by a long line of equally illustrious successors: David P. Barrows, Armin O. Leuschner, William Carey Jones, Charles B. Lipman, John D. Hicks, William R. Dennes, Morris A. Stewart, and the present dean, Sanford S. Elberg, who took office on December 1, 1961. Three associate deans have served with distinction in the recent past: James M. Cline, Francis A. Jenkins, and Sanford A. Mosk, and three now hold office: Robert A. Cockrell, James F. King, and Yakov Malkiel.

The dean, under the direction of the Graduate Council, is responsible for all activities of the Graduate Division. His duties extend far beyond matters pertaining to student admission, the awarding of fellowships and graduate scholarships, and the awarding of higher degrees. That his burdens are considerable is evident when the growth of graduate student enrollment is taken into account. In 1870-71, there were three graduate students at Berkeley. By 1894-95, there were 100. In 1915-16, there were 1,014, although World War I shortly caused a marked temporary decrease. During the depression years, there were between 2,500 and 3,500 students; and after a decline again during World War II, the numbers surged to between 5,000 and 6,000. This upward trend had continued and today (1965) there are 10,224 graduate students--which is close to the upper limit of

---

graduate enrollment under the master plan.

In January, 1962, the campus research office came under the direction of the dean. This office approves the business aspects of research and training proposals, negotiates contracts and grants, and assists the faculty in administrative aspects of extramurally supported research. In 1964-65, this office handled 925 proposals with a value of $77 million and 805 grants and contracts with a value of $41 million. The dean's responsibilities were further increased in July, 1963, when the chancellor assigned to him responsibility for the academic and budgetary concerns of 22 organized research units connected with the Berkeley campus.

The eminence of the University in graduate study is reflected in the fact that at the founding of the Association of American Universities in 1900 it was made a charter member of the organization, along with 14 other institutions offering graduate study and research. In 1948, an Association of Graduate Schools (AGS) was formed within the parent organization. Dean Elberg served as vice president of the AGS in 1964-65 and was elected president for the 1965-66 year.--C. I. CHAMPLIN

Housing

At the time of the founding of the University, the state declared that there should be no dormitory system, a restriction that was subsequently removed from the law. In 1874, the Regents approved the construction of eight cottages (Kepler Cottages) for the use of students, each cottage to accommodate ten persons. These were leased to student clubs. Until 1929, there were no University-operated dormitories, with the exception of College Hall, a private dormitory experiment for women students that began operation in August, 1909 under the unofficial sponsorship of the dean of women.

With the increase in University enrollment, the need for student housing became evident. The first overt recognition of this need came in the form of a gift from Mrs. Mary McNear Bowles in 1929 for the construction of Bowles Hall, a dormitory with accommodations for 204 men students. This gift was followed in 1930 by one from John D. Rockefeller, Jr. for International House (530 capacity, with the American group comprising about half that total). In 1942, Stern Hall (137 women students) was presented to the University by Mrs. Sigmund Stern.

The first use of public funds for student housing came at the end of World War II. At the request of President Sproul, the Regents authorized the construction of Fernwald Halls in August of 1945, originally designed to accommodate women students displaced from fraternity houses being leased for them by the University during the war. The Fernwald complex was completed in 1946 and now consists of Oldenberg Hall (80 men), Smyth Hall (201 men), Mitchell Hall (40 men), Peixotto Hall (77 men), and Richards Hall (78 women). The Stephens Union cafeteria was put into operation at that time to supply eating facilities for the residents of Fernwald Halls unable to return home for the noon meal. Residents now have the option of having their lunches at the cafeteria in the Dining Commons on the campus.

In order to meet the demand for housing married veteran students and their families after the war, the University leased a block of 166 apartments from the Housing Authority of Richmond following the acquisition of 124 apartments in the city of Albany. In addition, eight dormitory buildings and a cafeteria in Richmond were leased for single veterans. In 1965, only University Village in Albany remained of this group; the original units were razed and the relocated tract was enlarged to 919 apartments, both furnished and unfurnished.

In 1960, the first two units of the $8.3 million residence halls complex were completed. Each hall has living accommodations for 210 students. The first unit is comprised of Cheney Hall (women), Freeborn Hall (women), Deutsch Hall (men), and Putnam Hall (men). Davidson Hall (women), Cunningham Hall (women), Griffiths Hall (men), and Ehrman Hall (men) make up the second unit. The $4.5 million third unit was completed in 1964 and consists of Ida Sproul Hall (210 women), Spens-Black Hall (210 women), Norton Hall (210 men), and Priestley Hall (210 men).

Approximately 1,400 men students and 1,200 women students were accommodated in 45 fraternity houses and 21 sorority houses in 1965. Ten privately owned, off-campus boarding houses are University approved, seven for women students (capacity 342, with meal service available for 75 more), three for men students (capacity 144, with meal service for an additional 48). These accommodations are inspected at least once each year by the Living Accommodations Inspector and must meet the requirements set forth by the Committee on Living Accommodations (see HOUSING, University-wide). The first privately owned apartment building built to University specifications and approved for undergraduate women is Howard Hall with accommodations for 36.

There are two privately owned cooperatives for women students at Berkeley, the Beaudelaire Club (capacity 20) and Ritter Hall (37), both of which are University approved. In addition, there is University-approved, cooperative housing operated by students of the University Students Cooperative Association. Student Cooperative Association, which is student owned and operated, was founded in 1933 and incorporated as a nonprofit corporation in 1934. In 1965, the association was operating five residences for men students, three for women.

Barrington Hall was leased in 1933 and moved to its present location on Dwight Way in 1935. In 1939, it became the association's first purchase. Leased to the government in 1943, it was returned to cooperative use in 1950 to house 195 men students. In 1938, the association established a central kitchen and also leased Oxford Hall (for 108 men), buying it in 1963. The purchase of Ridge House (for 42 men) in 1945 brought in the first potential development property. In 1965, it was expanded to include a coeducational two-wing dormitory for an additional 120 students, an administrative office and a central kitchen capable of preparing meals for 2,000 students. Additional purchases of men's residences were Cloyne Court (capacity 156) in 1946 and Alexander Marsden Kidd Hall (18) in 1960.

The first of the women's cooperatives, Lucy Ward Stebbins Hall (78), was rented and opened in 1936 with the help of Mortarboard alumnae. In 1942, the association bought Lillie Margaret Sherman Hall (47) and in 1953, Alice G. Hoyt Hall (63).

During its 30-year history, the association has housed and fed a membership of more than 17,000 men and women students.--HN, EF

Libraries

The University Library at Berkeley began with a collection of slightly over 1,000 volumes inherited from the College of California. Helped by extensive gifts from Michael Reese and F. L. A. Pioche of San Francisco, the library numbered 11,800 volumes when it was moved to Berkeley in 1873 and was housed in South Hall. The first offer of private funds for a University building was made in November, 1877, when Henry D. Bacon of Oakland proposed to donate $25,000 to be matched by legislative appropriation for a library. The Bacon Art and Library Building was occupied in 1881 with a collection of 17,000 volumes. In spite of this auspicious start, library funds were scant and the collections grew slowly until the arrival of President Wheeler in 1899. One of his first and continuing concerns was the upbuilding of the library. On his retirement in 1919, the collections had increased from 100,000 to 400,000 volumes. In the summer of 1911, the library was moved to the newly completed white granite Charles Franklin Doe Memorial Library, also in part a private gift. The Doe Library, better known as the "University Library" or the "Main Library" became the center of the campus library system.

The pressure of growth on the main building was relieved by establishing branch libraries on the campus. The first of these, the Lange Library of Education was opened in 1924 in Haviland Hall, then the home of the School of Education. The Biology Library, established in 1930 in the Life Sciences Building combined the holdings of departments in the life sciences with collections in the same fields transferred from the Main Library. This pattern was followed in other multiple-department branches such as earth sciences and engineering.

The first full-time librarian was Joseph C. Rowell '74, who was appointed in 1875. Rowell served 44 years and is noted for his

---

foresight in establishing exchange relations with the learned societies and institutions of Europe in 1888, thereby founding the library's renowned collection of scientific serials. He also initiated the first system of inter-library loan in 1894. Upon his retirement in 1919, he was succeeded by Harold L. Leupp, who had been assistant librarian since 1910. Leupp organized the first two branch libraries; cooperated with the faculty in surveying the collections for underdeveloped areas and in deciding which fields the library would collect extensively; and aided in the establishment of the School of Librarianship. Before he retired in 1945, the American Library Association Board on Resources of American Libraries rated the Berkeley collections best in 53 of 75 fields of knowledge.

Succeeding Leupp as the third University librarian was Donald Coney, formerly librarian of the University of Texas. On his arrival in 1945, the library contained 1,260,500 volumes. In his 20 years of administration, the collections have more than doubled, and the library stands sixth in size among university libraries in the United States. Coney has supervised the completion of the Main Library stack area (delayed by World War II), the planning and building of the Library Annex in 1950, the establishment at Richmond of the storage library for the northern campuses, and the planning of the projected Moffitt Undergraduate Library.

In 1965, the library system consisted of 3,113,024 bound volumes, 4,766,304 manuscripts, 142,225 maps, 885,432 pamphlets, 19,715 musical recordings, 4,457 speech recordings, 85,306 reels of microfilm, and 274,910 micro cards housed in the Main Library and 20 branch libraries, together with three specialized libraries: the School of Law, Giannini Foundation, Institute of International Relations and several smaller bureaus. Over 46,600 serials were received regularly, excluding government documents.

Special Collections:

The most distinguished of the larger collections are the Bancroft Library of western Americana and Latin America, University archives, and California writers (137,400 volumes and approximately 4,500,000 manuscripts); and the East Asiatic Library of Oriental materials in the vernacular, including the Mitsui Library of 100,000 volumes of early printed books in Japanese, manuscripts, and Chinese stone-rubbings (196,844 volumes). The Alexander F. Morrison Library, a recreational reading room, is noted for the beauty and comfort of its appointments as well as the variety of its 10,200 volume collection. A selection of other collections are: the Otto Bremer and Konrad Burdach library of seventeenth and eighteenth century German writings concerning the Middle Ages and the Renaissance (10,000 volumes); the Leon Clerbois collection illustrating the development of journalism and history of the press in France and Belgium, 1789-1914 (24,000 titles); the Charles A. Kofoid library of the history of science and medicine, including 530 volumes of Darwiniana (31,000 volumes and 46,000 pamphlets); the Beatrix Farrand library of horticulture, landscape design, and city planning--the working library of the Reef Point Gardens, Maine, a horticultural research institute (2,700 volumes and 2,000 herbarium specimens); and Mark Twain papers--11 four-drawer filing cases of letters, manuscripts and business records, together with books from Mark Twain's own library annotated by him, and an extensive collection of criticism.--MD

       

Librarians 

Joseph C. Rowell	1875-1919
Harold L. Leupp	1919-1945
Donald Coney	1945-

Musical Organizations

A symphony orchestra has been on the Berkeley campus since the founding of the music department in 1906. The orchestra now presents four pairs of concerts on the campus each year, with a repertoire ranging from Bach through Schoenberg to contemporary music. At one pair of concerts each spring, the winner of a student contest is presented as soloist.

The University Chorus, also begun in 1906, was organized in its present form in 1936 by the noted composer, Randall Thompson. In 1951, Edward Lawton, who succeeded Thompson as conductor, formed the Repertory Chorus, a smaller, more specialized group that explores unusual and early music. The Collegium Musicum, a small group of singers and players founded in 1960, has presented many concerts and had one performance of songs by Monteverdi and Frescobaldi recorded by Cambridge Records.

Since 1953, the music department has sponsored a series of weekly noon concerts on campus. For the most part, the performances are by student soloists and groups initiated by the students themselves.

The University of California Marching Band was formed in 1891 to perform for military drills and University ceremonies. Early in its history it became associated with official events and celebrations of the state of California. Finally, in 1923, the marching band was formed as an activity of the ASUC and began performing at football games and other University events. The system of self-government within the band was developing at this time. In 1926, when the ASUC took over the financial sponsorship of the band for the first time, the band underwent an extensive reorganization with the advent of its first formal constitution. Now the band is comprised of 120 members with 20 reserves and is the only university band in the country that maintains a residence hall for its members, Tellefsen Hall, purchased by the band alumni in 1960. The band has performed at such events as the San Francisco Mid-Winter Fair of 1894, the dedication of the State Capitol in 1909, the 1915 Panama-Pacific Exposition, the Golden Gate Exposition of 1939, and the 1958 Brussels World's Fair.

The Straw Hat Band is an informal organization within the marching band formed after World War II. This band takes over activities of the marching band at the close of football season each year, following athletic teams (mainly basketball, though the band also appears at track meets, crew races, baseball games, and rugby matches) to perform at many of their road games. During football season the band appears at the traditional Friday noon rallies prior to the games. At first, members wore a variety of hats, but at the state fair in Sacramento in 1950, they purchased a quantity of straw hats and have worn them ever since.

The Glee Club, composed of approximately 100 male voices, presents a wide variety of vocal music in individual concerts and on tours at home and abroad. In the summer of 1911, the group, then directed by Brick Morse, became the first university choral organization to tour Europe. Since then there have been several tours to Europe, the Orient, and Alaska. In their first trip to the Orient in 1920, the Glee Club was billed throughout the Far East as the "World Famous Glee Club and Jazz Band, America's Greatest College Company of Singers and Entertainers." In 1957, the group was invited to Tokyo to sing Beethoven's Ninth Symphony with a Japanese symphony orchestra and a chorus of women's voices. Often the Glee Club engages in the production of musicals in conjunction with the Treble Clef Society. The group is an organization of the Associated Students with a tradition of student management.

The Senior Men's Octette, with members selected from the Glee Club, was formed in 1948. The octette sings a repertoire of specially arranged songs in Barbershop, modern, and ballad styles and has appeared in concerts in Japan, Europe, and throughout California.

The Treble Clef Society, the women's choral organization at Berkeley, has been in existence since 1870 and has performed before audiences that have included the United Nations Delegation, community concert associations, and the Armed Services, with programs ranging from musical comedy selections to premiere performances of contemporary choral works. The group has made appearances at choral clinics and at high schools and other colleges in order to stimulate student interest in choral music. As with the Glee Club, all business procedures, concerts, and public relations are handled by student managers.

The Jade Ensemble was formed in 1963 by members of the Treble Clef Society who took part in the tour of Hawaii. Its purpose is to provide variety and contrast to the tour program and its repertoire concentrates on songs in the modern or ballad style.

The Madrigal Singers, composed of from four to 12 members of the Glee Club and the Treble Clef Society, perform such works as the madrigals of Weelkes, Morley, Byrd, and

---

Monteverdi, popular in the 16th and 17th centuries. The group sings German, French, Italian, and old English madrigals.--EF

Organized Research A primary article an each unit appears elsewhere in the Centennial Record except where an asterisk (*) follows the name. If information concerning the unit is contained within the text of another article, the title of that article appears in parentheses.

                                                                                                     

Unit	Year Est.
Archaeological Research Facility	1960
Business and Economic Research, Institute of	1941
Cancer Research Genetics Laboratory	1950
Chemical Biodynamics, Laboratory of	1945
Computer Center	1956
Donner Laboratory	1941
Forest Products Laboratory	1951
Governmental Studies, Institute of	1921
Herbarium, University	1860
Jepson Herbarium* (Herbaria)	1950
Higher Education, Center for the Study of	1957
Human Development, Institute of	1927
Jones (Harold E.) Child Study Center*	1960
Human Learning, Institute of	1961
Industrial Relations, Institute of	1945
Labor Research and Education, Center for	1964
International Studies, Institute of	1955
Chinese Studies, Center for	1957
Japanese and Korean Studies, Center for	1958
Latin American Studies, Center for	1956
Slavic and East European Studies, Center for	1957
South Asia Studies, Center for	1956
Southeast Asian Studies, Center for	1960
Lawrence Radiation Laboratory	1938
Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, Livermore	1952
Library Research Institute University-wide.	1965
Lowie (Robert H.) Museum of Anthropology	1901
Management Science, Center for Research in	1958
Marine Laboratory, Bodega	1962
Naval Biological Laboratory	1944
Operations Research Center	1961
Paleontology, Museum of	1921
Personality Assessment and Research, Institute of	1949
Radio Astronomy, Laboratory of	1958
Sanitary Engineering Research Laboratory	1950
Sea Water Conversion Laboratory	1958
Seismographic Stations	1887
Social Sciences, Institute of	1929
Law and Society, Center for the Study of	1961
Survey Research Center	1958
Space Sciences Laboratory	1960
Structural Engineering Materials Laboratory	1931
Urban and Regional Development, Institute of	1963
Planning and Development Research,Center for	1962
Real Estate and Urban Economics,Center for Research in (Real Estate Research and Education)	1956
Transportation and Traffic Engineering, Institute of	1947
Vertebrate Zoology, Museum of	1908
Virus Laboratory	1948
White Mountain Research Station	1950

1 A primary article an each unit appears elsewhere in the Centennial Record except where an asterisk (*) follows the name. If information concerning the unit is contained within the text of another article, the title of that article appears in parentheses.

2 University-wide.

Student Government

During the University's early years, students organized their extracurricular program by tacit permission of the faculty, then charged with student government. The class of 1874 was the first to organize formally; others followed suit.

Admission of a non-student to the football team in 1887 motivated creation by the students of an over-all organization to authorize and control student groups using the University's name. The constitution of the Associated Students of the Colleges of Letters and Sciences of the University of California was approved on March 16, 1887, and two years later the name was shortened to the present ASUC.

College spirit during this early period was low, but conditions changed quickly with the establishment of Stanford and the inauguration of the Big Game in 1892. With the increased sense of community, there was demand for more centralized and effective management of student affairs. In October, 1900, the new ASUC constitution restricted active membership to dues-paying undergraduates, provided for a salaried graduate manager, and empowered the executive committee to control all matters affecting the student body.

But self-government, as then understood on the campus, meant not so much activities management as self-discipline, individual and collective. It was this self-government that Benjamin Ide Wheeler bestowed upon the Berkeley students. The President regularly consulted senior class leaders on campus problems. To this end, the Order of the Golden Bear was established in April, 1900. In 1905 a student committee effectively took over disciplinary functions from the faculty. In 1913 the Academic Senate formally recognized the Honor Spirit and advised faculty members to withdraw from the examination room. On April 26, 1921, the Senate formally withdrew from the government and discipline of students.

Meanwhile, the ASUC's scope of activity expanded rapidly. Fences were built around the athletic fields and collection of admission fees insured. Independent student enterprises and societies requested and received ASUC sponsorship. The Daily Californian, founded in 1895, was assumed by the ASUC in January, 1909. The campus store, operated by a "Co-operative Society" since 1883, was purchased in 1913. The Pelican and Occident were taken over from the English Club and the Blue and Gold from the junior class in 1925.

By the mid-1920's, the ASUC had become not only the government of a large community of 9,000 undergraduate students (80-90 per cent of whom annually purchased ASUC membership cards), but a huge and ramified enterprise, financing and extending into every field of extra-curricular activity. Each major field was managed by a student council with a paid director. The ASUC executive committee was composed of representatives of these councils, together with officers elected by the general student body and a faculty and an alumni representative.

However, the Office of Dean of Men, created in 1923, gradually assumed increased direct authority over areas customarily referred to student agencies. In 1943, all disciplinary functions were removed from the student committees and assigned to a new faculty-administrative committee on student conduct. In music, dramatics, and debating, programs initiated and operated by the students came under increasing faculty control, even when remaining nominally under the ASUC auspices.

The ASUC began to come under organized and sustained attack by student dissidents. In 1931, the Social Problems Club distributed literature condemning the ASUC as a "refined racket. . .controlled by the alumni and faculty." Attempts were made to assume leadership of the student body through annual on-campus "peace strikes." Although in each instance unsuccessful, these efforts were continued from 1934 until American entry into World War II.

As the great depression of the 1930's deepened, student concern turned more and more from campus to outside problems and the ASUC executive committee was modified accordingly. By 1940, the committee was taking actions to prevent American entry into war, to boycott strikebound industries, to end racial discrimination, and to establish a "Hyde Park" in Faculty Glade. Recognizing the committee's changed role, a constitutional amendment replaced the representatives from the activities councils with representatives elected at-large.

World War II's interruption of campus life changed student government fundamentally and permanently. Class spirit largely disappeared, extra-curricular achievement brought less honor, appeals to Cal spirit aroused smaller response, and ASUC membership declined. In 1955, in order to provide a more adequate student social and recreational center the Regents agreed to replace Stephens Union and Eshleman Hall as student buildings to be financed in part by establishing compulsory student body fees. The Memorial Union was completed in 1961, a new Eshleman Hall in 1965, and construction of a theater-auditorium was begun in 1965.

The present student government has undergone many changes in the last ten years. The executive committee was replaced in 1962 with a senate which, as the ASUC legislative branch, could devote more attention to policy

---

matters, while a newly created cabinet of various board chairmen would, as the executive branch, coordinate the various activity boards and class councils.

The custom that each candidate competes individually for ASUC office was broken in 1958, when a group of students formed SLATE, a campus party which in elections thereafter presented candidates pledged to its program.

Always permitted to join the ASUC and to enjoy its ticket and certain other privileges, graduate students were first allowed to vote to be represented on the executive committee 1949. In 1955, they were made ASUC members, but in 1959, excluded from further membership and participation.

Interpretation of student government in terms of student rights and independence from University control, rather than in terms of responsible exercise of delegated powers, drew increasing student response, which culminated in the FREE SPEECH MOVEMENT of 1964.

In February, 1966, a convention of elected undergraduate and graduate delegates assembled to draft a new constitution for the student body; they deliberated such fundamental questions as the source of authority and role of student government, its title to and control of on-campus student buildings, and the justification for continuing any overall student organizations.--ROBERT S. JOHNSON

                                                                                                                                                                         

Student Body Presidents 

Walter J. Barnett	1886-87
James P. Booth	1887-88
John A. Sands	1888-89
E. Coke Hill	1889-90
Fred A. Julliard	1890-91
DeWinter	1891-92
Edwin Mays	1892-93
Russ J. Aver	1893-94
Bryan Bradley	1894-95
William N. Friend	1895-96
J. A. Elston	1896-97
Philip R. Thayer	1897-98
Charles E. Thomas	1898-99
F. G. Dorety	1899-1900
Ralph T. Fisher	1900-01
John M. Eshelman	1901-02
Samuel B. Wright	1902-03
Max Thelen	1903-04
W. H. Dehm	1904-05
Prentiss N. Gray	1905-06
R. P. Merritt	1906-07
James M. Burke	1907-08
Malcolm Goddard	1908-09
J. C. Dean	1909-10
George A. Haines	1910-11
N. B. Drury	1911-12
Clare M. Torrey	1912-13
M. P. Griffith	1913-14
Victor Doyle	1914-15
C. E. Street	1915-16
L. W. Stewart	1916-17
Jack Reith	1917-18
Frank F. Hargear	1918-19
L. W. Irving	1919-1920
John W. Cline	1920-21
L. W. Tenney	1921-22
Earl G. Steel	1922-23
W. W. Monahan	1923-24
Adam C. Beyer	1924-25
Brenton Metzler	1925-26
Robert E. McCarthy	1926-27
Wright C. Morton	1927-28
Chester Zinn	1928-29
John A. Reynolds	1929-30
Stern L. Altshuler	1930-31
Fred S. Stripp	1931-32
Powell H. Rader	1932-33
Wakefield Taylor	1933-34
Alden W. Smith	1934-35
Arthur Harris	1935-36
Leonard W. Charvet	1936-37
Stanley E. MacCaffrey	1937-38
Alan Lindsay	1938-39
James P. Keene	1939-40
John D. McPherson	1940-41
Ralph T. Fisher, Jr.	1941-42
Howard C. Holmes	1942-43
Joseph Mixer (Summer)	1943-44
Natalie J. Burdick (Fall)
Phyliss Lindley (Spring)
Jean Elliott (Summer)	1944-45
Richard M. Bond (Fall)
Garrett Demaret (Spring)
George C. Briggs (Fall)	1945-46
Dick Rowson (Spring)
Ed Welch	1946-47
Don Lang	1947-48
Jack Andrew	1948-49
Danny Coelho	1949-50
Pete Goldschmidt	1950-51
Dick Clarke	1951-52
Ralph Vetterlein	1953-54
Dick Marston	1954-55
Bob Hamilton	1955-56
Jim Kidder	1956-57
Roger Samuelson	1957-58
Bill Stricklin	1958-59
Dave Armor	1959-60
George Link	1960-61
Brian Van Camp	1961-62
Ed Germain	1962-63
Mel Levine	1963-64
Charlie Powell	1964-65
Jerry Goldstein	1965-66

Student Personnel Services

Student Personnel Services are offered by the staffs of a variety of offices on the Berkeley campus, briefly described below.

Financial Aids, Scholarships, Loans:

Whether students are "needy and deserving" in the 1897 phrase, are "gifted" or combine "scholarship, financial need, character and promise" in 1965 terms, they may be eligible for financial aids available through the University. Some of the scholarships, prizes, and loans are available to undergraduate students, some to graduates, and some to both. Various committees determine eligibility and make awards. Award conditions are specified by the donors, who include alumni and friends of the University, the state of California, the Regents, and the federal government. An overall grade average of B or 3.0 is the minimum required for consideration for University-administered awards; a semester's minimum of 12 units must be carried by holders of undergraduate scholarships.

Entering students account for approximately 400 of the more than 900 undergraduate scholarships annually awarded at the Berkeley campus. They range in value from $200 to $600. The California Alumni Scholarships, begun in 1934, presently aid about 200 entrants annually. Provided by the California Alumni Foundation in conjunction with the University, they are awarded to entering freshmen and students entering with advanced standing. Awards cover about one-third of a student's annual expenses. Recipients may apply for continuation of the scholarship.

In a different category of undergraduate scholarships are the California State Scholarships administered since 1956 by the State Scholarship Commission in amounts to cover compulsory fees for a maximum of four years. The program has evolved from one that began in 1897. Candidates apply from the seven congressional districts of the state, and qualify through scores achieved on the scholastic aptitude tests, proof of need and the evidence of academic transcripts. Recipients may select one of 60 California institutions participating in the program and may qualify for scholarship renewal by proving continued financial need and the maintenance of a C average.

Regents Scholarships, established in 1962, are designed for a limited number of entering freshmen and entering and continuing junior students in recognition of outstanding achievement and promise. Appointments are for four and two years respectively, carry an award of $100 regardless of need, and a stipend to cover the difference between a scholar's resources and the cost of an education at Berkeley. Appointments are subject to annual review, but are renewed automatically without reapplication if performance has been satisfactory. Stipends can be adjusted if circumstances change. Regents Scholars enjoy a variety of prerogatives including priority in University housing and library stack permits. In addition, the Committee on Undergraduate Scholarships and Honors administers a variety of specially endowed scholarship programs.

Loans available to both graduate and undergraduate students are administered by the Office of the Dean of Students. Loans are generally intended to supplement a student's funds, not to cover the full cost of a semester's attendance. Residency, a satisfactory scholastic record, and repayment plan are usually necessary, although certain categories of students may make temporary loans even in their first semester of residency. Loans in the general category of University Loans (supported by about 175 different loan funds) average around $350 and are payable before the beginning of the next academic year. True Emergency Loans in amounts ranging

---

from $1 to $50 are usually repaid within two weeks. Both loan funds at Berkeley are based on endowments, most of them established as a memorial to an individual.

Regents Loans, established in 1963, form a revolving fund designed to supplement funds of scholarship holders. National Defense Education Act Loans, established by the federal government in 1958, require that one-ninth of the grant be matched by the Regents. Those eligible include regularly enrolled graduate or undergraduate students or applicants for admission who are citizens or permanent residents of the United States pursuing a full program of academic work and able to establish basic financial need. The director of special services in the Office of the Dean of Students also administers Health Profession Student Loans, as well as those listed above.

The Graduate Division's Committee on Fellowships and Graduate Scholarships administers over 300 fellowships and graduate scholarships, whose awards range from about $300 to $3,600 for an academic year. Awards are based on distinguished scholarship and academic and professional promise and are usually limited to those 32 years of age or younger to encourage graduate studies by young scholars. Through the regular University fellowship competition, based on a single application, graduates apply for general or restricted fellowships and those restricted to specific fields of study, honorary traveling fellowships furnishing credentials but no stipend, and the national award programs that include National Defense Graduate Fellowships, National Defense Foreign Language Fellowships, National Science Foundation Graduate Traineeships, and National Aeronautics and Space Administration Predoctoral Traineeships. Teaching assistantships for graduate students of excellent scholarship, teaching fellowships for mature scholars, and research assistantships are handled through the individual departments.

A small number of grants-in-aid for travel and unusual research needs are available to students well advanced in doctoral research.

In a different category are the Work-Study Program and the Special Opportunity Scholarship Program. The Work-Study Program, begun in 1965, is designed to provide jobs for needy students and to contribute to the fight against poverty by providing meaningful work in the community. The Special Opportunity Scholarship Program seeks to encourage high school students with intellectual promise but little likelihood of attending college to come to the campus for a seven-week course of special study. The program, which was begun in summer of 1964, is financed by contributions from the University faculty and staff, with matching funds from the Regents, and is directed by a Faculty Committee on Special Scholarships.

Food Services

Service to residence halls and the dining room commons comprise the bulk of the student food services on the Berkeley campus. Beginning with the first residence hall, Bowles, in 1929, service was extended to Stern Hall in 1942, to Fernwald-Smythe Halls in 1946, to Residence Hall Unit 1 in 1959, to Residence Hall Unit 2 in 1960, and to Residence Hall Unit 3 three years later. The halls serve about 10,000 student meals daily, providing unlimited milk and seconds on all but the most expensive items.

The dining commons were opened in 1948 as a campus cafeteria located in temporary buildings moved from Camp Parks. Their primary task was to provide meals for the returning veterans on campus, and did so at the rate of 1,200 meals daily. That year, the central commissary was established to supply food for students as well as for the Faculty Clubs, International House, and Cowell Hospital; it now furnishes prepared items, canned foods, and dry stores.

When the dining commons moved to new buildings in the Student Union complex in 1960, capacity and patronage increased sharply, reaching 12,000 meals per day by 1965. Three of its restaurants operate above planned capacity; the Golden Bear, which is not open at night, is the exception. Special foods are prepared for religious days observed by the students, with avoidance of foods offensive to particular groups. In addition, catering is available for special events ranging from banquets to coffee service.

Estimates for the dining commons contemplated an annual gross income of $800,000; in 1965, the gross income was $1.5 million. Apart from construction subsidies, the food services are self-supporting.

Housing Services Office

In the fall of 1946, the pressing problems of student housing were recognized by the creation of a central housing office, under a housing supervisor, on each existing campus of the University. The office at Berkeley provides services for students, staff, and faculty. For students, the office processes applications for University-operated residence halls and for married student housing and, in addition, maintains card files of accommodations listed by private owners in the area and in adjacent communities. The Living Accommodations Inspector is under the jurisdiction of the Housing Services Office and those privately owned boarding houses that are inspected and receive University approval, as well as boarding houses, rooms in private homes, and apartments not inspected by the University are included on these lists.

Special Services Office

Following World War II, the University's responsibilities relating to veterans were handled by the coordinator of veterans' affairs. In 1951, the supervisor of special services was designated to maintain liaison between veterans and the Veterans Administration, the State Department of Veterans' Affairs, and other agencies offering educational benefits to veterans. The office was further directed to assist veterans in becoming assimilated into the life and spirit of the University. By 1952, the supervisor was located within the Office of the Dean of Students and special services dealt with veterans enrolled under Public Law 346 (G. I. Bill) and Public Law 16 (Rehabilitation). Additional responsibilities developed during the post-Korea period, many related to the National Defense Education Act of 1958 in the area of student loans, student fellowships, and special-purpose grants. In addition, the supervisor administers Regents' Loans and Health Profession Student Loans, and is increasingly involved with the work-study program established under the Economic Opportunity Act. His office handles all Selective Service matters, certifying full-time student status to draft boards for student deferments. In recent years, veterans' dependents qualifying for educational benefits from federal or state programs because of the death or disability of a father, have also been included in the special services program.

Student and Alumni Placement Center

In 1918, the California Alumni Association introduced a job placement service (the Military Bureau) specifically for University alumni who were veterans of World War I. Service was also extended to non-veteran alumni although an official agency for this task was not established until 1923, when the alumni association, at the request of President William Wallace Campbell, introduced the Alumni Bureau of Occupations, with the University sharing in the cost of operation. The bureau gradually took over the responsibility of student placement. The demands upon it were such that in 1934, President Sproul directed that the University assume complete responsibility for the bureau. The name was changed to the Student and Alumni Placement Center in November, 1958.

In 1923, the Alumni Bureau of Occupations was composed of the manager and one staff member. In 1965, there were 27 members of the staff of the placement center, 19 of whom were professional employment interviewers. The center provides services to students seeking part-time and full-time temporary employment and vacation employment to meet their financial obligations, and prospective degree candidates and alumni seeking career positions in industry, business, and government.

The first manager of the Alumni Bureau of Occupations was Mrs. K. C. Gilkey, who served for a short period of time during 1923. She was followed by Mrs. Leslie Ganyard (1923-28), Miss Vera Christie (1928-56), and Robert Calvert, Jr. (1956-); Mrs. Nansi Corson has served as acting manager (1956-58) and l963-) while Mr. Calvert is on leave of absence.

Student Counseling Center

Student Counseling Center was established in 1952 through student petition to the Regents for services previously available only to the returning veterans of World War II. It has since become a very active University student personnel facility, serving an average of 4,000-5,000 students per year.

While the center's major function and pri

---

mary responsibility is student counseling, it also serves a resource and consultant function for University departments and administration on problems typically related to student development, adjustment, and evaluation. Consultation with community agencies and counseling and testing services for the general public are also provided on a limited basis.

In student counseling, the center provides the student the opportunity to explore problems arising during and out of academic life which may involve his studies, career, or his personal or marital relationships. He often finds satisfaction in the ready availability of a University staff member, with whom he can meet on a person-to-person basis and from whom he may expect professional assistance coping with problems or in realizing goals. Psychological testing, covering assessment of interests, aptitudes, and characteristics of personality, is also available for the student's personal information and is often utilized in clarifying problems or in making preparation for a suitable and appropriate course of study and a successful career.

The center also provides an extensive occupational library where the student, with the assistance of an occupational information specialist, may find a comprehensive collection of books and pamphlets describing occupations; directories and catalogs of colleges, professional and technical schools, and adult education programs; lists of scholarships, fellowships, and loans, and books on reading and study improvement. Thus, in one location, the center provides confidential interview facilities, psychological testing, and occupational information, any or all of which readily available to the student at times he can fit into his schedule of classes.

While student counseling is the center's primary function and responsibility, it also serves as an internship training facility for graduate students in psychology and education and as a testing center for those students who are required to take special examinations for purpose of transfer or admission to professional or technical schools situated in other localities.

The center also provides indirect services to students through collaborative research with various academic and nonacademic departments of the University in order to develop or improve standards of admission and selection.

In addition to student and related University services, the Counseling Center provides selection program of vocational and educational counseling to non-students on a cost-fee basis and handles numerous requests from the public for information on mental health resources and occupational and educational services.

Student Health Service

Prior to 1906, the Regents had accepted funds from the Prytanean Society and others for the purpose of equipping hospital beds for students, but it the San Francisco earthquake to dramatize the need for campus health facilities as urged by Dr. George F. Reinhardt. After the earthquake victims were given treatment in the old Hearst Gymnasium, President Wheeler authorized Dr. Reinhardt to have the leftover equipment moved into the Meyer residence, a brown-shingle farmhouse across the street from present-day Cowell Hospital. Dr. Reinhardt was named the first University physician, heading the earliest prepaid comprehensive program for student health in America.

Ernest V. Cowell, who died in 1911, left $250,000 for the construction of a hospital for the students; by 1926, a state bond issue provided an additional $200,000. The Ernest V. Cowell Memorial Hospital was opened in 1930, with many of the rooms equipped by individual donations of $300. In 1955-56, the trustees of the S. H. Cowell Foundation provided $1.5 million for the construction of an additional five-story wing, completed in 1959. For those students needing services and equipment not available through the student health service program, friends of Ruby L. Cunningham established a memorial fund in 1945; in 1956, the fund was set up as an endowment for handicapped students.

The necessity of providing hospital accommodations on-campus for students with contagious diseases comprised one of the earliest arguments for establishing an infirmary. At that time, privately owned hospitals refused admission to such patients; the student's whole house would be quarantined, thus isolating residents and keeping them from their classes. At the present time, the purpose of the student health service is described as insuring "to every student the opportunity, of enjoying, in health and with maximum profit, the benefits of his academic life." The service is supported by student fees, and recognizes eligibility from the first day of registration to the last day of the semester or the date of withdrawal from the University; in special cases, eligibility can be extended. Additional charges are made for hospitalization exceeding 30 days and for care between semesters for students who plan to return to the University, but are unable to do so. In addition, a variety of clinic services and special health services are available to students. On the recommendation of a staff physician, students needing specially prepared meals may arrange to pay a nominal per-meal charge and to eat in the Cowell Hospital dining room. The Department of Psychological Medicine provides short-term therapy; speech therapy is available at nominal charge following evaluation. The surgery clinic is primarily for diagnosis and recommendations and only urgent or emergency surgery is performed. Dental care is mainly emergency as well, with a charge for non-emergency treatment by appointment.

In addition to the normal campus services, the infirmary became a post hospital for the military during the influenza epidemic of 1918; later the hospital dealt with a 1943-44 scarlet fever epidemic on campus by growing and purifying its own supply of the newly discovered drug, penicillin. The Donner Metabolic Unit, built in 1953, was integrated with hospital services, but funded and professionally controlled by DONNER LABORATORY.--HN, EF

Student Publications

The first student publication,The College Echo, was published by the Durant Rhetorical Society at the College of California in Oakland. The first of more than 60 publications which have appeared on the Berkeley campus of the University was begun in March, 1871, when the Durant Rhetorical Society sponsored a continuation of its first paper in The University Echo. The Neolaean Literary Society published, in March, 1873, the Neolaean Review as an "exponent" of the society and not as competition for the Echo. The two publications merged in January, 1874, as The Berkeleyan, which gave way in 1897 to The Californian and became, on October 25, 1897, the Daily Californian.

The Daily Californian has been in continuous operation since 1908 and is now the sponsored newspaper of the Associated Students. The ASUC supervises the paper's activities through a consultative board, whose membership is made up of seven students, a professional journalist, two faculty members, and an administrative representative. The board has the authority to recommend staff appointments, promotions, and suspensions, and changes in the paper's by-laws to the Executive Committee of the ASUC. The board also evaluates the paper's operations and performance. The offices of the newspaper are located in Eshleman Hall, the new student office building. The paper has a staff of over 80 who are entirely responsible for its publication.

One of the oldest publications is the Blue and Gold, which began in 1875 as a record of the college year published by the Associated Students. In 1965, Blue and Gold circulation averaged 5,000 copies.

Initially in competition with the early newspapers was Occident, established as a semi-monthly in 1881. Although the history of Occident has been sporadic--it was published continuously in one series until 1933 and in a second series from 1934 to 1937, when publication was suspended until the third series began in 1945--it is the oldest college literary magazine on the west coast. Today it is published once a semester, in December and June, to provide an outlet for the highest quality serious writing on the Berkeley campus. Its circulation averages 1,500 copies per issue.

From September, 1876 to June, 1878, the Besom, a student paper, was established in order to provide competition for The Berkeleyan. In February, 1878, because of a mistaken understanding that The Berkeleyan was to become a literary magazine, The Oestrus began publication and lasted until October, 1879.

Several years later, in 1895, a literary magazine, The University of California Magazine,

---

was begun to provide "a common medium of intellectual contact for alumni, faculty, and students alike." The magazine merged with Occident in 1904.

Humor magazines on the Berkeley campus began in October, 1891, with the appearance of Smiles, a bi-weekly publication whose cardinal function, according to the editor, was "not to teach or preach, but to amuse." Smiles discontinued publication after three issues on December 18, 1891. A second humor magazine, Josh, began in September, 1895. It was published in San Francisco and designed for university audiences at both the University of California and Stanford University, with an editor from each school. After editorially complaining about a lack of interest in the magazine at both schools, Josh published a final issue in February, 1897.

On April 16, 1903, Earle C. Anthony, with a staff of ten, published The California Pelican. The Pelican has been issued every month of the academic year since that first appearance and is the sponsored humor magazine of the Associated Students. Circulation in 1965 averaged 7,000 copies, giving the magazine the second largest circulation, behind the Daily Californian, on the campus. The magazine is edited in its own quarters in the Pelican Building, which was donated by Anthony and completed in 1957.

The California Journal of Technology first appeared in February, 1903 as a medium of communication for students in engineering. It was the first college magazine in the west to specialize in the area of science and technology. The magazine was discontinued in February, 1914, but was revived by the Student Engineers Council as The California Engineer in January, 1923. Today, the magazine is sponsored by the Associated Students and maintains a circulation of about 1,500 copies per month.

Another specialized publication was The Berkeley Lyceum, published half in English, half in Japanese, by the Japanese Students Association from 1907 to 1917. From 1912 to 1914, the Architectural Association of the new Department of Architecture published a yearbook of student work.

In November, 1912, The California Law Review began publication to "record the history and development" of western law. Appointment to the editorship, usually held by a third-year law student, is considered an honor. The Law Review is published five times a year.

A publication called Brass Tacks has appeared three different times. It first appeared from January, 1913 to May, 1916; then again from November, 1921 to February, 1922; and a third time from March 22, 1934 to March 13, 1935.

Students in the College of Agriculture began publication of The Journal of Agriculture in May, 1913. Because of the war, publication was discontinued from October, 1917 to January, 1920. In November, 1921, the Journal became the California Countryman and lasted until May, 1930.

Students in the School of Forestry have published three different publications. The first was called California Forestry and appeared in 1917. The Forestry Club published Axe Chips every three weeks from January, 1933 to April 29, 1943. Another publication, Timber, a magazine rather than a newspaper, appeared from 1957 to 1963.

Dill Pickle, a lampoon-type occasional newspaper, was first published in March, 1916 by the members of the Istyc Club, made up of women students interested in journalism, and later by Theta Sigma Phi, a women's journalistic honor society. Suspended by University authorities in April of 1928, Dill Pickle was reinstated in July, 1929 and appeared until April, 1935. The Raspberry Press was a similar men's newspaper, first published in February, 1915 with the motto: "Uncensored and Untrammeled!'' It too was suspended by the University from 1928 to 1929. In April, 1931, it became The Razzberry Press and continued under that name until March, 1934, when it was permanently suspended. The New Razzberry Press appeared from 1935 to March, 1939.

The College of Commerce sponsored Commercia which lasted from February, 1921 to May, 1927. The Associated Students published a short-lived Literary Review Quarterly for one year from May, 1926 to May, 1927. The ASUC also sponsored The California Pictorial, the first college rotogravure magazine, which lasted from September, 1921 to April, 1924.

The students in the Division of Entomology and Parasitology founded the still-active magazine, Vedalia, in April, 1930. Members of Naval ROTC sporadically published from 1936 to 1956 The Capstan and a weekly paper, The Naval Unit Weekly, from September, 1936 to April, 1941. Grizzly, a general magazine sponsored by the Associated Students, lasted from March, 1938 to October, 1940.

In 1955, graduate students in the Department of Sociology began The Berkeley Journal of Sociology as a publication medium for graduate student research. This journal is still active.

One of the most recent student publications is The Graduate Student Journal, begun in 1962 and published once a semester.

In addition to the specific publications mentioned, there have been numerous, more ephemeral magazines and newspapers, including summer editions of The Daily Californian, some of which have been published by private parties or various organizations connected in some way with the University campus.--CLG

Publication Editors

                 

The University Echo  

F. H. Whitworth	March-August 1871
J. M. Whitworth	August 1871-May 1872
Arthur Rodgers	May-October 1872
George C. Edwards	Oct. 1872-April 1873
George C. Edwards	April-May 1873
Thomas Woodward	May-November 1873
J. R. Farrell	November-December 1873
J. R. Farrell	December 1873-March 1874

         

The Neolaean Review  

L. Hoyt Smith
G. M. Pinney, Jr.	March-October 1873
L. Hoyt Smith
G. M. Pinney, Jr.	October-December 1873

                                                                                 

The Berkeleyan  

J. R. Farrell
J. C. Rowell	January-September 1874
J. F. Alexander
N. A. Morford	1874-75
R. B. Wallace	1875-76
E. W. Cowles
Ed Booth	1876-77
T. O. Toland	1877-78
J. H. Wheeler
William H. Chapman	1878-79
M. S. Eisner
A. D. Tenney	1879-90
S. M. Franklin
Charles Shainwald
Max Loewenthal	1880-82
John J. Dwyer
S. E. Moffett	1881-82
F. J. Walton
F. L. Burk
Frank J. Walton	1882-83
J. L. Chase	1883-84
E. A. Avery
W. F. Cheney
Walter J. Bartnett	1884-85
A. H. Ashley
George D. Boyd	1885-86
George M. Stratton
A. C. Miller	1886-87
James Sutton
G. R. Lukens	1887-88
W. T. Craig
W. L. Jepson	1888-89
Jesse P. Sayre	1892-93
Joseph C. Myerstein
E. M. Wilder	1893-94
Will H. Gorrill
Arthur W. North	1894-95
Harry H. Hirst	1895-96
George H. Whipple
Charles A. Elston	1896-97

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Daily Californian  

Allen L. Chickering
Wiggington Creed	1897-98
Charles E. Thomas
Harold S. Symmes	1898-99
Harrison S. Robinson
Nathan M. Moran	1899-1900
Edward A. Dickson
Frederick M. Allen	1900-01
George C. Mansfield
A. F. Lemberger	1901-02
J. A. Moriarty
W. L. Finley	1902-03
Richard O'Conner
J. Gustav White	1903-04
W. T. Hale
J. P. Loeb	1904-05
Sam Hellman
L. D. Bohnett	1905-06
A. C. B. Fletcher
J. D. Van Becker	1906-07
Lewis A. McArthur
C. K. Hardenbrook	1907-08
George L. Bell
William J. Hayes	1908-09
V. R. Churchill
C. E. Hall	1909-10
D. J. Cates
A. C. Prendergast	1910-11
E. M. Einstein
M. A. Cartwright	1911-12
John L. Simpson
R. Ray Randall	1912-13
R. M. Eaton
J. H. Quire	1913-14
H. L. Dunn
Harvey Roney	1914-15
Philip Conley
Osgood Murdock	1915-16
Robert Blake
Harry Seymour	1916-17
A. L. Mitchell	1917-18
J. C. Raphael	1918-19
George C. Tenney
Norman S. Gallison	1919-20
L. G. Blochman
W. A. White	1920-21
F. W. Bertlett
C. C. Wakefield	1921-22
R. B. Coons
J. G. Baldwin	1922-23
Albert S. Furth
Joseph Dietrich	1923-24
Bill Spencer
Jerry Faulkner	1924-25
Frederick Wahl
A. Kenneth Priestley	1925-26
John Moore
Donaldson Thorburn	1926-27
Fred Foy
Vernon C. Smith	1927-28
Marion Plant
Frederick Brockhagen	1928-29
Dan Norton
William Hudson	1929-30
Arthur Artlett--fall
Frederick Hotz--spring	1930-31
Jack S. Mason--fall
M. Alfred Schaeffer--spring	1931-32
Frank Buck, Jr.--fall
C. Franklin Howell--spring	1932-33
Bruce C. Yates--fall
A. James McCollum--spring	1933-34
Walter Christie, Jr.--fall
Edwin Emery--spring	1934-35
Henry Schacht--fall
Lawrence Resnor--spring	1935-36
Charles T. Post--fall
James M. Doyle--spring	1936-37
William Murrish--fall
John Burd--spring	1937-38
Norman Canright--fall
James Pool--spring	1938-1939
William Brownell--fall
Charles Bell--spring	1939-40
Edmund Tackle--fall
Sarita Henderson--spring	1940-41
Don Fabun--fall
Gordon Furth--spring	1941-42
Howard Cook--fall
Eugene Danaher--fall
Warren Unna--spring	1942-43
Marg Ogg--summer
Virginia Bottoroff--fall
Jean Elliott--spring	1943-44
Betty Sullivan--summer
Betty Wentworth--fall
Jura Hoffman--spring	1944-45
Pat McGregor--summer
Irene Bradfield--fall-spring	1945-46
Katie Thanas --fall-spring
Phyllis Seidkin--fall-spring	1946-47
Jack Howard--fall
Vic Bogart--spring	1947-48
Guy Carruthers--fall
Charles Goodman--spring	1948-49
Gene Kramer--fall
Dick Hafner--spring
Frank Finney--fall
Louis Bell--spring	1950-51
Alva Senzek--fall
Mike Fallon--spring	1951-52
Al Manzano--fall
Dave Dugas--spring	1952-53
Georgia Wilcox---fall
Doug Dempster--spring	1953-54
Jan Stevens--fall
Liz Waldie--spring	1954-55
Alix Bouldin--fall
Les Carpenter--spring	1955-56
Bob Falk--fall
Jim Lemert--spring	1956-57
Jay Bardwell--fall-spring	1957-58
Jim Yenckel--fall
Gene Turner--spring	1958-59
Marge Madonne--fall
Anne Ruggeri--spring	1959-60
Terry Timmins--fall-spring	1960-61
Frank Jeans--fall
Bill Wong--spring	1961-62
Elliot Steinberg--fall
Sandie North--spring	1962-63
Mary McGowan--fall
Pat Mar--spring	1963-64
Susan Johnson--fall
Justin Roberts--spring	1964-65
Peggy Krause--fall
Jim Branson--spring	1965-66

                                                                                                                                                                                             

Editors--Blue and Gold  

Harry Dam	1873-74
C. B. Overacker	1874-75
Peter T. Riley	1875-76
Alex Morrison	1876-77
H. W. O'Melveny	1877-78
H. C. Perry	1878-79
Edited by Zeta Psi Fraternity	1879-80
J. B. Lincoln	1880-81
Earle A. Walcott	1881-82
Charles S. Wheeler	1882-83
W. F. Cheney	1883-84
Kimball G. Easton	1884-85
W. C. Gregory	1885-86
Henry E. Monroe	1886-87
H. A. Melvin	1887-88
G. H. Stokes	1888-89
C. W. Merrill	1889-90
Charles L. Turner	1890-91
J. D. Burke	1891-92
F. M. Todd	1892-93
Albert Houston	1893-94
Raymond J. Russ	1894-95
Owen S. Case	1895-96
Gilbert J. Rector	1896-97
Charles E. Fryer	1897-98
Stuart G. Masters	1899-1900
John J. Earle	1900-1901
Earle C. Anthony	1901-02
Arthur L. Price	1902-03
Eugene R. Hallett	1903-04
Jackson Gregory	1904-05
J. R. Gabbert	1905-06
Maurice Harrison	1906-07
Clayton Shiway	1907-08
Alan C. VanFleet	1908-09
L. A. Langstroth	1909-10
Robert H. Clark	1910-11
Clare M. Torrey	1911-12
Francis H. Partridge	1912-13
Donovan O. Peters	1913-14
Lloyd N. Hamilton	1914-15
Leroy F. Krusi	1915-16
John L. Reith	1916-17
Charles Detoy	1917-18
Hale N. Luff	1918-19
John W. Cline, Jr.	1919-20
Frank W. Tenney	1920-21
Fenton D. Williamson	1921-22
Russell C. Lockhart	1922-23
James Rolph, III	1923-24
Paul V. Roach	1924-25
Joseph G. Murphy	1925-26
Wilburn R. Smith	1926-27
Harmon C. Bell	1927-28
Fred C. Fischer	1928-29
Nathan D. Rowley	1929-30
Everett J. Brown, Jr.	1930-31
Thomas Townsend, Jr.	1931-32
Irving Wiesenfeld	1932-33
Hugh D. McKenzie	1933-34
Edward Quarg	1934-35
George Dimmer	1935-36
Paul D. Ehret	1936-37
Robert Lynch	1937-38
Brilsford P. Flint	1938-39
Joseph H. Wadsworth, Jr.	1939-40
Wilbert Fountain	1940-41
Ralph Countryman	1941-42
Ginny Robinson	1942-43
June Porter--summer-fall
Carolyn Hardy--spring	1943-44
Carolyn Hardy--summer
Mary Jane Boles	1944-45
Joan Porter	1945-46
Janice Rivers	1946-47
Jean Heffer	1947-48
Dale Millar	1948-49
Don Haworth	1949-50
Lois Bossin	1950-51
Mardy Robinson	1951-52
Elouise Phelps	1952-53
Gayle Rivers	1953-54
Nancy Bracken	1954-55
Carlos Cortes	1955-56
Barbara Thode	1956-57
Jo Woolley	1957-58
Evelyn Hollingshead	1958-59
Diane Schwab	1959-60
Dot Sherwood	1960-61
Elaine Henning	1961-62
Don Frank	1962-63
Roberta Cotton	1963-64
Katie Wuertele	1964-65
Irene Boschken	1965-66

                                                                                                                                                                                         

Editors -- Pelican  

Earle C. Anthony--fall
Carleton Parker--spring	1903-04
Eugene Hallett--fall
Augustin C. Keane--spring	1904-05
Vance McClymonds	1905-06
Gurden Edwards	1906-07
Carl Whitmore	1907-08
Edward J. Symmes	1908-09
Rollo E. Fay--fall
Wesley Kergan--fall
George Adams--spring	1909-10
George Adams	1910-11
M. L. Dinkelspiel	1911-12
Raymond W. Jeans	1912-13
N. L. McLaren	1913-14
Fred Faust	1914-15
Roger Goss	1915-16
Marshall Maslin	1916-17
George Atcheson, Jr.	1917-18
George Atcheson, Jr.	1918-19
R. W. Rineheart	1919-20
G. F. MacMullen	1920-21
R. L. Ingram	1921-22
Jack Lyons	1922-23
F. A. Fender
Dean Avery	1924-25
John S. Cook	1925-26
Bertram Googins	1926-27
Wilson Cosby	1927-28
John V. Luegel--fall
George T. Eggleston--spring	1928-29
Edward T. Haas--fall
Glanville Heisch--spring	1929-30
Edward T. Haas--fall
Glanville Heisch--spring	1930-31
Douglas Nicholson--fall
Harry Thornally--spring	1929-30
Ford Sibley--fall
Jack Fagan--spring	1932-33
Graham Heid--fall
Benjamin C. Martin--spring	1933-34
Lionel Ormsby--fall
Bruce Ariss--spring	1934-35
Samuel Tannenbaum--fall
Robert Meltzer--spring	1935-36
Robert Pickering	1936-37
William Wallace--fall
Freeman Silva--spring	1937-38
Bernard Taper--fall
Don Stofle--spring	1938-39
Warner Law--fall
Alec Yuill Thornton--spring	1939-40
Edwin Stofle--fall
Roberta MacDonald--spring	1940-41
Rip Matteson--fall
W. I. Matson--spring	1941-42
Alan Alch--fall
Marge Silva--spring	1942-43
Carol Pauker	1943-44
Claudia Murphy--summer-fall
Frances Schweickardt--spring	1944-45
Frances Schweickardt--summer
Raymond Lewis--fall-spring	1945-46
Tom Jones	1946-47
Dave Bary--fall
Bill Van Voris--spring	1947-48
Eugene A. K. Thompson	1948-49
Ken Kolb	1949-1950
Bob Sederholm	1950-51
Collin Clark--fall
Ralph Estling--spring	1951-52
Ron Goulart--fall
Collin Clark--spring	1952-53
Walt Anderson	1953-54
Ron Goulart--fall
Terry Wollter--spring	1954-55
John Ruyle	1955-56
Janet Dent--fall
Allan Hislop--spring	1956-57
Ken De Fiebre--fall
Dave Toll--spring	1957-58
Jim Packer--fall
R. R. Ervine--spring	1958-59
Joe McCord--fall
Frank Chin--spring	1959-60
Don Wegars	1960-61
Doug Kim	1961-62
Dick Corten	1962-63
Dexter Waugh--fall
Mitch Chefitz--spring	1963-64
Dick Corten	1964-65
Bob Wieder	1965-66

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

Editors -- Occident  

C. H. Oatman	1880-81
E. A. Walcott--fall
E. C. Sanford--spring	1881-82
E. C. Sanford--fall
W. A. Beatty--spring	1882-83
W. A. Beatty	1883-84
G. T. Clark
A. G. Eells	1884-85
E. A. Howard
Charles Biedenbach	1885-86
John D. Murphey--fall
W. W. Sanderson--spring	1886-87
E. R. Drew--fall
L. Hutchinson--spring	1887-88
W. T. Craig--fall
W. L. Jepson--spring	1888-89
John D. Rideout--fall
V. K. Chestnut--spring	1889-1890
H. C. Head	1890-91
Lee W. Lloyd--fall
F. H. McLean--spring	1891-92
W. M. Carpenter--fall
C. L. Knight--spring	1892-93
Frank W. Bancroft	1893-94
H. M. Anthony--fall
E. T. Thurston, Jr.--spring	1894-95
M. C. Flaherty--fall
R. S. Phelps--spring	1895-96
A. L. Weil--fall
James Hopper--spring	1896-97
James Hopper	1897-98
Stuart G. Masters--fall
Ira Abraham--spring	1898-99
Richard W. Tully--fall
Arhibald Cloud--spring	1899-1900
Alexander Gordenker--fall
Milton Schwartz--spring	1900-01
Monroe E. Deutsch--fall
Alexander Adler--spring	1901-02
James M. Koford--fall
Leslie M. Turner--spring	1902-03
Arthur L. Price--fall
Hart Greensfelder--spring	1903-04
Leo D. Bishop
Gus C. Keane	1904-05
Joseph S. Koford
Edward Blackman	1905-06
Gurden Edwards--fall
J. D. Fletcher--spring	1906-07
David S. Levy--fall
Philip S. Thacher--spring	1907-08
William S. Wells--fall
Richard Goldman--spring	1908-09
Francis R. Steel--fall
Wesley W. Kergan--spring	1909-10
Robert W. Cross	1910-11
Arne K. Hoisholt	1911-12
Lloyd A. Myers	1912-13
R. G. Ham	1913-14
Sidney C. Howard	1914-15
Hazel Mavermale	1915-16
John R. Bruce	1916-17
Genevieve Taggard	1917-18
Genevieve Taggard	1918-19
Clarence Greenhood	1919-20
R. A. Beals	1920-21
F. B. McGurrin--fall
H. R. Luck	1921-22
Harold R. Luck	1922-23
Ellsworth R. Stewrat	1923-24
Vernon Patterson	1924-25
Robert Wall	1930-31
David C. Camp	1931-32
Marvin Rosenberg	1932-33
John Conrad	1933-34
Dorothy Fraser	1934-35
Dorothy Fraser--fall
Frank Wilson--spring	1935-36
Solomon Eidinoff--fall
Henry May (Chairman of Editorial Board)	1936-37
Margaret Rote--spring	1945
George Hummer	1945-46
Jocelyn Willat	1946-47
Charlotte McCord--fall
Barbara Gordeon--spring	1947-48
Ray Menzle--fall
Vic Di Suvero--spring	1948-49
Lynne Brown--fall
Dale Joe--spring	1949-50
Richard Champlin--fall
Kenneth Pettitt--spring	1950-51
Jack Goddard--fall
George Huaco--spring	1951-52
Hannah B. Pascal--fall
Robert Monell--spring	1952-53
Sylvia Rosenbaum--fall
Richard Rummonds--spring	1953-54
Theodore Kloski--spring	1955
William P. Barlow, Jr.--fall
Joan Didion--spring	1955-56
Ted Fourkas--fall
Marlene Clifford--spring	1956-57
James Hatch--fall
Robert Chrisman--spring	1957-58
Diane Wakoski--fall
Duncan Pierce--spring	1958-59
Diane Wakoski--fall
Ralph Costa--spring	1959-60
Florence Armstrong--fall
Walt Wright--spring	1960-61
Wendy Martin--fall
Alexander M. Stevens--spring	1961-62
Leon Weiner--fall
Joel Rosenberg--spring	1962-63
Tom David--fall
Jane Friedman--spring	1963-64
Laura Dunlap	1964-65
Martha Masterson--fall
Michael Eliasberg--spring	1965-66

                         

Editors -- California Journal of Technology  

Robert Sibley	1902-03
Robert Sibley	1903-04
Norman F. Titus	1904-05
Ralph P. Merritt	1905-06
O. M. Boyle, Jr.--fall
Harry M. Hall--spring	1906-07
Harry M. Hall--fall
Roy A. Lind--spring	1907-08
Lester O. Wolcott	1908-09
Joseph M. McCoy	1909-10
W. E. Dean	1913-14
Rene Guilloux	1914-15

                                                                                                                                           

Editors -- California Engineer  

L. H. Rushmer	1922-23
Alfred Livingston--fall
Richard Wood--spring	1923-24
Edwin Fisk	1924-25
Charles Nourse	1925-26
Raphael Sampson	1926-27
Erhardt Koerper	1927-28
Lewis Howard	1928-29
Francis Pritchard	1929-30
Charles Sexton	1930-31
Newell A. Davies	1931-32
Laurence Anderson--fall
Ormond Bretherick--spring	1932-33
June Malone (Women's Editor)	1932-33
Edmund Thelen, Jr.	1933-34
Ray Walker	1934-35
Arthur Harrison--fall
Herbert Crowle--fall
Orval Clark--spring	1935-36
Jack Keenan	1936-37
Charles Patterson	1937-38
Ralph Nelson	1938-39
Sam Ruvkun	1939-40
Earl Serdahl	1940-41
Wil Staring	1941-42
Verne Cooperrider	1942-43
Duane Parkinson--summer-fall
Irwin Spitzer--spring	1943-44
John Clawson--summer
Mary Lou Coombs--fall-spring	1944-45
Bailey Clark--summer-fall
Mary Lou Coombs--fall
Walter Dimmick--spring	1945-46
Paul Miller--fall
Ed Firth--spring	1946-47
Jane Kidd--fall
Sinclair Knapp--spring	1947-48
Rex Beal--fall
Jack Griffin--spring	1948-49
Don Porter
Gene Borson
Joan Hoffman	1949-50
Al White--fall
Dave Koblick--spring	1950-51
Jim Smith--fall
Charles Seim--spring	1951-52
Dick Henderson--fall
Bob Markevitch--spring	1952-53
Ken White	1953-54
Bruce Pifel	1954-55
Al Geiger--fall
Stan Mercer--spring	1955-56
Shel Carrol--fall
Bob Shipley--spring	1957-58
William Whitney--fall
Lynn Seaman--spring	1958-59
Richard Basler--fall
Pete Beakschi--spring	1959-60
Steve Whilden--fall
Martin Halseth--spring	1960-61
Dave Leppaluoto--fall
Clint Ar--spring	1961-62
Jim Doub--fall
Steve Fabricant--spring	1962-63
Tom Pittman--fall
Bob Showen--spring	1963-64
Bob Showen--fall
Tom Edwards--spring	1964-65
Richard Sullivan	1965-66

Summer Sessions

The six-week Summer Session had its practical beginning in 1900. Instruction in elementary chemistry had, however, been given during the summer as early as 1891. Six students enrolled and paid a fee of five dollars to cover the cost of materials. From 1892 to 1898 courses in chemistry and physics were offered, with enrollment increasing from 40 in 1892 to 105 in 1898. In 1899, instruction in mathematics, history, and education were added and the enrollment was 161.

In the spring of 1899, the Regents approved a plan recommended by a special committee of the Academic Council on summer schools. The policy adopted in 1899 is still in effect: the quality of instruction shall be equivalent to that offered in regular sessions; courses offered shall be those requested by and most profitable to students; instructors are to be compensated but, inasmuch as the funds of the University are not equal to an additional outlay for the expense of Summer Sessions, a suitable tuition fee, regardless of the number of courses taken, shall be charged to make the sessions self-supporting.

In 1900, ten departments--philosophy, pedagogy, history and political science, Greek, Latin, English, mathematics, physics, chemistry, and botany--offered 37 courses with a total enrollment of 433. The tuition fee was ten dollars. Then, as now, in addition to members of the regular faculty, eminent teachers from other United States universities and colleges and foreign scholars instructed in the sessions.

In 1920, in response to student demand, a second six-week session known as Inter-session was offered. During the Second World War, when the University offered three semesters, the summer session went back to one six-week term. In 1946, the second six-week session was restored and the sessions became known as first and second sessions.

Over a 65-year span, the enrollment in a six-week session has increased from 433 to 7,548. The total enrollment for both sessions in 1965 was 11,278. The fee for a six-week session increased from $10 to $85. Course offerings expanded from 37 to 472. Fifty-seven departments offered 752 courses in both sessions in 1965. The faculty for both sessions numbered 739, of whom 581 were regular members of the University faculty and 158 visiting faculty.

Of students attending the 1965 Summer Sessions, 55 per cent were regularly enrolled University students from all campuses; 25 per cent were students at other institutions; 12 per cent were teachers; and eight per cent were from professional, semiprofessional and managerial occupations. The proportion of summer session students whose home locality is in California was 75 per cent; 20 per cent were out-of-state students; and five per cent were from foreign countries--HELEN HAMMARBERG

Traditions

Traditions at the Berkeley campus have been plentiful with new ones rising to replace the old ones that died from change of style or interest.

Angel of Death

Early "cinch" notices (of academic deficiency) were not distributed by the recorder's office, but were posted openly on the bulletin board in Old North Hall. The man who posted the notices became known as the "Angel of Death" or the "Avenging Angel" by the students.

Andy Smith Eulogy

Andy Smith Eulogy closes a Big Came Rally. The philosophies of clean living and good sportsmanship taught by Andrew L. Smith, coach of the famous football teams of the 1920's whose sudden death in January, 1920 shocked the campus, were recounted by the radio announcer, Mel Venter at the rally of 1948. The following year, Garff Wilson, professor of dramatic art and speech, was asked to prepare a eulogy which was read at the rally by the ASUC president. Since then the eulogy has been read by Wilson himself to a darkened Greek Theatre illuminated only by the dying embers of the bonfire and the flickering lights of candles held by the students in the great amphitheater above.

Big "C"

Big "C" was built on March 18, 1905 by the men of the classes of 1907 and 1908, who formed a human chain to relay the building materials up the slopes through a heavy rain. The "C" symbolized California spirit and the peaceful end of the Charter Hill "rush" for

---

merly held between the freshmen and sophomore classes. It is traditionally in the custody of the sophomores who are responsible for keeping it clean and painted gold. A ceremony was originally held each Charter Day to transfer the "deed to the C" from one sophomore class to another. During the year, the deed was displayed in the Bacon Library, but in the move to the present library building in 1911, the deed disappeared.

The "C" is considered legitimate prey by the athletic opponents of California, who try to emblazon their colors on it. The freshmen paint it green on occasion. On the evening before a Stanford game or a coast championship game, the "C" is outlined in electric lights and guarded through the night.

Big "C" Sirkus

"Big C" Sirkus began as a vaudeville show given by the "Big C" Society to entertain high school athletes attending the western interscholastic track meet in April, 1911. The show was repeated at the meet annually until 1914 when World War I intervened. In 1920, it was re-established as entertainment on the evening of Labor Day and replaced the Labor Day observance of Leap Year in 1932. In addition to the show, an afternoon parade was held at which prizes were awarded for floats made by campus organizations and living groups. Proceeds from the show were given to a worthy campus enterprise. In spite of the depression, the Sirkus was financially successful throughout the 1930's.

Revived after the hiatus of World War II, the Sirkus lost its Leap Year significance and was repeated annually between 1946 and 1953 as an evening show, but the last two years were a financial loss and the affair was discontinued. A second revival was attempted in 1962, 1963, and 1964 for the benefit of Cal Camp, but was not financially successful and in 1965, the Executive Committee of the Associated Students voted to abandon it.

Big Game Week

Big Game Week precedes the playing of the Stanford-California football game each fall. In its early manifestations, it consisted of the singing of California songs for five minutes at the start of each class, of spontaneous rallies between classes, and of a rally on the night before the game. It was, and continues to be, the traditional time for alumni to attend class reunions--usually on Big Game eve. The week now features an Axe Review in which campus living groups compete for trophies with skits and plays depicting humorous aspects of the Big Game and campus life; "Blue Monday," a day on which students discovered wearing red, a Stanford color, are singled out for public embarrassment; and the Big Game Rally.

Burial of Bourdon and Minto

Burial of Bourdon and Minto, a freshman ceremony patterned after a similar tradition at Yale, was observed from 1878-1903. Bourdon's Elements of Algebra and Minto's Manual of English Prose Composition were freshman textbooks. At the end of the academic year, copies were burned and the ashes were buried by the class with ceremony. The simple ceremony gradually became more elaborate. A long procession of appropriately garbed mourners wound about the campus and a roaring bonfire became the backdrop for the cremation. Sophomores made annual attempts to break up the affair.

As enrollment increased, rowdy elements from surrounding communities were able to take part without detection and a fairly good-natured family ruckus became a riot, spilling off the campus into the town. Private property damage and injuries among the students finally made it necessary for the University administration to forbid continuation of the ceremony.

Card Stunts

Card Stunts between the halves of football games had their beginnings at the Big Game of 1908, when both California and Stanford rooters appeared in white shirts and rooter caps which were one color on the outside and another color on the inside. By reversing the caps, simple designs such as block letters could be produced.

At the Big Game of 1914, sets of stiff cards of varying colors cut to a uniform size were supplied to each California rooter. These, when held up in the rooting section according to direction, made an effective, clear-cut pattern. Through the years, ingenious card stunt committees have evolved elaborate, animated stunts including the traditional "Cal Script" in which a huge "Cal" appears to be written by a great, unseen pen gliding smoothly across the rooting section.

Channing Way Derby

Channing Way Derby, originated and conducted by the Sigma Chi fraternity at the corner of Channing Way and College Avenue, was a ceremony which introduced freshmen pledges to sorority life for over 25 years. Beginning in 1916 as a means of keeping score on the girls arriving for pledge breakfasts in the sororities along Channing Way, with a large beer mug awarded to the house having the greatest number of pledges, the "derby" expanded through the years into an elaborate, though mild form of hazing. As the event became famous, all sororities were invited to take part; Channing Way between College Avenue and Piedmont Avenue was temporarily closed, and spectators began arriving before dawn. Discontinued in 1942 because of the war, the "Derby" has not been revived.

Class Clothing

From the late 1870's until 1911, although with lessening interest after 1906, the "plug" was favored campus men's wear. For seniors, it was a black top hat as befitted their dignity. Juniors wore grey ones. Sat upon and kicked around, a plug's distinction lay in its battered condition. Senior plugs were undecorated, but junior plugs were painted with class numerals, fraternity or society emblems and campus scenes indicative of the wearer's interests. As the wearing of the high silk hat by business executives began to decline, so did interest in the "plugs."

The "senior sombrero" was initiated by the class of 1913. A stiff-brimmed, ranger type of hat, it was considered representative of western spirit. A leather band worn about the crown was carved with a pattern of California poppies wreathed about a bear, while the word "California" and the class year appeared across the front. This dignified hat gave the senior an air of distinction and was widely worn. It was not until the late 1920's, when it became fashionable for men to go without hats on informal occasions, that the sombrero disappeared.

The freshmen of this period wore soft, blue felt, "pork pie" hats turned up all ground, with a narrow gold ribbon about the crown. These were usually cut and tormented into weird shapes. Sophomores were distinguished by jeans, and for several years, by grey, checkered caps, with a green or red button on top according as the class year was odd or even. "Cords" (corduroy trousers) were the mark of the upper classmen, and were worn so universally as to be almost a uniform. The more soiled, the nearer "to standing alone" a pair became, the more desirable it was. The decline of cords was determined as slacks and sport coats became popular informal wear during the mid-1930's.

Following World War II, several attempts were made to establish the tradition of "dinks" for freshmen, but without success. Currently there is no distinctive class clothing.

Daffodil Festival

Each spring, for a week, Lambda Chi Alpha fraternity sponsors the Daffodil Festival, during which the yellow flowers are sold on the campus for charity. Since 1946, daffodils have been flown in near Easter time from Washington state and sold. For the past several years, the recipient of proceeds from the festival has been the World University Service. On the last day of festival week, a Daffodil Queen is crowned.

Dead Week

Dead Week immediately precedes final examinations. Quizzes, special reports, or extracurricular activities are not scheduled during this time so that students may concentrate on studies. The week was formally requested by the ASUC Student Affairs Committee in 1961 and officially authorized by the Berkeley chancellor in 1963.

Founder's Rock

Founders' Rock is located on the north side of the campus near the corner of Hearst Avenue and Gayley Road. On this outcropping, 12 trustees of the College of California stood on April 16, 1860 to dedicate property they had just purchased as a future campus for their college. In 1866, again at Founders' Rock, a group of College of California men were watching two ships standing out to sea through the Golden Gate. One of them, Frederick Billings, was reminded of the lines of Bishop Berkeley, "Westward the course of empire takes it way," and suggested that the town and college site be named for the eighteenth-century English philosopher and poet.

On Charter Day, 1896, the senior class commemorated the dedication of the campus by placing a memorial tablet on Founders' Rock.

Freshmen-Sophomore Brawl

Freshmen-Sophomore Brawl was organized in 1907 after the banning of the Charter Hill

---

rushes. The men of each class dressed in their oldest clothes and met on an athletic field for push-ball contests, jousting and tying matches, and a tug-of-war. The competition was supervised by members of the Big "C" Society to prevent undue roughness. The brawl continues to be held each year, but now women students take part along with the men, and the affair is conducted by the Californians, an honorary spirit society.

Golden Bear

Golden Bear is the oldest, active tradition of the University. In the spring of 1895, a 12-man track team was sent to the east coast and was the first University athletic team to compete outside of the state. It carried two blue silk banners bearing the word "California" and the state emblem, a grizzly bear, embroidered in gold.

The team was successful beyond expectations, winning four and tying one out of six dual meets, and winning the Western Intercollegiate Meet at Chicago. At the jubilant homecoming reception, the team's banners were proudly displayed and inspired Charles Mills Gayley, professor of English, to compose the lyrics of the song "The Golden Bear." The song ended:

	"Oh, have you seen our banner blue?
	The Golden Bear is on it too.
	A Californian through and through,
	Our totem he, the Golden Bear!"

From then on, the Golden Bear became the mythical guardian of the University.

Hanging of Danny Deever

Hanging of Danny Deever is mournfully tolled by the Campanile chimes on the last day of regular classes in a term. After it is played, the chimes are silent for the entire examination period. Played for the first time by chance at the end of the spring semester of 1930, an encore was requested by students at the end of the following semester. The custom is now one of the oldest, surviving campus traditions.

Labor Day

Labor Day as a Leap Year holiday on which the men of the Berkeley campus turned out en masse to improve roads or landscaping, while the women students prepared and served a lunch was first held on February 29, 1896. That year, the area around North and South Halls was in need of improvement and legislative funds were not forthcoming. Regent Jacob Reinstein '73 called upon the students to dramatize the need for funds by donating a day of labor to the University. The response and results were so satisfactory that the event continued to be held for three decades. The result most evident today is the trail to the "Big C," complete with drains and culverts, which was built in the course of three hours on February 29, 1916.

The need for such activities diminished and in 1932, Labor Day was replaced by an enlarged Big C Sirkus and parade.

Ludwig's Fountain

The campus has had any number of informal mascots. In the 1920's, a Springer Spaniel named Contact was adopted as the campus pet and became the center of a small controversy when the University administration barred all dogs from the campus.

The career of Ludwig von Schwarenberg has been considerably smoother and more honorific. When the Student Union complex opposite Sproul Hall opened in 1960, the fountain between the Union Building and the Dining Commons became the favorite haunt of a German Short-Hair Pointer named Ludwig. In a few months, Ludwig had appropriated the fountain for himself and would stand in it haunch-deep, waiting for a friendly student to throw a tennis ball or feed him. Ludwig's day began early in the morning and ended about five-thirty in the afternoon when he would promptly head for his home in Berkeley. In 1961, by Regental decree, the fountain was named in his honor, the first location on campus to be named after an animal. Ludwig's tenure at the fountain ended, except for visits, in the fall of 1965, when his owners moved across the Oakland estuary to Alameda.

North Hall Steps

North Hall Steps in the words of President Wheeler were "The shrine of those who would loaf and invite their souls." Two 12-step flights led to entrances on the east side of North Hall. The northern steps were used mainly by the women students. Those to the south were exclusive lounging precincts of the men of the three upper classes. Here students surveyed the passing scene, campus politicians built their fences, and classes gathered before a "rush." On Thursday evenings, the steps were reserved for the seniors who met to sing and settle campus problems.

In 1917, North Hall was condemned to be torn down as worn out and unsafe. On Commencement day that year, some 700 alumni came to stand about the steps to say farewell.

"Oski"

"Oski," taken from the "Oski, wow, wow!" cheer, was the name given to various bear cubs tried out as Berkeley mascots. Each became dangerous as he grew larger, and the idea of a living mascot had to be abandoned.

At a 1941 freshman rally, a character inspired by William Rockwell '43 appeared for the first time. Dressed in a padded size 54 yellow sweater, blue trousers, oversized shoes, large white gloves, and a papier mâché head caricaturing a bear, this Oski was soon in demand at social affairs as well as rallies and games.

Since 1946, Oski has been the charge of a special committee. This group of men between 5'2" and 5'4" in height and possessed of considerable gymnastic ability, determine Oski's schedule, plan his stunts, and take turns assuming his character. The membership of the committee is not listed, and the identity of Oski on any given occasion is kept strictly secret.

Partheneia

Partheneia, an original, open-air pageant or masque presented each spring term, was initiated in 1911 by Miss Lucy Sprague, then dean of women. A competition for a student-written script was held in the previous fall term, the general theme being that of the transition from girlhood into womanhood; 400-500 women took part in the performance.

The first Partheneia, presented on April 6, 1912, was performed under the oaks bordering the eucalyptus grove. It was not a satisfactory location for spectators, however, and later performances were given in Faculty Glade. The Partheneia was produced regularly until interest in pageantry declined generally. It was discontinued in 1931.

"Pedro"

"Pedro" is the long, drawn-out student call which is sometimes heard in Berkeley at night--particularly before examinations. The tradition is very old and its origin is unknown, though several tales attempt to account for it. An older one tells of the daughter of Don José Domingo Peralta, who once owned all the land in the Berkeley vicinity. Separated from Pedro, the handsome young man with whom she was in love, she wandered the rancho lands calling his name, but he never came back. Her ghost returns on moonlit nights still searching for Pedro and sympathetic students try to help her find him.

A more current version claims that Pedro, the dog of a former President of the University, became lost shortly before examinations one year, and the President promised that examinations would be cancelled if the dog was found. Although their calls have been unavailing, anxious students still hope they may be successful in bringing Pedro home.

Rallies

Rallies on the eve of athletic events began as intercollegiate competition developed, particularly with Stanford, in 1891. Originally, bonfire rallies were held in the area now covered by the Life Sciences Building. Men's smoker rallies were held in Harmon Gymnasium; women held rallies in Hearst Hall. In 1903, the Greek Theatre became the site of bonfire rallies, and certain of these, such as the Freshman Rally, the Pajamarino, and the Axe Rally became annual events.

Before World War II, rallies were masculine affairs with the men gathering by class outside the theatre and serpentining into place about the fire. Women students mingled with the audience above the diasoma. Today, the space about the fire is unoccupied, while men and women students sit together in the upper section of the theatre.

Axe Rally

Axe Rally was the one occasion of the year on which the Stanford Axe was taken from its bank vault and shown to the student body, while the story of its capture was retold by alumni who had taken part. Previous to 1916, the rally was held on the night before the Big Game. In that year, it was decided to hold the rally in the spring before the opening of the Stanford baseball series, partly because the axe had been wrested from Stanford after a baseball game, and partly because there was no other major athletic rally in the spring. The significance of the rally died when the axe was recaptured by Stanford in 1930.

However, the tradition of a rally the night before the Big Game remained active. The Big Game Rally now becomes the Axe Rally

---

only in those years in which California is in possession of the axe.

Freshman Rally

Freshman Rally in September welcomes the new class. A great bonfire is built by the freshmen, but a continual demand is made for "more wood, freshmen!" and class honor requires that the supply of wood never runs short.

Pajamarino

Pajamarino of mid-October is a pajama-clad affair, which is said to have originated in a night gown parade held October, 1901 as a costume stunt. Formerly, the men of each class competed in class skits or stunts. Now, the program is arranged by the Rally Committee and the competition lies in the originality of night attire displayed in the student audience.

Rushing

Rushing, or a contest between freshman and sophomore classes in which one class attempted to wrestle and tie the other into submission, was a general collegiate tradition when the University was founded. An organized rush was held at the beginning of the academic year to decide class supremacy, but informal ones erupted on occasion. One such occasion developed at Berkeley during the 1890's, when the freshmen began to paint their class numerals on Charter Hill the evening before Charter Day. The sophomores determined to prevent this and the ensuing rush became a prolonged battle in which students were seriously injured and the noise interfered with the academic ceremonies going on below. In 1904, it was determined the Charter Hill rush must be stopped and on Charter Day 1905, upon the advice of the senior class, the classes of 1907 and 1908 buried the rush beneath a concrete "Big C" on Charter Hill.

Sather Gate

The entrance to the campus at the end of Telegraph Avenue was always a busy one. When the gate itself was completed in 1913, the area surrounding it became a strategic and attractive place for students to campaign for student office, distribute advertisements of campus events, or hold impromptu stunts.

Because the use of Campus facilities was denied to students and others who would use them for partisan political purposes or for religious proselyting, Sather Gate took on a new significance during the political and social ferment of the 1930's. The area just outside the gate was public property and campus restrictions on political activities did not apply there. Thus, from the very early 1930's to the 1950's, when construction of the Student Union and Dining Commons outside the gate moved the public-campus boundary a city block south, political rallies and some religious preaching became frequent and common sights at Sather Gate.

Incidents of student protests, occasionally involving violence and mass meetings of up to 3,000 students, are a matter of historical record from as early as 1932 to 1941 and the outbreak of World War Il. Many prominent Americans running for public office addressed students from a truck bed or platform built into the street at the Sather Gate entrance. After the war, in the Sather Gate tradition, though in a different location, a few large political meetings were held at the west entrance to the campus where larger crowds could be accommodated.

Senior "C"

Senior "C" intended to become a tradition, existed for only a year, yet has its place in history as the forerunner of the Senior Men's Bench. Tales of the famous Yale fence led the class of 1898 to build a large, wooden "C" mounted on legs which was placed across from North Hall about where the 1897 Jubilee Bench now stands. The "C" was expected to become a gathering place for senior men, but proved to be uncomfortable and was soon abandoned. While the seniors were wondering what to do with it, the "C" suddenly disappeared one dark night. A Stanford raid was suspected and a letter was sent to that student body with thanks for having relieved California of a problem.

Senior's Men Bench

Senior Men's Bench was dedicated April 14, 1908 by the classes of 1908 and 1909. Located in the sunny corner between the south steps and the basement entrance of North Hall, it was an ideal place from which to "pipe the flight" (watch the girls go by) and discuss current events. After Wheeler Hall was completed in 1917, campus traffic patterns shifted toward Wheeler, and the bench lost its attractiveness.

A new bench on Campanile Way east of the library was dedicated by the class of 1921 to the "wonder team" of 1920 on Charter Day, 1921, but it was too exposed to the west wind and was seldom occupied. In the fall of 1924, the class of 1925 moved this bench to a new location across the road from Wheeler Hall steps. This bench also failed to become popular.

In November, 1937, the bench was moved to its present location in front of Moses Hall (then Eshleman Hall). Here it became the target for pranksters, who daubed it with paint and hid it about the campus until it became a battered eyesore. In 1951, a competition was held among the architecture students and a new bench was designed and placed. Although the bench is clearly marked "reserved for senior men," the "senior" tradition controlling its use has faded.

Senior Week

Senior Week during which members of the graduating class hold a series of farewell activities began in 1874 with a "class day" before graduation and a farewell banquet in San Francisco on the evening following the exercises. The extent of the celebration varies from class to class, but certain senior week functions are still generally observed.

The Baccalaureate Sermon was originally delivered the Sunday before Commencement by a local minister or member of the faculty. It is now held at mid-week in Faculty Glade or Hertz Hall.

The Senior Banquet is now held in connection with the Senior Ball at one of the larger hotels in San Francisco. For many years after the turn of the century, senior men attended a banquet in San Francisco and the senior women remained on the campus in Hearst Hall, where the announcement of engagements was a high point of the evening.

On the morning before Commencement the seniors of the class of 1874 met for a final Pilgrimage about the campus. The custom is still observed but is not as popular as it once was. The Pilgrimage stopped at special landmarks to listen to speeches from class leaders and favorite faculty members. On this occasion, the women used to dress in white and carry white parasols. The men wore white trousers and dark coats. The Pilgrimage was abandoned for some time and then was revived after World War II. Today, only a few seniors clad in cap and gown make the Pilgrimage and gather at Sather Gate to sing "All Hail."

The Extravaganza, an original farce written and performed by members of the senior class originated in 1894 as an afternoon, outdoor performance of dramatic recitations and seats in "Ben Weed's amphitheater." It became an evening affair after the building of the Greek Theatre, but the tradition did not survive World War II.

Sophomore Lawn

Sophomore Lawn, the strip of grass dividing the road between the General Library and California Hall, became the gathering place for sophomore men when the road was completed in 1910. California Hall was then the administration building and freshmen could be detected and hazed as they approached it. The freshmen retaliated by burning their class numerals in the lawn at night. With the move of administrative offices to Sproul Hall in 1941 and the abolition of hazing, the lawn lost its original significance.

Spring Sing

Spring Sing is normally held near the beginning of April as an open competition for representatives of various living groups, who compete for individual and group trophies and awards. The 1965 Spring Sing was held in the Greek Theatre, with proceeds going to Cal Camp.

Stanford Axe

The Stanford Axe first appeared at a Stanford-California baseball game in San Francisco, April 15, 1899, when the 15-inch steel blade mounted on a four-foot handle was in the Stanford rooting section to the accompaniment of the taunting axe yell. At the close of the game, irate Californians wrested the axe from its guardians and succeeded in out-distancing the Stanford pursuit. The awkward handle was sawed off in a butcher shop and the blade, wrapped in butcher paper, was deposited near the solar plexus of one of the group who had managed to keep up with the race even though he wore an overcoat.

Stanford, meantime, had enlisted the help of the San Francisco police and all entrances to the ferries, the only means of transportation across the bay, were guarded. In the nick of time the bearer of the axe recognized a

---

young woman friend approaching the ferry and, as her gallant escort, walked peacefully past the guards onto the boat.

The axe remained in Berkeley for 31 years. For the annual Axe Rally, it was brought from the vaults of the First National Bank in an armored car guarded by the Rally Committee and the freshmen. Stanford's recovery attempts were unsuccessful until the evening of April 3, 1930, when 21 Stanford students invaded Berkeley. As the axe was being returned to the bank, one of the Stanford men, posing as a newspaper photographer, called for a picture. Flashlight powder was ignited and a tear bomb tossed among the guards as others of the "21" grabbed the axe and rushed it to a waiting car.

In Stanford custody, the axe remained hidden in a bank vault for three years until heads among the alumni of both institutions suggested it be made a football trophy annually to the winner of the Big Game.

University Colors

University Colors of blue and gold were chosen in June, 1873 not long after the first class organizations, then called "unions," were formed. A committee of representatives from each class was appointed to make the selection. Blue, particularly the bright Yale blue, was considered because of the prevailing color of the sky and landscape, because of the blue of the student cadet uniforms and because of the number of Yale graduates who were instrumental in the founding and administration of the University. Gold was considered because of California's designation as the Golden State, the view of the Golden Gate from the campus, and the color of many of the native wild flowers. Unable to make a choice, the committee turned over the decision to the women of the classes, and Rebekah Bragg (later Martinstein) '76 made the suggestion to combine the two, which was accepted by the committee.

Victory Cannon

The Victory Cannon is a 750 pound cannon donated by the class of 1964 in time for the 1963 football season. The gun, in the custody of the Rally Committee, is in evidence at all home games and at the Big Game, it is fired whenever the football team scores a touch down or safety, kicks a field goal, or wins a game. Two weeks prior to the 1964 Big Game, the barrel of the cannon was stolen by Stanford students, recovered, stolen again, and finally returned in time for the game in exchange for the Stanford banner and card stunt cards.

Wheeler Oak

Wheeler Oak, a tree that shaded the eastern portion of Wheeler Hall steps, was a favorite meeting place for students between 1917, when Wheeler Hall was occupied, and 1934, when the oak had to be removed because of its age. The tree was so greatly missed, students solicited contributions and a bronze, commemorative plaque was placed in the sidewalk where the oak had stood. When the road in front of Wheeler Hall was made a part of Dwinelle Plaza in 1952, the plaque disappeared, but in response to alumni interest, it was found and restored to its original location in 1954.--MD, MAS

About this text
Courtesy of University Archives, The Bancroft Library, University of California at Berkeley, Berkeley, CA 94720-6000; http://bancroft.berkeley.edu/info
http://content.cdlib.org/view?docId=hb4v19n9zb&brand=calisphere
Title: [1967] The Centennial Record of the University of California
By:  Stadtman, Verne A, Author, Centennial Publications Staff, Author
Date: 1967
Contributing Institution:  University Archives, The Bancroft Library, University of California at Berkeley, Berkeley, CA 94720-6000; http://bancroft.berkeley.edu/info
Copyright Note:

Transmission or reproduction of materials protected by copyright beyond that allowed by fair use requires the written permission of the copyright owners. Works not in the public domain cannot be commericially exploited without permission of the copyright owner. Responsibility for any use rests exclusively with the user

University of California Regents

Office of the Regents of the University of California, 1111 Franklin St., 12th floor, Oakland, CA 94607